Quarterlytics / Technology / Computer Hardware / The Sage Group

The Sage Group

sge · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker sge
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Computer Hardware
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · The Sage Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Giving small and medium sized 
companies the confidence  
and freedom to be successful

T

h

e

S

a

g

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

3

The Sage Group plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2013

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Strategic report
002   About Sage
003   2013 performance highlights
004   Chairman’s statement
006  Chief Executive’s review

008   Why customers choose us
010   Our market segments
012   Understanding our changing markets
014   Our business model
016   Our geographical presence
018   Our strategy
019  Executive Committee
026   2013 performance review

030   Financial and operating review

034   Regional performance

038  Sage One customer case study
040  Sage Payment Solutions customer case study
042  Sage ERP X3 customer case study
044   Key performance indicators
046   Principal risks and uncertainties
048  People and organisation
052   Corporate responsibility

Governance
058   Chairman’s introduction to Governance
059   Board of directors
062   Corporate governance report
070   Directors’ report
074   Directors’ remuneration report

Financial statements 
091    Independent auditors’ report to  

the members of The Sage Group plc

094   Group financial statements
099    Notes to the Group financial statements
140    Independent auditors’ report to  

the members of The Sage Group plc

141   Company financial statements
142 
148   Shareholder information

 Notes to the financial statements

There is more 
information about 
Sage online at 
www.sage.com

Through a deep understanding of our markets, we’re helping  
over six million customers to build successful businesses.

We’re helping our customers achieve their ambitions with 
innovative business software that is sophisticated yet easy to  
use, and by being there to support them when they need us most.

We’re doing this by creating a new generation of products and 
services that combine what customers love about Sage with  
the benefits of new technology.

We have a clearly defined strategy to take advantage  
of the changes taking place in our markets, which is helping  
us to leverage our strengths and accelerate our growth.

1

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About Sage

Our vision is to be recognised as the most 
valuable supporter of small and medium sized 
companies by creating greater freedom for 
them to succeed.

We provide accounting, enterprise resource planning (“ERP”), 
payroll, accountancy and related software to start-up and 
small businesses through to mid-market companies that  
is backed by market-leading business support.

We also offer adjacent products and services typically 
involving technology which is highly integrated, such as 
payments and customer relationship management (“CRM”).

In this year’s Annual Report & Accounts, we highlight why 
customers around the world, both existing and new, trust 
Sage to support their business needs in a changing world.

Further content is available where you see these symbols:

Further related content is available  
in the report.

A video is available on our website for  
more information.

Content is linked to KPIs.

More information is available online.

These codes will  
enable video content 
through smart phones 
or tablets.

2

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

2013 performance highlights

Delivering on our strategy for  
accelerated growth

 – Organic revenue growth of 4% (2012: 2%), and 5% in the second half  

of the year, demonstrating good acceleration in growth;

 – Underlying basic earnings per share (“EPS”) of 22.27p, an increase of 12%;
 – Strong acceleration in adoption of Sage One, our cloud solution targeting smaller 
businesses, with 22,400 paying subscriptions (2012: 6,190*), an increase  
of more than three-fold in 12 months;

 – Sage ERP X3 underlying revenue growth of 12% (2012: 5%), our global ERP 

solution for mid-market customers, delivering on our double-digit growth target; and
 – Organic new customer additions of 256,000 (2012: 229,000) during the year,  

and renewal rate on contracts increasing to 82% (2012: 81%).

Organic revenue 
growth

4%

EBITA margin

27%

Underlying basic
EPS growth

12%

Underlying cash 
conversion

112%

View all of our KPIs  
on pages 44 and 45

4%

4%

27%

27%

27%

25%

22%

2%

Flat

16%

14%

111%

12%

117%

112%

111%

106%

112%

-5%

Flat

-2%

2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

2009 2010

2011

2012 2013

Note:

* 

 The 2012 Annual Report & Accounts disclosed Sage One paying customers of 6,100. This year we are reporting the number of paying subscriptions.

Definitions of underlying measures:

 – Organic revenue neutralises the impact of foreign exchange in prior year figures and excludes the contribution of current and prior year acquisitions 

and disposals.

 – Underlying revenue neutralises the impact of foreign exchange in prior year figures.

 – Underlying operating profit (“EBITA”) excludes amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment, fair value 
adjustments and exceptional items that include a £188.2m exceptional charge primarily relating to non-core disposals. The impact of foreign 
exchange is neutralised in prior year figures. EBITA is divided into underlying revenue to derive EBITA margin. 

 – Underlying basic earnings per share is defined as underlying profit divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, 
excluding those held as treasury shares. Underlying profit is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent excluding amortisation of intangible 
assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment, fair value adjustments, exceptional items and imputed interests. All of these adjustments are net 
of tax. The impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures.

 – Underlying cash conversion is calculated as cash flows from operating activities, adjusted for cash acquisition-related items and cash exceptional 

items of £1.9m (2012: £nil), divided by EBITA.

3

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report4

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

Chairman’s statement

Sage’s performance in 2013 has reinforced our confidence in our 
strategic direction. We are realising the benefits of a settled strategy  
on which management is delivering.

Last year, in my first report as Chairman, I set out how this is an exciting 
time in the corporate evolution of Sage, with the leadership team focused 
on delivering a step-change in both the level and sustainability of growth. 

One year on, I am pleased to report that Sage’s performance in 2013 
has reinforced our confidence in our strategic direction. We are realising 
the benefits of a settled strategy on which management is delivering. 

It has been a year of tangible progress, with the Group delivering  
organic revenue growth of 4%, an improvement on the 2% reported  
in 2012. There is clear evidence that the strategy is working, with the 
key strategic initiatives progressing well. I am particularly pleased  
by the progress made on our technology initiatives, with Sage One  
now available in eight countries and the model scaling well in the UK. 
We are launching cloud versions of our leading ERP solutions in Europe 
and North America and are rolling out the next phase of connected 
services, with a particular focus on mobility and integration. Sage ERP 
X3 has also performed well, delivering on our target of double-digit 
revenue growth. 

Our strategy is focused on delivering value to our customers, both 
existing and new, which will drive sustainable growth from our core 
business. Our installed base gives us great insight into the requirements 
and needs of our customers. The software industry is changing,  
and customer requirements are changing, particularly around mobility, 
integration and on-demand functionality. Yet the basic demand drivers  
for our customers remain: peace of mind; software that is appealing, 
reliable and easy to use; access to knowledgeable support; and control 
of data with efficiency. 

Innovation is at the heart of our strategy to accelerate growth, particularly 
with respect to our technology and subscription pricing initiatives. 
Technology is a catalyst for adding more value to customers. Integrating  
a connected service such as payments, CRM or business intelligence,  
is a powerful lever for creating a more valuable relationship with the 
customer. The value is apparent in higher customer satisfaction scores, 
lower churn rates, expanding the number of users, higher revenue per 
active customer and higher customer lifetime revenue. 

Subscription pricing requires Sage to change the substance of 
engagement with customers and partners, focusing on the value  
of the relationship. Whilst subscription is an emerging opportunity,  
2013 has seen encouraging further proof that the business can drive 
this change, whether it’s through successfully migrating existing 
customers to the “next level up” accounting software, reactivating 
customers who have stopped taking support, or attracting new users  
to Sage who previously would have found the up-front costs prohibitive.

We remain alert to opportunities to drive growth through the use of 
innovation and pricing to strengthen the experience we offer customers.

The importance to our customers of being able to embrace  
technology on their own terms and at their own pace should not  
be underestimated. In offering customers choice in how they deploy 
their software, combined with market-leading customer support,  
Sage is differentiated in the market.

It was important to deliver on our commitment to shareholders  
of achieving a minimum net debt to EBITDA ratio of 1x. The payment  
of a special dividend of almost £200m in the summer of 2013 helped  
to achieve this objective and resulted in overall returns to shareholders  
of approximately £1bn in a period of 18 months. What is also important 
is confidence that management is investing appropriately in the business 
to maintain Sage’s market-leading positions. The categorisation of 
Sage’s core product portfolio as Invest, Harvest and Sunset products 
means that significant investment is being redirected from legacy 
products to support our most significant growth opportunities. In effect, 
the portfolio is self-funding the investment in growth. 

The disposal of several products identified as non-core was an 
important feature of the year. The process was intensive and required 
significant management time across the business. It also meant that  
a number of Sage employees left the business. The successful 
completion of these disposals was important in streamlining the  
portfolio and removing the distraction of non-core activities. 

We are concluding the reconstruction of the Board to ensure that it 
contains skills pertinent to the business of Sage. I am delighted that 
Jonathan Howell has joined as Chair of the Audit Committee; in addition  
to his experience as a CFO he brings good risk management knowledge 
relevant to the payments businesses. Neil Berkett brings particular 
strengths from his previous executive experience in turning around 
companies with disruptive technology challenges. Sadly we lost Jo Harlow 
due to conflicts of interest after the acquisition of Nokia by Microsoft;  
we are actively seeking an appropriate replacement. Finally we welcome 
Steve Hare as the new Group CFO with major experience in his career 
both in quoted and private equity backed companies.

During the year, Tamara Ingram, Mark Rolfe and Ian Mason indicated 
their intentions to retire from the Board, having made a significant 
contribution to Sage over many years. Paul Harrison, formerly  
CFO for 13 years, departed Sage for a new executive challenge.  
Paul made a considerable contribution to Sage over this period,  
not least in recent years in supporting Guy and establishing the  
strategy in the business. They leave with our gratitude and good  
wishes for the future. 

It has been a year of tangible progress – strategically, operationally and 
financially. This could not have been achieved without the dedication, 
focus and commitment of all our people and, on behalf of the Board,  
I would like to thank all employees for their considerable efforts and  
I look forward to another year of continued progress in delivering  
on our plans.

Donald Brydon, Chairman

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

5

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report6

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Chief Executive’s review

Creating greater 
freedom to succeed

In this Strategic report, you will see how we are 
delivering on our commitments to our key stakeholders.
We’re using innovation to deliver an extraordinary 
customer experience, and providing flexibility and 
choice to our customers so they can embrace 
technology on their terms.
We’re helping our people to develop the skills and  
inner confidence they need to be successful and 
support our customers and partners effectively.
And we’re delivering on our strategic and financial 
commitments to our shareholders through a  
disciplined approach to managing our resources.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

7

 
 
Chief Executive’s review continued
Why customers choose us

Sage is a business guided by the diverse needs  
of a customer base that spans the globe. Through our 
products and services, we want to give our customers 
the confidence to be successful

The fundamentals of our 
business are geared towards 
providing an extraordinary 
customer experience. 
We’re delivering this through 
harnessing new technology, 
providing market-leading 
support, utilising our local 
expertise, offering flexibility 
through choice and meeting 
the challenges that really 
matter to our customers.

Support

Innovation

Why customers 
choose us

Choice

Brand

Localised 
products and 
services

8

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Measuring our success
Delivering an extraordinary 
customer experience is  
very important to us.

Our customers choose 
us because we meet 
their fundamental needs 
successfully. It is important 
that we continue to do this, 
which is why we measure 
how satisfied our customers 
are with what we do using the 
Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) 
system. We have made 
significant improvements to 
both our product and service 
scores this year, some of 
which are best-in-class, which 
proves to us that we’re still 
focusing on the right things.

Support
We are in regular contact with our customers over the telephone or online. 
We have over 35,000 conversations with them each day on topics ranging from 
accounting questions and advice on new legislation, to technical aspects of our software. 

We also expand our support services during periods of peak activity, such as during the  
tax filing season or when new legislation comes into effect, to help our customers when 
they need us most.

Innovation
We’re bringing our customers the latest technology innovations to help them  
run their businesses more effectively.
We’re harnessing the benefits of cloud computing, mobile applications and connected 
services to bring our customers new experiences that offer greater flexibility, are more 
cost-effective and fundamentally change the way they interact with their core 
accounting system.

Choice
We understand that each of our customers is unique.
This is why we provide business software that can accommodate a range of needs, 
circumstances and preferences. Our product offering includes solutions for accounting, 
ERP, payroll, tax, practice management, accounts production, integrated CRM, 
business intelligence (“BI”) and payments. They are available under a range of different 
pricing options and an increasing number incorporate connected features and services, 
or are hosted entirely in the cloud.

In an era of technological change, we believe our customers value the flexibility we give 
them to embrace new features, services and relationships with us whenever they decide 
they are ready to do so.

Brand
Sage has been providing businesses with accounting, payroll and tax software  
for more than 30 years.
The Sage brand is synonymous with supporting small and medium sized businesses. 
Together with our business and accountant partners, we work to identify the real 
businesses challenges that affect our customers by seeing things from their perspective. 
We use this insight to bring them clarity and confidence through the products and 
services we offer. By striving to be our customers’ greatest supporter, we remain their 
trusted partner.

Localised products and services
Business legislation differs from one country to another, is often complex,  
and is always evolving.
We tailor our products and services so that our customers can manage the local 
business and reporting challenges that are relevant to them.

Our skill at localising our solutions has allowed us to contend with the range  
of legislative differences that exist across the world.

9

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our market segments

The relationship we have with over six million customers, 
either directly or through our business partners, gives us 
valuable insight into their needs

We understand that these needs typically change as businesses grow,  
which is why we divide our market into three segments. 

Each segment has different characteristics and requirements, which  
provides us with a range of opportunities to bring great products and  
services to our customers.

To help us identify, measure and understand the challenges faced  
by small and medium sized businesses, we carry out an annual survey  
called The Sage Business Index.

This year we spoke to over 11,700 business decision makers in 17  
countries and asked them for their views on a range of issues, including  
their attitude to risk, the availability of bank finance, the global economy  
and their confidence in the future of their own businesses.

It was encouraging to see the results of this survey indicating business 
confidence is at a three-year high.

To read more about  
The Sage Business  
Index 2014, go to  
businessindex.sage.com

Scan this code to hear 
Guy Berruyer talk about 
the Sage Business  
Index 2014

10

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

Start-up and  
small businesses
1-20 employees
80% of customer base

Key requirements
Low cost
Easy access
Simplicity

The markets we serve

SMB*
10-200 employees
15% of customer base

Key requirements
Greater efficiency
Knowledgeable support
Integration and  
interoperability

Over
6,000,000
customers  
worldwide

Mid-market 
100-500 employees
5% of customer base

Key requirements
End-to-end process management
Customisation
Dedicated installation  
and ongoing support

Direct
We sell through our website,  
and through telephone and field  
sales teams.

Business partners
We have 22,600 business  
partners who provide installation,  
training and support services  
to our larger customers.

Accountants
Accountants buy software from  
us, but over 40,000 accountant  
partners also recommend  
our products to our other  
customer segments.

*Small to medium sized businesses

Our routes to market

11

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Understanding our changing markets

The market is changing, but much remains the same

Exciting technological advances are changing our industry.  
By combining cloud technology, mobility and connected services 
with new pricing models, we can offer our customers more freedom, 
flexibility and efficiency than ever before.

However, while customers are keen to embrace new technology  
and its benefits, they tell us they still value the trust they have in Sage 
that their data is secure, their software just works and a real person  
is available to them whenever they need help and support. 

It is important to strike the right balance between embracing new 
products and services and preserving what our customers like most 
about what we already provide. 

Core  
customer  
needs

Extraordinary 
customer  
experience

Technology  
and pricing 

Security
Intuitiveness
Knowledgeable support
Efficiency
Greater control

12

Cloud
Mobile
Connected services
Subscription

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Core customer needs
We’ve been meeting our customers’ core needs for 
many years. The evolution of our product and service 
offering reflects the insight we have into what our 
customers want.

Our software gives our customers greater control  
over their business processes and is designed to  
be efficient and secure but also familiar and intuitive.  
Our support offering has developed from an appreciation 
that small and medium sized businesses often need 
somewhere to turn when faced with reporting and 
legislative challenges. Our connected services comprise 
a range of other complementary features, including 
integrated payments, CRM and BI, so that we are 
delivering a rounded and more complete user 
experience to our customers.

Technology and pricing
Our technology strategy involves building cloud 
products that address the specific needs of our 
customer segments by incorporating the benefits  
of connectivity, integration and mobility.

For start-up and small businesses we’ve built Sage One, 
which is our low cost, easy to use accounting and 
payroll solution that runs entirely in the cloud.

For our SMB customers we’re bringing our flagship 
products to the cloud as part of our hybrid cloud 
strategy. These solutions are designed to make the 
transition from the on-premise world easier and  
take advantage of the power of mobile applications  
and connected services by providing access to business 
data in the cloud. Sage 200 Online in the UK and Sage 
Murano ERP Online in Spain were the first products  
to go live this year, and several more are due to follow  
in 2014.

We’ve also launched new subscription pricing models 
for many of our products, which gives our customers 
even greater flexibility and choice.

Technology and pricing are hugely important 
opportunities for Sage because they offer us the chance 
to do more for our customers and have much more 
active relationships with them.

Combining the benefits  
of technology with the 
hallmarks of Sage to  
deliver an extraordinary 
customer experience.

The pace of change
The pace at which new technologies are being adopted 
differs across our customer segments and varies by 
business application.

For example, the industry is seeing faster take-up of 
online CRM tools, whilst the move to cloud accounting, 
tax and payroll is more measured.

Start-ups typically don’t have an existing infrastructure, 
so they’re happy to go straight for a fully online solution. 
Conversely, SMB and mid-market customers already 
have systems that work and on which their people are 
trained, which are factors they take into consideration 
when they think about moving to the cloud.

It’s about choice 
To ensure we’re meeting our customers’ established 
needs, as well as bringing them new innovations,  
we offer choice.

We’re doing this by introducing new products that 
harness cloud technology, whilst also maintaining our 
existing on-premise offerings so that our customers can 
make their own decisions and move when they’re ready.

As our technology solutions are designed with the 
prevailing needs and characteristics of our customer 
segments in mind, we’re making it possible for them to 
move to the cloud at a rate that is comfortable for them.

We believe success lies in delivering the right choices,  
at the right pace, and at the right time.

To read about our technology 
solutions and what this means for  
our customers, turn to Capturing  
the technology opportunity  
on pages 22 and 23

13

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our business model

We deliver value through a model based on  
our core strengths

We have a strong business model that offers significant growth  
potential, together with high levels of profitability and cash generation.

e r s

Our partn

O

u

r

p

e

o

ple

Our custo

m

e

r

s

a

n

d

m

a

r

k

e

t

s

t
r
o
p
p
u

a re and s

Sustainable growth

Financial discipline

Strong cash 
generation

o ft w

s

O u r

14

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

 
 
 
 
Our partners
We are supported by a network of over 40,000 
accountants and 22,600 business partners who 
promote our products and provide advice and  
support to our customers.

As well as being key advocates of our products to  
their customers, many accountants are also direct 
Sage customers themselves, and use our products 
and services to build successful practices.

Our business partners are important because they 
provide local expertise to our customers and work with 
them to tailor our products to specific business needs.

Our people
We have over 12,700 people at Sage who are 
committed to delivering on our vision and strategy. 
They are our greatest asset, our most important 
resource and are critical to our future success.

Their talent, dedication and experience mean they  
are the essential component of our ability to support  
our customers.

Our customers and markets
Our markets span the globe and our customers range  
from start-up entrepreneurs to finance directors of  
mid-market companies, as well as accountants.

We want to be our customers’ greatest supporter, and 
working so closely with them gives us great insight into 
the challenges they face. We use this insight to guide us 
when we are designing and building new products and 
services for them.

Our software and support
We strive to offer our customers products and services 
that solve real business problems, harness the benefits 
of new technology, are simple and efficient, and a 
pleasure to use.

However, we’re much more than just a software 
company. We light the way for our customers by taking 
the lead in foreseeing the implications new legislative 
and business changes will have on them, and use this 
insight to deliver training and support services that help 
our customers to run their businesses with confidence.

Sustainable growth, financial discipline and strong cash generation
The four elements of our business model combine to provide an opportunity for us to deliver higher and  
more sustainable revenue growth, high levels of profitability through disciplined resource allocation, and strong  
cash generation.

Our business model is highly cash generative. Turn to page 25 to read about our approach to 
capital management. To see how we track our growth, profitability and commercial success, turn  
to pages 44 and 45 to view our financial and strategic KPIs

15

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our geographical presence

Leading positions in established and emerging markets

Sage has a presence in 24 countries and sells software all over the  
world. In our larger markets, which include the UK & Ireland, France,  
Spain, South Africa, Canada and Brazil, we have market-leading positions.  
We are also the second largest provider of ERP to small and medium sized 
businesses in the US. Our expertise in delivering solutions that are tailored  
to the legislative, tax and accounting requirements of specific countries  
is one of the many things that differentiates us.

Our established market positions provide us with a strong platform, giving  
us opportunities to sell new products and services to new and existing 
customers. We have access to both mature and high-growth markets,  
which diversifies our exposure to regional macroeconomic trends, and  
our global infrastructure means we can release centrally developed products 
across multiple world markets quickly.

Our global products

A key part of our strategy is taking a more centralised approach to developing global products so that we are  
more efficient, take advantage of our scale, share best practice across our business and utilise our global talent  
more effectively. This development work is combined with local deployment to ensure we continue to meet the  
needs of local markets.

Two of our most important global products are Sage One and Sage ERP X3. 

Sage One
Sage One is our cloud solution for start-ups and small 
businesses. Following its launch in the UK & Ireland  
in 2011, Sage One is also available in North America, 
Canada, Germany, France, Spain and Portugal. The main 
Sage One development team is based in the UK at our 
headquarters in Newcastle upon Tyne. The architecture 
of Sage One is modular so that regional development 
teams can build functionality addressing local legislation 
that seamlessly plugs in to the core product. Examples  
of these modules include quotations in France and debit 
notes in Spain.

Sage ERP X3
Sage ERP X3 is our global ERP solution for the 
mid-market, with 50% of revenue generated outside  
of the product’s home market of France. The main 
development team is based in France and they are 
supported by teams across the business who work  
on tailoring the product to local legislative requirements. 
We also look to leverage expertise where it exists  
in the business. For example, our North American 
development teams have contributed to much of the 
work we’ve done to address the needs of manufacturing 
companies because there is a concentration of industry 
knowledge based in that region.

For more information on Sage 
One, see Capturing the technology 
opportunity on pages 22 and 23

For more information on Sage ERP 
X3, see Capturing the technology 
opportunity on pages 22 and 23

Read our regional operating reviews, 
starting on page 34

16

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Europe
Revenue £776.9m

EBITA £220.2m 
(28% margin)

7,208 employees

Americas
Revenue £448.2m

EBITA £115.0m 
(26% margin)

3,546 employees

AAMEA
Revenue £151.0m

EBITA £40.6m 
(27% margin)

2,006 employees

Revenue contribution by region

Revenue contribution by region

11%

33%

56%

Americas

AAMEA

Europe

17

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our strategy

We are delivering on our strategy to accelerate growth

Our strategy for growth

We’re committed to doubling our  
long-term historic average organic revenue 
growth rate from 3% to 6% by the end  
of our 2015 financial year. We also intend  
to deliver a targeted EBITA margin increase 
of one to two percentage points over  
the same period. 

We will achieve this through a focus on  
our three growth cornerstones; Focusing  
our business, Capturing the technology 
opportunity and The benefits of subscription. 

Measuring and monitoring our success  
is important, and we have developed  
a number of financial and strategic KPIs  
to chart our progress. 

e   b e n e f i ts of subscriptio

n

h

T

g   t h e   t e chnology opp

ortu

n

it

y

c u s i n g  our business

o

F

Growth

C a pt u ri n

To go directly to our 
strategic KPIs, turn  
to page 45

18

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Executive Committee

Our Executive Committee has individually and collectively  
set growth as their primary objective, and they are 
mobilising their teams throughout Sage to deliver this
The Committee is committed to the sound running of Sage and comprises  
eight senior leaders from across the business who benefit from a diverse 
range of backgrounds and experiences.

Guy Berruyer, Chief Executive

Richard Drury, Group Human  
Resources Director

Amanda Jobbins, Group Chief 
Marketing Officer

Klaus-Michael Vogelberg, Group  
Chief Technology Officer

Pascal Houillon, Chief Executive  
Officer, North America and Brazil

Ivan Epstein, Chief Executive  
Officer, AAMEA

Álvaro Ramírez, Chief Executive  
Officer, Europe

Michael Robinson, Company Secretary 
and Group Legal Director

Read the Executive 
Committee’s biographies 
on page 61

Note:

 – Steve Hare was appointed Chief Financial Officer after the year end with effect from 3 January 2014.

19

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our strategy continued

1

Focusing our business 

Focusing our business captures a number of initiatives 
that we’ve undertaken:

 – Changing the way we work;
 – Streamlining our product portfolio and reallocating 

investment to our best growth opportunities;

 – Disposing of non-core businesses; and
 – Transforming our brand.

Working with greater focus has led to a transformation  
in how we define success and in the way we collaborate 
with each other across the globe.

Changing the way we work
Although we’re executing on our strategic priorities 
locally, we have defined them globally. This is a new  
way of working for Sage, but we believe it is the only 
way to create the right conditions for success:

 – It ensures all of our people are pursuing the same 

goals in a consistent way;

 – It means we make products that can be deployed 
globally whilst maintaining our focus on meeting  
the local needs of our customers; and

 – It encourages closer working practices and 
knowledge sharing across the organisation.

Streamlining our portfolio and reallocating 
investment
To help us identify which products and services 
represent our best growth opportunities we conducted  
a review of our product portfolio last year to identify:

 – The closeness of products to our core business; and
 – The potential for products to create value.

The review led us to categorise our core products as 
Invest, Harvest and Sunset. We use this categorisation 
to determine our investment priorities. Invest products 
represent our best current and future growth 
opportunities and receive significantly more research 
and development (“R&D”) and sales and marketing 
(“S&M”) investment. 

Harvest products are mature, high-margin products,  
and we will continue to invest in them appropriately  
to maintain their market positions.

Sunset products have lower growth potential and,  
in most cases, the needs they serve are better met  
by another product within our portfolio. These products 
have begun a sunset process and associated 
investment will be redirected towards our Invest  
product portfolio.

This rigorous framework for managing the portfolio  
gives us clearer focus on the strategic drivers that will 
influence growth in both the near and medium term.

We see Sage ERP X3, our payments businesses,  
Sage One and our exposure to high-growth international 
markets as some of our best opportunities for growth  
in the near term.

Total spend on
Invest products (%)

50%

49%

42%

35%

2012 2013

2012 2013

Research and
development

Sales and
marketing

Looking further ahead, we’re excited about being able 
to further accelerate our growth with our hybrid cloud 
products and mobile applications.

Organic revenue 
by category

Disposing of non-core businesses
A number of our products did not meet with the 
definition of our core business and were categorised  
as non-core. These products were either not integrated 
with the core or were addressing the very specific needs 
of particular industries.

During the year, we disposed of several non-core 
products, including:

 – Sage Saleslogix
 – Sage ACT!
 – Sage Nonprofit Solutions
 – ATL

 – Automotive
 – C&I
 – Aytos
 – UK Construction

The disposals are an important strategic milestone  
and are evidence of our progress. Their successful 
completion allows us to sharpen our focus on 
opportunities that offer better future growth potential.

Invest 

Harvest 

Sunset 

47%

45%

8%

Turn to our strategic KPIs on page 45 
to see how we’re doing in reallocating  
our resources

See note 16 in the Financial statements 
starting on page 134 for details on  
the disposals

20

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
Transforming our brand to capture 
the essence of who Sage is and 
what we provide for our customers.

Amanda Jobbins, Group Chief Marketing Officer

Our brand transformation journey began in 2011.  
As we revised our business strategy and refocused 
Sage it became clear that brand had to be at the  
heart of our transformation. A global brand vision  
was needed that captured the essence of who  
Sage is and what we provide for our customers. 

Our global brand is now interconnected with the  
heart of our business strategy and informs every 
decision we make. A key initiative is around the 
relationship between our product brands and the 
Sage masterbrand and we have introduced a new 
naming model in order to provide a more consistent 
experience for our customers.

In the last 12 months our Group businesses have  
been moving under the Sage brand umbrella. 
Products in Sage North America have been renamed 
and in February 2013 our South Africa business 
Softline rebranded to Sage. 

The global partnerships we have formed with 
Microsoft and Google have strengthened our  
position as a trusted brand. They have elevated our 
technology strategy by enriching our products with 
new capability and third-party integration, such as  
with the incorporation of Google Drive into Sage One.

In 2014 we’ll continue this journey with the roll-out  
of the first ever global brand campaign. We will also 
be streamlining and simplifying our digital presence 
online with a new user experience and consistent 
visual identity across our websites. Since joining  
the Group last year, I am delighted with the progress 
we have made. I am very confident that our 
transformation journey will continue to execute  
at pace and with continued focus.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

21

Chief Executive’s review continued
Our strategy continued

2

Capturing the technology opportunity

We don’t just make software products  
and provide support; we use technology  
to support the success of small and medium 
sized businesses around the world, aiming to 
deliver an extraordinary customer experience.

Cloud solutions for each of our segments

Hybrid  
cloud
SMB

Sage One
Start-up and  
small business

Sage  
ERP X3
Mid-market

Integrated 
payments

Mobility

Integrated 
CRM

Business 
intelligence

Leveraging connected services, connected 
features and connected applications

The advent of cloud computing, smartphones and 
tablets, and faster mobile connectivity are leading to 
changes in the way businesses use and access their 
data. They are increasingly looking to take advantage  
of the cost, infrastructure and efficiency benefits offered 
by cloud technology. 

These changing technology trends offer us an incredibly 
important opportunity to accelerate our growth. In the 
start-up and small business segment, we are attracting 
a new generation of customers to Sage with Sage One. 
In the SMB segment we are looking to ease the 
transition to the cloud for our existing customers with 
connected services, features and applications that can 
complement existing systems and provide a wider range 
of users with access to business information. In the 
mid-market, Sage ERP X3 is attracting new customers 
in many markets around the globe because it addresses 
the particular needs of larger businesses that have  
limited resources.

Our approach to technology is guided by the insight  
we have into the specific needs of each of our market 
segments. This is why we’re developing a different 
solution for each segment.

Cloud solutions for each of our segments
Sage One 
Sage One is our simple and efficient cloud bookkeeping, 
accounting and payroll product that is designed to 
address the needs of start-ups and small businesses.

These customers are typically choosing their first 
accounting solution and are very conscious about cost. 
As a result, they tend to be comfortable with products 
that operate entirely in the cloud and prefer to pay with  
a low monthly subscription.

Customers access Sage One through an internet 
browser, which means they have the freedom to run 
their business from any connected location and on any 
device. We also store their data securely so they don’t 
have to worry about backups or data loss. 

Sage One currently comes in four versions: Cashbook, 
Accounts, Payroll and Accountant Edition. Cashbook 
and Accounts offer bookkeeping and accounting 
capability, Payroll lets customers manage payroll  
for up to 15 employees, and Accountant Edition allows 
our accountant partners to access and edit their clients’ 
Sage One data in the cloud. Since the start of the new 
financial year we have introduced Sage One Accounts 
Extra, which has a broader range of features to address 
the needs of businesses with up to 25 employees.

22

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Hybrid cloud 
Our SMB customers have existing systems that work, 
so not all of them want to move their accounting system 
to the cloud immediately. This is why our hybrid cloud 
solutions are bringing them the benefits of the cloud  
in a seamless way that doesn’t disrupt what they  
already have.

Hybrid cloud is combining all of the great features of our 
existing leading ERP products with the power of the 
cloud, and means we can develop both the on-premise 
and cloud versions of these solutions under a single 
code base.

Hybrid cloud also offers our customers a range  
of benefits; they don’t need to maintain their own  
IT systems, they don’t need to worry about backups  
or data loss, and any applications they use that  
are interoperable with their on-premise system will 
automatically work with the cloud version. They can 
also take advantage of the convenience of mobile 
applications and connected services because their  
data is accessible in the cloud. Typically, our hybrid 
cloud offerings are paid for on a subscription basis,  
so the cost of ownership is also much more 
manageable for smaller businesses.

We have a number of highly successful on-premise 
products, including Sage 200 in the UK, Sage Murano 
in Spain, Sage 100 in France, Sage 300 in North 
America and Office Line in Germany, which we’re 
making available in the cloud on Microsoft’s Azure 
cloud computing platform. Earlier this year, we 
completed the work we have done on Azure that 
allows our on-premise products to run in the cloud  
with the launch of Sage ERP Online.

Sage ERP X3 
Sage ERP X3 is a global product designed to address 
the needs of mid-market customers, who typically 
require the sophistication of large corporate systems  
but have the more limited resources of an SMB.

Sage ERP X3 offers us opportunities to attract new 
customers to Sage who want a sophisticated ERP 
solution that can be tailored to their needs, but without 
the licence costs and the protracted installation time 
associated with enterprise level systems. We also have 
the opportunity to migrate our existing customers onto 
Sage ERP X3 and away from other legacy products.

We currently have 4,200 customers in more than  
60 countries and 275 business partners who bring  
Sage ERP X3 to our markets.

Connected services, connected features and 
connected applications
Connectivity is the backbone of our new generation  
of technology solutions. We believe that tightly integrated 
connected services, features and applications that are 
smart, useful and well designed can add value to our 
customers. Providing integrated solutions also increases 
customer loyalty. For example, our research tells us our 
customers are much less likely to consider changing  
their ERP provider when they use both our accounting 
software and our integrated payments service.

Integrated payments
Our international payments businesses allow our 
customers to take payment via their website, over  
the telephone, through a card terminal and even  
directly from invoices that they can issue electronically. 

Through payments integration, we can automatically 
record these transactions in our customers’ accounting 
systems for them, which saves them time and reduces 
the risk of error.

Mobility
Our mobile applications give our customers access  
to their data anywhere and anytime, helping them stay  
in touch with every aspect of their business and make 
faster, more informed decisions.

We’re building mobile applications which have a 
universal architecture enabling them to work with  
all of our leading products. We’re also building mobile 
applications that are tailored to the needs of users such 
as salespeople and engineers, who find having access 
to up-to-date business information particularly valuable 
when they are travelling. 

Integrated CRM and business intelligence
CRM helps our customers monitor and record the 
contact they have with their customers, which helps  
with progress tracking, securing repeat business and 
improving cash collection.

BI allows our customers to smartly and efficiently 
interrogate the data contained within their systems, 
leading to greater insight into business performance  
and better decision making.

To read about our 
technology progress 
during the year, turn 
to the CEO’s review 
starting on page 26

Commercial success 
from our technology 
initiatives is an 
important indication 
of our progress. Turn 
to page 45 to view  
our strategic KPIs and 
see how we’re doing

23

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
Our strategy continued

3

The benefits of subscription

The way our customers want to pay for our products and services  
has been changing over time. We’ve designed new pricing models  
that reflect and capitalise on this evolution. 

We’re already well progressed in our transition from  
a perpetual licence model, where customers pay a 
one-off fee to use the core application, to a recurring 
revenue model offering annual premium support 
contracts and connected services. We’ve now entered 
a new phase where subscription pricing gives access to 
all of our features and services for a single monthly fee.

Not everyone wants to embrace subscription pricing 
immediately, so we are transitioning to subscription  
in a measured way. Typically, this involves a dual model 
approach where we provide our customers with a 
choice around how they pay for our products and 

services. This also allows us to manage the financial 
impact on Sage of moving from a model where customers 
prepay us, to a model where we receive payment on a 
monthly basis. Over time, subscription will become the 
default option on our leading products and, in the longer 
term, we will likely phase out perpetual licensing altogether.

We recognise that subscription pricing represents a 
significant change for some of our business partners,  
so we have worked with them to design commission 
structures that are compatible with these new 
relationships. Ultimately, subscription will lead to higher, 
more resilient and sustainable revenues for both our 
partners and Sage.

Turn to our strategic 
KPIs on page 45 to 
see how we measure  
our transition  
to subscription

More active relationships with new and existing customers through subscription

ultiple levers

M

Subscription pricing offers us multiple levers to forge  
a much broader and more active relationship with our 
customers. It is attractive to them because it makes our 
products more affordable and gives them the flexibility  
of only paying for what they use, which can mean 
lower-risk IT investment decisions.

Traditionally, under the perpetual licence model, some 
customers would have been unable to buy a Sage 
product because of the high initial cost. Subscription 
removes this barrier because customers pay a much 
lower amount each month.

Subscription also offers us opportunities with our 
existing customers because it provides access to 
products with richer functionality by removing high  
initial upgrade costs.

In addition, subscription bundles the full package  
of Sage features and services together; the core 
application, premium support, connected services,  
new technology and all future product updates. This 
proposition is compelling, and we’re seeing customers 
who have previously chosen not to maintain a support 
contract relationship with us moving to subscription 
because they can see the value in what we’re offering.

The ongoing and more active nature of subscription 
relationships mean they have a much greater lifetime 
value and offer us much more opportunity to bring  
new experiences to our customers.

24

G

r

e

a

t

e

r

l
i
f

e

t

i

m

e

v
a

l

u
e

The subscription  
model

Measured tra n s i

t

i o n

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
Financial strength supporting growth

With our consistent, strong cash flows, we 
retain considerable financial flexibility. Our main 
strategic priority remains an acceleration of 
growth, both organically and through targeted 
acquisitions, and we will invest in support of 
that aim. This will enable us to support growth 
of the ordinary dividend, with any surplus 
capital being returned to shareholders from 
time to time.

Investment 
and R&D

Targeted
M&A

Through 
cycle gearing

Rigorous 
capital 
allocation

Selected 
disposals

Capital 
returns

Sustainable 
and progressive 
dividends

Delivering on our leverage target commitment
In December 2011, we committed to reaching  
a net debt level equivalent to 1x our EBITDA within an 
18-month period. In June 2013, we delivered on this 
objective, which represents the culmination of a capital 
allocation programme involving acquisitions (“M&A”), 
share buybacks, a re-based ordinary dividend and  
a £198.7m special dividend. In meeting this target we 
have returned almost £1bn to shareholders.

Going forward, we are committed to maintaining  
our net debt leverage at a minimum of 1x our EBITDA. 
This leaves us with the flexibility to react to the right  
M&A opportunities should they present themselves  
and make further returns of capital to our shareholders.

Our M&A strategy
Our approach to M&A is disciplined, and acquisition 
opportunities are judged against strict criteria.  
They must:

 – Demonstrate earnings accretion in year one; and
 – Deliver a return in excess of our risk-adjusted cost  

of capital.

We are focused on acquisition opportunities which fall 
into three broad areas:

 – Technology bolt-ons that offer us opportunities  

to cross-sell into our installed base;

 – Businesses in existing geographies that yield 
immediate synergies and offer short payback  
periods; and

 – Businesses in new geographies where we are 

prepared to wait longer to achieve target returns  
in exchange for access to higher-growth markets.

This year, we acquired EBS Empresa Brasileira de 
Sistemas Ltda. which is the third acquisition we have 
made in Brazil following the Folhamatic and Cenize 
acquisitions we made last year.

Turn to our financial KPIs on  
page 44 to see how we monitor our 
financial strength

25

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
2013 performance review

It’s been a year  
of delivery

We’ve achieved a great deal this year, and have made 
good progress on all of our key initiatives. We remain  
on course to deliver on our strategic and financial goals.

October 2012
Acquisition of EBS  
Empresa Brasileira  
de Sistemas Ltda.  
in Brazil.

October 2012
Launch of Sage Pay  
in Germany.

December 2012
Launch of Sage Pay  
in Spain.

March 2013
Completion  
of disposal of  
North American  
non-core products.

May 2013
Launch of Sage One  
in Spain.

April 2013
Completion of  
disposal of European 
non-core products.

April 2013
Sage ERP X3 global 
convention in Berlin.

March 2013
Launch of Sage One  
in Germany.

June 2013
Launch of Sage One  
in France.

June 2013
Achieved net debt 
leverage target of 1x 
EBITDA with payment  
of special dividend  
and share  
consolidation.

July 2013
Launch of Sage ERP  
Online for hybrid  
cloud products.

July 2013
Launch of Sage Data 
Cloud at the  
North America  
Sage Summit.

26

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

I am pleased to report a strong set of results, with good growth across 
all regions and our strategic initiatives progressing well. These results 
highlight the strong appeal of our offering to SMEs, great execution in 
delivering on our plans and the benefit of a clear strategy, which focuses 
on our most significant growth opportunities. The strategy is working and 
growth is accelerating. We remain confident of achieving our target of 6% 
organic revenue growth in 2015 and anticipate further progress during 
the year ahead.

Overview of the year
We delivered a strong trading performance in 2013, 
with organic revenue growth of 4%, representing 
acceleration on the 2% organic revenue growth 
achieved in the prior year. Organic recurring revenue 
grew by 6% (2012: 6%), reflecting the continued 
strength of our premium support offering and 
encouraging growth in both software subscription 
revenue and payment services. SSRS revenue was  
flat organically against the prior year (2012: 5% 
contraction). North America and AAMEA delivered  
good SSRS growth, led by a particularly encouraging 
performance from Sage ERP X3. Organic SSRS 
revenue in Europe contracted modestly, reflecting  
new licence weakness, particularly in the French 
mid-market and in Spain. SSRS revenue is variable  
and we continue to see the shift to recurring revenue  
as a core part of our strategy to deliver accelerated 
growth on a sustainable basis. Recurring revenue  
now represents 71% of Group revenues (2012: 69%).

A feature of the year has been successful execution 
driving good results across all regions. North America 
reported organic revenue growth of 6% for the year, a 
significant acceleration from the 2% reported in 2012. 
Highlights included good growth from premium support 
and the success of Sage ERP X3. Europe achieved 
organic revenue growth of 2% for the year, a positive 
performance given the macroeconomic environment and 
an improvement on growth of 1% in 2012. The highlight 
was the UK & Ireland, with organic revenue growth of 5% 
for the year, although it was encouraging to see France 
and Germany return to growth in H2 and for Spain  
to exit the year with modest growth. AAMEA delivered 
good organic revenue growth of 9% (2012: 12%),  
with a very strong performance in South Africa offset  
by a weaker Australian performance. Highlights for South 
Africa included a strong mid-market performance and 
strong growth in the rest of Africa. Whilst Brazil is not 
included in organic growth until 2014, the business 
delivered good growth notwithstanding the slowdown  
in the economy. Approximately 15% of Group revenues 
are now generated from attractive growth markets in 
AAMEA and Brazil.

Strategy for growth
Our aim is to achieve organic revenue growth of 6%  
in 2015, with an associated increase in EBITA margin  
of 100 to 200 basis points, and to sustain higher-growth 
over the longer term. Our success will be determined  
by execution on our most important initiatives and these 
are captured by our three strategic cornerstones – 
Focusing our business, Capturing the technology 
opportunity and The benefits of subscription.  
The acceleration in growth we are reporting shows  
the strategy is working, with greater focus on our  
most important opportunities delivering results.  
It is encouraging to see these results reflected in our  
key performance indicators (“KPIs”), which track our 
progress in delivering on our key strategic and financial 
initiatives. Notable developments for the year in respect 
of these initiatives are covered in the commentary  
below, with the complete set of KPIs set out on  
pages 44 and 45.

Focusing our business 
Aligning our resources and investment to products  
with the highest growth potential is a key enabler  
of our growth strategy. Our approach to managing  
our portfolio, which categorises core products as  
Invest, Harvest and Sunset, is driving a marked 
increase in the allocation of resources to Invest 
products. During the year, the direct spend on Invest 
products increased to 50% of total research and 
development (“R&D”) expenditure (2012: 35%) and 
49% of sales and marketing (“S&M”) expenditure 
(2012: 42%). This reflects a combined increase in 
investment in Invest products of 32%. The existing 
portfolio is self-funding this investment in our most 
significant growth opportunities, whilst supporting  
our margin commitment. 

We can see the results of greater focus with  
good progress during the year on our major areas  
of investment including Sage One, Sage ERP X3 and 
payment services. The disposal of non-core products 
announced earlier in the year has streamlined the 
portfolio, allowing greater focus on the core.

27

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive’s review continued
2013 performance review continued

Capturing the technology opportunity 
Technology is a catalyst for growth because it helps  
us attract new customers and allows us to offer more 
features and services to existing customers. The pace  
of adoption varies across the SME space, which is why 
we focus on offering choice, allowing businesses to 
adopt new technology on their own terms. By providing 
SME customers with a well-rounded offering that 
includes leading on-premise and cloud products, 
connected services and support, Sage is differentiated 
and is in a strong position to drive growth. 

Sage One
We continue to drive innovation to capture this 
significant growth opportunity. Sage One, our global 
software as a service (“SaaS”) solution for smaller 
businesses, is intuitive and easy to use, complemented 
by first-class support and is built on a modern 
technology platform. This platform supports extension 
into new products and the accelerated launch into  
new markets, whilst crucially satisfying localisation 
requirements effectively. 

The model is scaling well, with 22,400 paying 
subscriptions for Sage One products at the end  
of September 2013 (2012: 6,190). We have seen 
strong acceleration in adoption in the UK & Ireland 
market, where we have over 21,000 subscriptions  
at the end of September 2013, which is an increase  
of more than three-fold in 12 months. This progress 
has been based on Sage One Accounts Standard 
Edition, a solution targeting very small businesses with 
relatively straightforward accounting needs. October 
2013 saw the commercial launch of Sage One 
Accounts Extra in the UK & Ireland, which targets 
businesses in the 5 to 25 employee space. 
Commercially, Sage One Accounts Extra is important 
as it expands our addressable market, has a higher 
price point and offers a natural migration path for  
Sage One Accounts Standard Edition users. In tandem 
with our marketing around the launch of Sage One 
Accounts Extra, we have seen an increase in adoption 
of Sage One Accountant Edition, with accountants 
recognising the opportunity this product offers them  
to expand their practices. As at the end of September 
2013, over 5,000 accountants had registered to use 
Sage One Accountant Edition in the UK & Ireland.

We have also made progress in taking Sage One  
to new geographies and it is now available in eight 
markets across Europe and North America. It is early 
days in continental Europe the number of users 
remains low in the US. This is consistent with our 
experience in the UK & Ireland market and we would 
expect to see the adoption rates in these countries 
improve over time, as the product becomes more 
established in the marketplace. We have reorganised  
in the US to strengthen our product marketing and  
we will expand the product portfolio with launches of 
Sage One Accounts Extra and Sage One Accountant 
Edition. We also launched Sage One in Canada in 
October 2013. Sage One is part of our wider SaaS 
portfolio of payroll and accounting products for smaller 

28

businesses, with over 35,000 paying subscriptions 
across a range of products including, in addition to 
Sage One, einfachLohn in Germany, and Sage Pastel 
My Payroll Online and Sage Pastel My Business Online 
in South Africa.

Hybrid cloud
Expanding our cloud product portfolio for SMBs is also 
an important part of our strategy. As with Sage One,  
we have developed a robust technology platform, called  
Sage ERP Online, which allows us to bring our leading 
ERP solutions to the cloud quickly. For the customer, 
Sage ERP Online offers the benefits of outsourced 
infrastructure, mobility, more flexible pricing models  
and a measured transition to the cloud, alongside 
market-leading support. Sage 200 Online in the UK & 
Ireland market and Sage Murano ERP Online in Spain 
are the first of our SMB products to launch on Sage 
ERP Online, with Sage 100 in France, Office Line in 
Germany and Sage 300 in North America becoming 
commercially available in 2014. 

Sage ERP X3
Sage ERP X3, our global solution for the mid-market, 
delivered organic revenue growth of 12% (2012: 5%), 
which meets our double-digit growth target. The 
product is performing very well internationally, growing 
organically by 34% outside of its home market  
of France. Non-French revenue now accounts for  
50% of global Sage ERP X3 revenue. North America 
performed particularly well, with new customer 
acquisition, migration and support from the channel 
helping to drive a step-change in growth. The strong 
performance of Sage ERP X3 globally demonstrates  
our strategy is working, with greater investment and 
focus delivering results.

Connected services
Delivering further value through integrated connected 
services is a key part of our growth strategy. The value 
of integration is apparent in higher customer satisfaction 
scores, lower churn rates and higher revenue per 
customer. The cross-sell of an integrated payments 
solution to existing accounting customers is a 
particularly significant opportunity for us. North America 
continues to demonstrate good momentum, with over 
12,400 accounting customers adopting integrated 
payments, which has driven cross-sell integrated 
payments revenue growth of 20%. Innovation is a key 
factor in this success, with our Sage Exchange platform 
differentiating our offering in North America. Sage 
Exchange is a market-leading payments platform that 
can manage a customer’s entire payments ecosystem. 
All our North American accounting-based solutions  
are integrated with this platform, which gives us a 
competitive advantage and a significant cross-sell 
opportunity with our installed base.

Mobility
We see mobility as an attractive future growth 
opportunity because it makes the core accounting  
and ERP data accessible to both financial and 
non-financial users on smartphones and tablets.  

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013The goal of our mobile strategy is to offer customers 
value-adding, integrated and connected cloud and 
mobile services that will increase our revenue per 
customer and drive subscription adoption. North 
America has led the development of Sage Data Cloud,  
a common infrastructure and framework that connects 
mobile applications with our accounting and ERP 
products. At the North America Sage Summit in  
July 2013, we launched three mobile applications  
built on this platform; Sage Mobile Sales, Sage  
Mobile Service, and Sage Billing and Payments.

Customer satisfaction
Our approach to technology is guided by understanding 
the requirements of our customers and recognising the 
trust they have in Sage to support their move to the 
cloud. Whilst technology is a great opportunity for Sage, 
we will only be successful if we continue to provide an 
extraordinary customer experience. We track customer 
satisfaction using the Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) 
metric, which measures customers’ willingness to 
promote the Sage products and services they use.  
NPS is an important indicator of long-term success  
and we will maintain our focus on ensuring we meet  
our customers’ needs. 

The benefits of subscription 
The third cornerstone of our growth strategy involves  
the migration of customers to a subscription pricing 
relationship. Whilst software subscription is a relatively 
small proportion of our revenue today, it is important 
strategically in delivering sustainable growth over the 
longer term. Subscription pricing has been rolled out 
across all our major markets, where we typically adopt  
a dual model approach by offering customers a choice 
between a subscription relationship and a perpetual 
licence. We are encouraged by the early progress we 
are making, which is evidenced by the 27% increase  
in the annualised value of our subscriber base on an 
organic basis, which grew to £108m (2012: £85m).  
We will continue to drive the adoption of subscription 
pricing across our business on a measured basis. 

We have seen how subscription can be an attractive 
option for new and existing customers. In North America, 
for example, we have attracted a new type of customer 
to Sage 100 and Sage 300, with subscription making the 
up-front cost of a more sophisticated ERP solution more 
affordable to smaller businesses by removing the initial 
perpetual licence cost. We have seen the same principle 
apply to existing customers who are looking to migrate; 
in France, the successful Sage 100 i7 upgrade 
programme secured 14,000 subscription contracts.  
We also use subscription to reactivate existing customers 
who have chosen not to maintain a support contract,  
a particular opportunity with smaller businesses where 
support attachment rates are lower. By offering premium 
features on subscription, we are encouraging these 
customers to move to subscription. Our French small 
business product Ciel Flex has connected services 
functionality that is only available on subscription,  
and of the 4,700 subscription contracts we secured 

this year, around 40% of them were with previously 
inactive existing customers. 

Financial discipline
The Group remains highly cash generative and we  
retain considerable financial flexibility going forward.  
We remain disciplined in our capital allocation approach, 
whether using cash within the business or returning  
it to shareholders. Our financial discipline is evident  
in our performance this year, where we maintained 
EBITA margin through managing costs whilst increasing 
investment in our growth initiatives. We are also 
disciplined in our approach to M&A, focusing on 
opportunities which support growth in our core business 
and meet our established returns criteria. Consistent 
with our focus on shareholder value, we returned 
£571.8m this year to shareholders through our ordinary 
dividend, the payment of a special dividend and our 
share buyback programme. We remain committed  
to the disciplined allocation of capital to support our 
strategy and drive shareholder returns. 

People 
During the year, we announced a number of changes  
to the Board. Tamara Ingram, Mark Rolfe and Ian Mason 
retired from the Board, each having made a significant 
contribution to Sage over many years. Paul Harrison, 
formerly CFO for 13 years, departed Sage for a new 
executive challenge. Paul made a considerable 
contribution to Sage during his time with the business, 
not least in establishing the strategy in recent years,  
and in supporting me as CEO. They leave with our 
gratitude and best wishes for the future. 

Jonathan Howell and Neil Berkett joined the Board  
in July 2013, alongside Jo Harlow. Unfortunately,  
Jo stood down from the Board in September 2013  
due to a conflict arising with her executive role following 
the announcement by Microsoft of the acquisition of 
Nokia’s Devices and Services division. On 11 November 
2013, we announced the appointment of Steve Hare  
as the new CFO, effective from 3 January 2014.

Summary and outlook
I am pleased to report a strong set of results, with  
good growth across all regions and our strategic 
initiatives progressing well. These results highlight the 
strong appeal of our offering to SMEs, great execution  
in delivering on our plans and the benefit of a clear 
strategy, which focuses on our most significant growth 
opportunities. The strategy is working and growth is 
accelerating. We remain confident of achieving our target 
of 6% organic revenue growth in 2015 and anticipate 
further progress during the year ahead.

Guy Berruyer, Chief Executive

29

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOrganic  
revenue growth

4%

2012: 2%

Underlying  
EPS growth

12%

2012: -2%

EBITA margin  
maintained at

27%

2012: 27%

Full year 
dividend of 11.32p 
per share up

6%

2012: 10.68p 
per share#

Financial and operating review

Continuing operations

2013

Statutory

2012

Revenue
Operating profit/EBITA*
Profit before income tax
Basic earnings per share
Ordinary dividend per share 
Cash conversion

£1,376.1m £1,340.2m
£344.9m
£334.3m
18.63p
10.68p#
n/a

£180.5m‡
£164.1m‡
3.97p‡
11.32p#
n/a

Notes:

Underlying*

Highlights

Change

2013

2012

+3% £1,261.3mβ  £1,209.7mβ
£367.0m†
(48%)
£356.9m†
(51%)
19.87p
(79%)
+6%
n/a
106%
n/a

£375.8m
£360.5m
22.27p
n/a
112%

Change

+4%
+2%
+1%
+12%
n/a
+6%

*  Refer to notes on definitions below.
β  Underlying revenue figures above are presented on an organic basis. Refer to notes on definitions below. 
‡  Statutory profit impacted by £188.2m exceptional charge primarily relating to non-core disposals. 
†  Prior year contains a full year of profit contribution from non-core products disposed during the current year. 
# 

 Current and prior year dividend per share is rebased and is shown on a post-share consolidation basis to reflect the share consolidation  
that took place in June 2013. Refer to dividend commentary on page 33 for dividend per share on a pre and post-share consolidation basis.

Definitions of underlying measures:

 – Underlying revenue neutralises the impact of foreign exchange in prior year figures.

 – Organic revenue is underlying revenue excluding the contribution of current and prior year acquisitions and disposals.

 – Underlying operating profit (“EBITA”) excludes amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment,  

fair value adjustments and exceptional items. The impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures.

 – Underlying cash conversion is calculated as cash flows from operating activities, adjusted for cash acquisition-related items and cash 

exceptional items of £1.9m (2012; £nil), divided by EBITA.

 – Underlying profit before income tax excludes amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment,  

fair value adjustments, exceptional items and imputed interest. The impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures. 

 – Underlying basic earnings per share is defined as underlying profit divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue  

during the year, excluding those held as treasury shares. Underlying profit is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent excluding 
amortisation of intangible assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment, fair value adjustments, exceptional items and imputed 
interests. All of these adjustments are net of tax. The impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures.

Group performance
In the year ended 30 September 2013, the Group 
delivered acceleration in organic revenue growth and 
increased EBITA in line with underlying revenue growth. 

Throughout the Acting CFO Review, revenue, 
profitability and growth trends are stated on  
an underlying basis. This is done to facilitate the 
comparison of results. A reconciliation of underlying 
revenue to organic revenue is shown in the table  
on page 104.

Revenue
Underlying revenue grew by 2% to £1,376.1m  
(2012: £1,344.7m). 

Organic revenue
Organic revenue grew 4% (2012: 2%) to £1,261.3m 
(2012: £1,209.7m) in the year. North America delivered 
a good performance for the year with a strong 
acceleration in organic revenue growth to 6%. AAMEA’s 
performance was led by South Africa, which delivered 
double-digit organic revenue growth, although our 
Australian business was impacted by a weakening 
economy. Difficult economic conditions also affected 
our performance in Europe, particularly in France  
and Spain. The UK & Ireland delivered sustained  
good revenue growth throughout the year, which  
was supported by legislative change. 

Revenue mix
Total underlying recurring revenue was £976.1m  
(2012: £925.8m) and grew organically by 6%, benefiting 
from growth in premium support contract upselling  
and renewals, software subscriptions and payment 
services. Recurring revenue includes stand-alone 
support, combined software and maintenance and 
support, combined support and software packages 
paid for on a subscription basis, and payment services. 
The proportion of our total revenue that is recurring has 
increased to 71% (2012: 69%).

Total underlying software and software-related services 
(“SSRS”) revenue was £400.0m (2012: £418.9m), 
which was flat organically compared to the prior year. 
North America returned to growth and AAMEA, led  
by South Africa, delivered good growth. The success 
of Sage ERP X3 supported SSRS growth in these 
regions. Europe organic SSRS revenue contracted 
modestly. Weakness in new licence revenue, particularly 
in France and Spain, was offset by a stronger SSRS 
performance in the UK & Ireland, where legislative 
change drove demand. SSRS revenue includes 
stand-alone software licence sales (including new 
licences, upgrades and migrations), training, business 
forms and other services. 

30

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Revenue from continuing operations
FY13 (£m)

FY12 (£m)
Change (%)
EBITA/Operating profit
FY13 (£m)
FY12 (£m)
Change (%)

Underlying operating profit (“EBITA”)

Reconciliation of EBITA  
to operating profit
EBITA
Impact of movements in foreign 
currency exchange rates

Exceptional items
Other non-GAAP adjustments
Statutory operating profit

2013  
£m
375.8

–
375.8
(188.2)
(7.1)
180.5

2012  
£m
366.4

0.6
367.0
–
(21.5)
345.5

EBITA increased by 2%, in line with underlying revenue 
growth, to £375.8m (2012: £367.0m) with the Group’s 
EBITA margin maintained at 27% (2012: 27%). This 
growth in EBITA was achieved despite the disposal  
of a number of non-core products during the year and 
continued investment in our best growth opportunities, 
which include Sage One, Sage ERP X3 and our 
payments businesses.

Statutory operating profit decreased to £180.5m 
(2012: £344.9m). Statutory operating profit  
includes amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment,  
fair value adjustments and exceptional items.

Net exceptional items of £188.2m are included  
in statutory operating profit, primarily as a consequence 
of completing the disposal of certain non-core products 
during the year.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs increased to £16.4m (2012: £10.6m). 
This was due to an increase in gross debt as the Group 
moved towards meeting its leverage target. The 
increase in debt during the year was due to drawdowns 
on the revolving credit facility and the USD$400m US 
private placement refinancing which completed in May 
2013. The additional drawdowns funded returns of cash 
to shareholders through the share buyback programme 
and the payment of a special dividend in June 2013. 
The lower coupon rate on the US private placement 
loan notes reduced the average interest rate on 
borrowings during the year to 3.78% (2012: 4.59%).

Europe

Americas

AAMEA

Group
Underlying

Foreign 
exchange

Adjustments
to EBITA

Group 
statutory

776.9

788.4
(1%)

220.2
222.0
(1%)

448.2

416.5
+8%

115.0
107.3
+7%

151.0

139.8
+8%

40.6
37.7
+8%

1,376.1

1,344.7
+2%

375.8
367.0
+2%

–

(4.5)

–

–

–
(0.6)

(195.3)
(21.5)

1,376.1

1,340.2
+3%

180.5
344.9
(48%)

Taxation
The income tax expense of £116.6m (2012: £95.4m), 
which includes an exceptional tax charge of £17.4m  
on the disposal of the non-core products, represents  
an effective tax rate of 71% (2012: 29%). Adjusting for 
this exceptional charge, the effective tax rate is 28% 
(2012: 29%). This is in excess of the standard rate  
of UK tax due to the higher tax rates applicable in  
the other jurisdictions in which we operate.

The income tax charge and the total tax paid in the year 
are underpinned by Sage’s tax policy, which is aligned 
with the overall goals of the business including Sage’s 
vision, strategy, code of ethics and guiding principles. 
We seek to manage our tax affairs in a responsible and 
transparent manner, to comply with relevant legislation 
and with due regard to our reputation. Our approach  
is in line with the principles issued by the Confederation 
of British Industry (“CBI”) in May 2013. Sage’s tax policy 
has been agreed by the Board, with progress being 
monitored by the Group Audit Committee. The policy 
has been shared with the UK tax authorities.

Basic earnings per share

Reconciliation of underlying to 
statutory basic earnings per share
Underlying basic EPS 
(continuing operations)
Impact of movements in foreign 
currency exchange rates

Exceptional items (net of tax)
Other non-GAAP adjustments 
(net of tax)
Statutory basic EPS  
(continuing operations)

2013  
£m

2012  
£m

22.27

19.86

–
22.27
(17.59)

0.01
19.87
–

(0.71)

(1.24)

3.97

18.63

Underlying basic earnings per share increased by 12% 
to 22.27p (2012: 19.87p) as a result of profit growth and 
a reduction in the average number of shares in issue to 
1,168.8m (2012: 1,282.2m) due to the share buyback 
programme and the share consolidation effected in  
June 2013.

Statutory basic earnings per share declined by 79%  
to 3.97p (2012: 18.63p) primarily due to losses on 
completed non-core disposals in North America  
and Europe.

31

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportFinancial and operating review continued

Treasury management
The Group’s Treasury function seeks to ensure liquidity  
is available to meet the forecast needs of the Group,  
to invest cash assets safely at market rates, and reduce 
exposure to interest rate fluctuations, foreign exchange 
movements and other financial risks. The Group does 
not engage in speculative trading in financial instruments 
and transacts only in relation to underlying business 
requirements. The Group’s treasury policies and 
procedures are periodically reviewed and approved by 
the Audit Committee and are subject to regular Group 
Internal Audit review.

The Group continues to be able to borrow at 
competitive rates and currently deems this to be the 
most effective means of raising finance. During the year 
the Group successfully completed a USD$400m issue  
of US private placement loan notes increasing total 
notes issued into the US private placement market  
at 30 September 2013 to £432.3m ($USD700m)  
(2012: £185.8m, USD$300.0m). This transaction further 
diversifies sources of funding underpinning the Group’s 
capital structure targets, and extends maturities at 
fixed rates. 

In addition the Group has multi-currency revolving 
credit facilities totalling £346.2m (2012: £338.3m) 
(USD$271.0m and €214.0m tranches), provided  
by a syndicate of banks, which expire in 2015.  
At 30 September 2013, £9.6m of these facilities  
were drawn (2012: £15.0m).

Foreign exchange
We do not hedge foreign currency profit and loss 
translation exposures and our results therefore have 
been impacted by movements in exchange rates.  
The average Euro exchange rate used to translate  
the Consolidated income statement showed movement 
of 2.5% to £1 = €1.19 from £1 = €1.22. The average 
US Dollar exchange rate showed movement of 1.3% to 
£1 = $1.56 from £1 = $1.58. The average South African 
Rand exchange rate moved significantly in the year  
to £1 = ZAR14.60 from £1 = ZAR12.72, representing  
a fluctuation of 14.8%. The average Brazilian Real 
exchange rate used to translate the results of our 
Brazilian businesses was R$3.30.

Cash flow and net debt
The Group remains highly cash generative with  
cash flows from operating activities increasing 9%  
to £417.4m (2012: £383.8m), representing strong 
underlying cash conversion of 112% (2012: 106%).
Underlying cash conversion excludes cash add  
backs and exceptional items of £1.9m (2012: £nil). 
After interest, tax and net capital expenditure, free  
cash flow was £268.6m (2012: £247.9m).

The net inflow from acquisitions and disposals 
completed in the year was £60.7m. Proceeds of £81.4m 
were received through the sale of the non-core products 
in North America and Europe, and cash consideration  
of £20.7m was paid in respect of acquisitions.

A total of £571.8m (2012: £434.0m) was returned  
to shareholders through ordinary dividends paid  
of £122.1m (2012: £136.5m), a special dividend  
of £198.7m (2012: £nil) and shares repurchased of 
£251.0m (2012: £297.5m). Net debt stood at £384.3m 
at 30 September 2013 (30 September 2012: £161.5m) 
which is equivalent to 1x EBITDA. 

R&D and capital expenditure
Total R&D spend was £144.6m and grew organically  
by 4%. During the year R&D expenditure on Invest 
products increased 47% as resources have been 
successfully reallocated from Sunset and Harvest 
products. R&D expenditure is expensed as it is incurred. 

Capital expenditure in the year ended 30 September 
2013 (including the purchase of third-party software 
systems for internal use) was £23.7m (2012: £26.2m). 
The majority of this expenditure relates to IT infrastructure, 
both in new and replacement systems.

Acquisitions and disposals during the year
On 11 October 2012, the Group acquired EBS 
Empresa Brasileira de Sistemas Ltda., a provider of 
accounting, business management and tax software  
in Brazil, for a cash consideration of up to £11.3m, 
including a payment of £2.0m linked to the future 
financial performance. The provisional fair value  
of the assets acquired was £nil, resulting in provisional 
goodwill of £11.3m.

During the year, the Group completed the sale of a 
number of products that were identified as non-core. 
The sale of these products represented a key strategic 
milestone in focusing our business. On 21 March 2013, 
the Group announced the completion of the disposal  
of the trade and assets of Sage ACT! and Sage 
Saleslogix to Swiftpage, and Sage Nonprofit Solutions 
to Accel-KKR. Cash consideration of £58.3m was  
paid upon completion. On 30 April 2013, the Group 
completed the disposal of European non-core 
products C&I, ATL, Automotive and Aytos, to Argos 
Soditic, for a consideration of £34.9m. In addition,  
on 30 April 2013, the Group completed the disposal  
of other non-core products for a consideration  
of £4.5m.

32

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Interim
Final 
Total
Special
Total (incl. special)

Post-share consolidation 

Pre-share consolidation

2013
3.88p
7.44p
11.32p
17.99p
29.31p

2012
3.66p
7.02p
10.68p
–
10.68p

Growth (%)
6%
6%
6%
n/a
174%

2013
3.69p
7.07p
10.76p
17.10p
27.86p

2012
3.48p
6.67p
10.15p
–
10.15p

Growth (%)
6%
6%
6%
n/a
174% 

Capital structure and dividend
At our interim results in May 2013, we announced the 
return of approximately £200m to shareholders through 
a special dividend, which was paid in June 2013.  
This ensured that the company achieved its leverage 
commitment of 1x EBITDA having returned almost  
£1bn to shareholders in the preceding 18 months.

With our consistent and strong cash flows,  
we retain considerable financial flexibility going  
forward. The Board’s main strategic priority remains  
an acceleration of growth, both organically and  
through targeted acquisitions, and we will invest  
in support of that aim. This will enable us to support 
our sustainable progressive dividend policy, with any 
surplus capital being returned to shareholders from 
time to time. 

Consistent with this policy, the Board is proposing  
a 6% increase in total dividend per share for the year  
to 11.32p per share (2012: 10.68p per share), which  
is in excess of our rate of profit growth for the year.  
The ordinary dividend for the year is covered 2x  
by underlying earnings per share. 

Dividends per share for the current and prior year have 
been adjusted to take account of the 77 for 81 share 
consolidation that accompanied the special dividend, 
as set out in the table above.

Archer Capital
On 14 November 2011, the Group reported a claim for 
damages made by Archer Capital (“Archer”) following 
the termination of discussions between the Group  
and Archer relating to the potential purchase of MYOB. 
The Group strongly rejects the claim, which it calculates 
to be in the region of £82.9m (A$143.5m), and will 
defend itself vigorously. The claim is currently being 
heard by the Court.

Going concern
Based on normal business planning and control 
procedures, the directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for  
the foreseeable future. For this reason, the directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements.

Events after the reporting period
On 11 November 2013, the Group announced  
the appointment of Steve Hare as Chief Financial  
Officer, who will join the Sage Board with effect from  
3 January 2014.

Darren Fisher, Acting Chief Financial Officer

33

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
Financial and operating review continued
Regional performance

Good performance driven 
by strong execution

34

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

Good performance driven 

by strong execution

Regional performance continued – Europe

Highlights
 – Increase in organic growth from 1% to 2%;
 – Stand-out performance by the UK & Ireland, driven by legislative change;
 – Over 21,000 Sage One paying subscriptions in the UK;
 – Sage One launched in Germany, France and Spain;
 – Launch of Sage 200 Online in the UK, and Sage Murano ERP Online in Spain; 
 – Launch of Sage Pay in Germany and Spain; and
 – Disposal of European non-core products.

Álvaro Ramírez 
Chief Executive Officer, Europe

Key data
£m
Underlying revenue
EBITA
EBITA margin

2013

2012
£776.9m £788.4m
£220.2m £222.0m
28%

28%

Total European underlying revenue contracted by  
1% to £776.9m (2012: £788.4m). On an organic basis, 
revenue grew by 2% (2012: 1%). Organic recurring 
revenue grew by 5% (2012: 5%), and organic SSRS 
revenue contracted by 2% (2012: 7% contraction).

economic conditions. However, we were successful in 
upgrading customers using the Logic Control family of 
products to Sage Murano ERP. The Spanish business 
also completed the sale of the non-core product Aytos 
in April 2013.

Underlying revenue 
(£m)

Organic revenue in Germany grew by 1% during  
the year, with the contraction in the first half offset  
by a stronger second half performance. Our German 
business faced a challenging grow-over comparator, 
due to a successful one-time upgrade programme for 
Classic Line customers during the 2012 financial year. 
Our HR products continue to perform well, providing 
some notable growth in SSRS revenue.

Our businesses in the rest of Europe all delivered 
growth organically. Switzerland grew by 3% and  
Poland by 7%. Portugal delivered organic revenue 
growth of 17%, which was driven by new electronic  
tax filing requirements.

Sage Pay performed strongly, with organic revenue 
growth of 25% in the year, reflecting a price increase  
in the second half of last year and growth in customer 
numbers. Sage Pay also launched in Germany and 
Spain during the year. 

The EBITA margin for Europe was 28% (2012: 28%).

UK & Ireland 

France 

Spain 

Germany 

Sage Pay  

Others 

258.2

255.1

98.0

85.0

27.6

53.0

Organic revenue in our French business was  
flat, with weakness in SSRS offset by growth in 
recurring revenue, albeit it was encouraging to see  
a stronger performance in the second half. The weak 
macroeconomic environment made the execution  
of larger IT projects in the mid-market more difficult. 
Performance across the rest of the business was more 
encouraging, with Sage 100, in particular, achieving 
good growth. The French business completed the 
disposals of three non-core products in April 2013, 
namely C&I, ATL and Automotive.

Our UK & Ireland business grew organically by 5%.  
The business capitalised on the opportunity offered  
by the implementation of Real Time Information (“RTI”). 
Despite RTI going live during the first half of the year,  
we continued to see strong demand for Sage 50 Payroll 
and our training programmes in the second half. The 
UK also delivered a very strong performance with Sage 
One, with over 21,000 paying subscriptions at the year 
end, an increase of more than three-fold in 12 months. 
The UK & Ireland business also completed the disposal 
of the UK Construction business in April 2013.

Our Spanish business contracted organically by 2%, 
which is an improvement compared to last year, and  
we are encouraged that by the year end the Spanish 
business was exhibiting modest growth. New business 
still remains particularly difficult due to the prevailing 

35

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
Financial and operating review continued
Regional performance continued – Americas

Highlights
 – Significant acceleration in organic growth from 2% to 6%;
 – Continued progress in upselling premium support contracts;
 – Strong performance from Sage ERP X3;
 – 20% organic growth in integrated payments revenue;
 – Sage Data Cloud announced at the North America Sage  

Summit, heralding the launch of new mobile applications; and

 – Disposal of North American non-core products.

Pascal Houillon 
Chief Executive Officer, North America and Brazil

Key data
£m
Underlying revenue
EBITA
EBITA margin

2013

2012
£448.2m £416.5m
£115.0m £107.3m
26%

26%

Total Americas underlying revenue grew by 8%  
to £448.2m (2012: £416.5m), with organic revenue 
growth of 6% (2012: 2%). Organic recurring revenue 
grew 7% (2012: 4%), and organic SSRS revenue  
grew 2% (2012: 6% contraction).

Our North America business was successful in 
delivering on a number of initiatives during the year. 
Sage Business Care, our premium support offering, 
remains a primary driver of growth in North America 
and the continuing shift towards recurring revenue, 
which accounts for 80% of revenue. Our strategy  
of upselling premium support gained traction with  
Sage 100 and Sage 300 customers, and we were  
also particularly successful in migrating Sage 50 
customers in the US and Canada to premium support. 
The mid-market team executed well in migrating 
existing customers to newer ERP products. This 
helped to support a stand-out performance by Sage 
ERP X3, with revenue increasing by 48%, which was 
also driven by new customer acquisition.

Our payments business grew by 4%, reflecting solid 
growth. We continued to focus on cross-selling 
integrated payment services into the accounting base. 
The number of customers who use integrated 
payments grew to over 12,400, with an associated 
increase in cross-sell revenue growth of 20%. 

Brazil contributed £49.0m of revenue in the year  
and EBITA of £12.2m. The accounting, payroll and tax 
software business continued to deliver double-digit 
growth whilst the slowdown in the economy continued 
to impact the content business. Our significant foothold 
in Brazil means we are in a strong position to benefit 
from the structural growth opportunities offered by  
this market.

The EBITA margin for Americas was 26% (2012: 26%).

Underlying revenue 
(£m)

North America  399.2

Brazil 

49.0

36

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Regional performance continued – AAMEA

Highlights
 – Strong double-digit organic growth from South Africa of 14%,  

led by the performance of mid-market products;

 – Africa delivered 22% organic revenue growth in the year; and
 – Continued strong performance from Sage ERP X3.

Key data
£m
Underlying revenue
EBITA
EBITA margin

2013

2012
£151.0m £139.8m
£37.7m
27%

£40.6m
27%

Ivan Epstein 
Chief Executive Officer, AAMEA

Total AAMEA underlying revenue grew by 8%  
to £151.0m (2012: £139.8m), and organic revenue  
grew by 9% (2012: 12%). Organic recurring revenue 
grew by 11% (2012: 15%), and organic SSRS  
revenue grew by 7% (2012: 8%).

South Africa delivered organic revenue growth  
of 14% (2012: 16%), which reflects the success of our 
core mid-market products, particularly Sage ERP X3, 
Sage Evolution and People Payroll. The wider African 
continent delivered 22% revenue growth in the year 
and continues to represent an important opportunity 
for our South African business, particularly as a source 
of SSRS revenue.

Australia grew organically by 1% (2012: 7%), which 
was due to good growth in recurring revenue driven  
by support contract renewals and price increases.  
This growth was offset by a contraction in SSRS 
revenue, which was affected by a slowdown in the 
Australian economy. Our Middle Eastern and Asian 
businesses grew organically by 11% (2012: 4%), led 
by a strong performance from HR and payroll products 
in Malaysia and Singapore, and Sage ERP X3 across 
the region.

The EBITA margin for AAMEA was 27% (2012: 27%).

Underlying revenue 
(£m)

South Africa 

Australia 

Middle East 
and Asia 

88.1

45.1

17.8

37

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
Sage One

Easy to use small business accounting software that saves  
time and is available anytime, anywhere with Sage One.

Lorna Syson – London, United Kingdom

Lorna Syson is an interior accessories design and manufacturing business that draws 
inspiration from the British countryside.

“I’m a sole trader, and although it’s a business it is very much me, it’s got my heart  
and soul in it,” Lorna explains, “When things go wrong I take it to heart. I want to make 
things right. They go hand in hand; when the business is going well, everything’s going 
well. When something is wrong, I take it home with me.”

Lorna built the business herself, and moved to London after a year of trading.  
After a further 18 months, she moved into her own premises where she now  
designs and makes all of her products.

“The business is expanding, and my biggest challenge is working out the best  
way to facilitate that expansion, the best places to invest, the best places to save 
money, and how to organise everything.”

Lorna uses Sage One Accounts to manage her business finances and also uses  
Sage Pay to take payments from her customers.

“It’s amazing that I can manage everything online with Sage One. When I go places,  
I can do work on the go. When I arrive and work with the client, I can look back at  
all their past orders, when they’ve paid, and get a complete history.”

“Sage have 24-hour, seven days a week support, so I can ring them up if things go 
wrong and they’re friendly, they’re nice. They understand small businesses and they 
don’t speak down to you. They treat you how you would treat your own customers.”

Sage One
Sage One is our cloud accounting and payroll product 
for start-up and small businesses. It makes bookkeeping 
and payroll simple and easy, allowing our customers to 
concentrate on building successful businesses. We also 
have an edition for accountants, which lets them access 
and edit their clients’ books and records in the cloud.

22,400

Sage One paying subscriptions globally 
at 30 September 2013

Scan this code to  
watch a video about  
this case study on  
our YouTube channel 

38

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

39

Sage Payment Solutions

Reducing processing times and the risk of error, and providing 
greater control with integrated payments.

Electronics Inc. – Mishawaka, Indiana, USA

Electronics Inc. is a global industrial electronic equipment manufacturing company that 
primarily serves automotive, medical and aerospace businesses. They have used Sage 
100 Standard ERP since 2004.

Electronics Inc. realised that their system of entering credit card orders into a standalone 
point of sale terminal wasn’t working. “There wasn’t a system of good checks and 
balances in the process,” explains Kara Schmucker, Treasurer, “Too many people were 
using the system, and I had concerns that money was falling through the cracks. I saw 
evidence of this in the bank reconciliations, which weren’t balancing, because some 
transactions weren’t being entered into Sage 100.”

Integrating Sage Virtual Terminal with Sage 100 helped Electronics Inc. to reduce errors, 
gain better visibility over receipts, exercise greater control of the payments process and 
improve security.

“Once we had the system up and running, it worked really well and satisfied all my 
goals. I would highly recommend Sage’s integrated payments solution to businesses 
using Sage 100.”

Sage Payment Solutions
 – Sage Payment Solutions is our North American 

payments business, which provides e-commerce, 
card-holder present and merchant acquirer services;

 – Sage Virtual Terminal is just one of the ways our 
customers can take payments electronically and 
seamlessly integrate transaction data into their 
accounting system; 

 – All of our payments solutions are robust, secure, 

reliable and are accessible 24/7; and

 – Our online Sage Exchange platform consolidates  

all payment activity into one place, giving our 
customers a complete picture of the cash they’re 
collecting in real time.

13,800

Integrated payments customers globally 
at 30 September 2013

20%

Increase in global integrated payments  
underlying revenue this year

40

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

41

Sage ERP X3

Combining cloud-based connected applications with the  
power of Sage ERP X3 to make smarter, more informed  
business decisions.

Universal Paper and Plastics, Johannesburg, South Africa

Universal Paper and Plastics is a nationwide supplier of printed napkins, bathroom 
tissue, kitchen towels and related products. They turned to Sage ERP X3 for their  
core ERP needs, but wanted greater inventory management capability to help  
improve forecasting.

“We supply over 400 stock keeping units to chain stores around the country,” explains 
David Sher, GM of Universal Paper and Plastics, “We maintain a 48 to 72-hour lead time 
for orders, so it is critical that we have stock where we need it, when we need it. Before 
Sage ERP X3, everything was done manually. We had Excel spreadsheets and sales 
reports pulled from old systems which we would manually analyse and forecast three  
to six months ahead.”

Universal Paper and Plastics was recommended Sage Inventory Advisor, which  
is a cloud-based service available via an internet browser and mobile application,  
by their business partner.

“The module gathers historic data from Sage ERP X3 and uses it to model expected 
inventory behaviour, identifying potential shortfalls ahead of time and reducing 
overstocking and waste.”

“On its own it is more of a visual tool. We do all our work in Sage ERP X3, and if we 
need to know how much stock we’ll need for the next three months, Sage ERP X3 
projects that based on figures from Sage Inventory Advisor. Planning production  
on Sage ERP X3 has saved us a lot of time, and we’re much more accurate.”

Sage ERP X3
 – Sage ERP X3 is our global ERP solution for the 
mid-market and is a key part of our technology 
strategy. It is a sophisticated solution for businesses  
that need to manage a range of functions,  
including manufacturing, purchasing, inventory,  
sales, warehousing, CRM and finance.

12%

Growth in global Sage ERP X3 underlying  
revenue this year

42

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

43

Key performance indicators

Financial drivers
We monitor our financial performance against  
a number of different benchmarks. These are set 
in agreement with the Board and used to evaluate 
progress against our strategy. 

Financial performance

Read the Financial and 
operating review starting 
on page 30 for more 
information on our  
financial performance.

Our financial performance KPIs help us to monitor our progress towards our 2015 growth target of 6% organic revenue growth and a 1% to 2% 
improvement in EBITA margin.

Link to 
strategy

KPI description

Organic revenue growth
Organic revenue neutralises the impact of foreign exchange  
in prior year figures and excludes the contribution of current and 
prior year acquisitions and disposals.

Underlying basic EPS growth
Underlying basic EPS is defined as underlying profit divided by  
the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year, excluding those held as treasury shares. Underlying profit 
is defined as profit attributable to owners of the parent excluding 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related 
items, goodwill impairment, fair value adjustments, exceptional 
items and imputed interest. All of these adjustments are net of tax. 
The impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures.

EBITA margin
Underlying operating profit (“EBITA”) excludes amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related items, goodwill 
impairment, fair value adjustments and exceptional items. The 
impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures. 
EBITA is divided into underlying revenue to derive EBITA margin.

Underlying cash conversion
Underlying cash conversion is calculated as cash flows from 
operating activities, adjusted for cash acquisition in related items 
and cash exceptional items of £1.9m (2012: £nil), divided by 
underlying operating profit (“EBITA”).

2013

4%

2012

2%

Change

2%

12%

(2%)

14%

27%

27%

–

112%

106%

6%

Financial strength and capital discipline

Our financial strength and capital discipline KPIs are used to monitor our gearing and interest cover levels. In December 2011, we set ourselves  
a gearing target of a net debt level equal to 1x our EBITDA. In June 2013, we achieved this objective following a capital allocation plan that comprised  
a share buyback programme, a re-basing of our ordinary dividend, a number of completed acquisitions and a £198.7m special dividend.

Net debt leverage
The net value of cash less borrowings expressed as a multiple  
of EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest,  
tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
acquisition-related items, goodwill impairment, fair value 
adjustments and exceptional items. 

Interest cover
Operating profit for the year excluding exceptional items, 
expressed as a multiple of finance costs excluding imputed 
interest for the same year. 

1.0:1

0.4:1

0.6

24.1x

32.5x

(9.1x)

44

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Strategic drivers
The measurement of progress in delivering  
our strategy is important and we have developed  
a number of KPIs to measure performance. 

Turn to the CEO’s review 
starting on page 26 to read 
about our strategic progress 
this year.

Growth cornerstones

Our strategy for accelerating growth comprises three cornerstones: Focusing our business; Capturing the technology opportunity; and The benefits  
of subscription. Under Focusing our business, we track how much of our investment we have redirected towards products with the highest potential. 
Under Capturing the technology opportunity, we monitor the pace of adoption of our key technology products through customer numbers and revenue 
growth. Under The benefits of subscription, we track the progress of our move to subscription through the annualised value of revenue we receive from 
customers with whom we have a subscription relationship.

Link to 
strategy

KPI description

Research and development (“R&D”) and sales and 
marketing (“S&M”) spend by category
Resource optimisation is captured by reporting on the resource 
allocation in our business. R&D and S&M spend in the year is 
divided into three categories of product – Invest:Harvest:Sunset. 
Our strategy is to focus our investment towards the Invest 
products in our portfolio.

Adoption of Sage One
The number of paying subscriptions at the end of the year for 
Sage One Cashbook, Sage One Accounts, Sage One Payroll 
and Sage One Accountant Edition.

Adoption of hybrid cloud
The number of paying subscriptions at the end of the year for 
hybrid cloud products.

Sage ERP X3 underlying revenue growth
The percentage increase in underlying revenue derived from 
Sage ERP X3 in the year compared to the prior year. The 
impact of foreign exchange is neutralised in prior year figures.

Integration of payments
The number of customers at the end of the year who are using 
a Sage core accounting system, a Sage payments solution, 
and the integration of the two is provided or owned by Sage.

Organic annualised value of the subscriber base
The amount of organic software subscription revenue recorded 
in the last month of the year multiplied by 12.

1

2

2

2

2

3

Customers

2013

2012

Change

R&D reallocation

50:43:07

35:53:12

15:(10):(5)

S&M reallocation

49:46:05
22,400

42:49:09
6,190*

7:(3):(4)
16,210

750

12%

115

5%

635

7%

13,800

9,700

4,100

£108m

£85m

27%

Satisfied customers are incredibly important, and measuring how many of them choose to maintain their support, payments or subscription relationship 
with us each year is an effective way of determining whether we are meeting their needs.

Contract renewal rate
The number of contracts successfully renewed in the year  
as a percentage of those that were due for renewal.

82%

81%

1%

Note:

*  The 2012 Annual Report & Accounts disclosed Sage One paying customers of 6,100. This year we are reporting the number of paying subscriptions.

45

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Managing risk sensibly is a key element  
of achieving our strategic objectives and  
maintaining high-quality services  
to our customers 

Our risk management strategy is designed to support the 
successful running of the business and provide assurance to the 
Board by identifying and managing risks to an acceptable level.

We have reviewed our strategic plans to identify potential high-level 
risks that may impact our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. 
Principal risks and uncertainties have been updated to reflect the 
current status of our strategic delivery, with previously reported  
risks being split into component parts to give greater visibility  
on our mitigation plans and provide a clearer link to our strategy. 
Other lower-level risks are analysed and mitigated via risk 
management processes that are embedded in the day-to-day 
running of the business.

Identify

Evaluate

Our risk 
management 
process

Mitigate

Analyse

46

To read more about internal control 
and risk management, turn to  
page 67

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Risk

Potential impact

Principal mitigations

Technology transformation 
There is a risk that we do not successfully 
transform our business in relation to 
technology initiatives by failing to achieve 
targets and milestones, and meet our 
strategic timetable.

 – We do not meet market expectations or 
compete effectively with rival providers;

 – Negative impact on future revenue and damage 

to future growth potential;

 – Loss of existing customers and inability  

to attract new customers; and
 – Negative reputational impact.

Online solutions
There is a risk that we do not  
provide highly-available and secure  
online solutions.

 – Negative reputational impact;
 – Data breach, corruption, or loss, leading to 

potential regulatory penalties or financial loss;
 – Negative impact on current and future revenue 
and damage to future growth potential; and

 – Loss of existing customers and inability  

to attract new customers.

 – Individual initiatives are monitored by the  

Group Executive Committee and Group Project 
Management Office (“PMO”). Targets, milestones 
and timelines are tracked and progress is regularly 
reported and reviewed;

 – Strategic opportunities are regularly reviewed  

by the Group Board; and

 – The Technology Advisory Group reviews specific 

key technology initiatives on a regular basis.

 – Detailed product and services release and quality 

control procedures;

 – Thorough quality assurance processes and 

initiatives relating to the level of service provided  
to customers;

 – Detailed framework to control the risks associated 

with the provision of online services and the 
protection of data; and

 – Ongoing monitoring of availability and security 

incidents for online solutions.

Resource allocation
There is a risk that we do not appropriately 
allocate resources to key priorities and do 
not balance short-term delivery needs with 
long-term business objectives.

Pricing initiatives
There is a risk that we do not complete  
the pricing initiatives to deliver expected 
benefits within the agreed timescales.

Regulatory and compliance failure
There is a risk that we suffer a significant 
compliance or regulatory failure, or that  
we do not have appropriate governance, 
decision making, or delegation of 
authorities in place.

 – Short-term financial results, including budgets 

 – Detailed business planning and budget processes 

and KPIs, are not achieved; and

 – Strategic initiatives are not completed and  

our potential is not realised.

to allocate resource and review results on a 
regular basis.

 – Negative impact on future growth potential; and
 – Strategic initiatives are not completed and our 

potential is not realised.

 – Negative reputational impact;
 – Data breach, corruption, or loss leading to 

potential regulatory penalties or financial loss;

 – Impact on current and future revenues and 

damage to future growth potential;

 – Loss of existing customers and inability  

to attract new customers; and
 – Loss of shareholder confidence.

 – Individual initiatives are monitored by the Group 
Executive Committee and Group PMO. Targets, 
milestones and timelines are tracked and progress 
is regularly reported and reviewed; and

 – Recruitment of pricing strategists throughout  

the Group.

 – Group-wide compliance programme which seeks 
to ensure that all local, national and international 
regulatory and compliance requirements are 
identified and complied with.

Traditional products
There is a risk that we suffer a major  
quality issue with a significant traditional, 
on-premise product.

 – Negative reputational impact;
 – Impact on current and future revenues and 
damage to future growth potential; and
 – Loss of existing customers and inability  

to attract new customers.

 – Detailed product and services release and quality 

control procedures; and

 – Thorough quality assurance processes and 

initiatives relating to the level of service provided  
to customers.

Source code and intellectual property
There is a risk that we do not 
appropriately protect our source code 
and intellectual property.

Change management
With new business priorities, there are  
risks associated with the change 
management impact on employees, 
systems and the alignment of talent  
with prioritised business areas.

 – Unauthorised copies of our software,  

 – Continual policing of unauthorised use  

leading to loss of revenue and/or customers;

of our products;

 – Negative reputational impact; and
 – Impact on current and future revenues and 

damage to future growth potential.

 – Secure storage and protection of source  
code and intellectual property throughout  
the Group; and

 – Reliance on laws and regulations.

 – Loss of talent and resources key to successful 

strategic delivery;

 – Inability to operate effectively and maintain  

a competitive edge; and

 – Change management programme, including 
talent review and systems requirements  
review; and

 – Key man dependency and succession  

 – Loss of sensitive information and knowledge.

planning processes.

47

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report48

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

People and organisation

It’s our people who drive our results. It’s our people 
who show, time and time again, their incredible 
dedication to delivering an extraordinary customer 
experience. As we continue to execute our global 
strategy our focus is to leverage and develop talent 
across our whole organisation

Our guiding principles drive our culture – they shape how we 
think, plan, behave and make decisions. Staying true to them 
enables us to serve our customers and continue our success.

Simplicity
Maintaining simplicity in a complex world is challenging, 
but we believe it is vital to work in an organisation where 
things are clear, easy to understand and direct. We 
believe it creates an environment that is more relaxed 
and which frees people to perform to their potential.

Trust
By using Sage products our customers are committing 
to us, so they must be able to trust us to deliver.  
Our customers need to know we are on their side, 
providing tailored products and services that meet their 
needs and offering expert advice and support to help 
them run their businesses. 

Integrity
Whether we are providing software products to  
our customers or giving them business advice and 
support, integrity is central to maintaining our credibility. 
It is about delivering on our promises, being reliable  
and maintaining the highest of standards. That is how 
we build trust and loyalty with our customers.

Innovation
We’re always looking at new ways to improve  
the customer experience. From product innovation  
to how we work together, creativity can make all the 
difference. That’s why we encourage our teams to 
explore innovative ideas, because our future success 
depends on it.

Agility
Business is fast-paced and ever changing, so when 
customers need us we have to respond quickly and 
efficiently. However, being reactive isn’t enough. We 
believe in a more proactive approach, which requires  
us to anticipate and interpret our customers’ needs so 
that we’re ready to meet them. Having the agility to find 
relevant, effective solutions and deliver them at the right 
time is what sets us apart.

49

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportPeople and organisation continued

Transforming the way we work
Our global strategy is exciting and we want our people 
to feel truly inspired by the important part they have  
to play in bringing it to life. 

We also recognise the importance of supporting them 
through the organisational changes that our strategy 
demands. Each region has introduced a phased and 
targeted change programme including coaching and 
skill-building programmes, global brand immersion 
workshops, change champions and business-wide road 
shows. Regional CEOs and their leadership teams have 
relished the opportunity to personally share our vision 
and progress with their people and to hear their 
responses first-hand.

A particular highlight has been the North American  
Sage Confidence Tour, which visited seven Sage offices 
across North America during July and August 2013.  
The purpose was to further engage employees with our 
global strategy and help them understand the skills and 
behaviours we need to deliver on our plans. Activities 
included personalised talks from local leaders, “shop 
local” contests to promote our customers, and team 
games designed to push our people out of their 
comfort zones.

In addition, we have continued to build on some  
of the processes already in place. We have refreshed 
our induction programmes and redesigned intranet 
systems to facilitate greater global collaboration.  
In many business areas we have launched improved 
performance management frameworks to ensure our 
people’s personal objectives are clearly aligned to our 
business strategy. This also allows us to more closely 
align our performance measures to the way we reward 
our people. We’ll continue to listen to them so that we 
can improve and embed these processes during 2014.

Equipping our people for change
Our people are at the centre of our ability to continuously 
deliver an extraordinary customer experience. Ensuring 
our people are equipped with the relevant skills and 
training is a key focus for us.

In many regions we’ve invested heavily in bespoke 
learning and development support for our people:  
we’ve established a Development Academy in 
Switzerland to highlight career paths for potential future 
leaders; introduced extensive online training resources  
in Spain and North America; developed youth training 
programmes in France, Spain, and the UK & Ireland; 
and helped people in our European mid-market 
business develop their English language skills. In South 
Africa we have introduced a regional on-boarding 
programme to engage employees in the re-branding 
from Softline to Sage.

We have continued to invest in global mobility with  
over 30 key moves in 2013 to deploy talent around the 
globe. We’ve seen a number of notable success stories, 
including the secondment to Europe and North America 
of two of our research and development leaders working 
on hybrid cloud solutions.

To enable stronger tracking and delivery of projects, 
we’ve established clear project management 
frameworks, including a Europe-wide project 
governance model and customised training programme.

Employees
2013
2012

Europe
6,909
7,593

 Americas
3,546
3,695

AAMEA
2,006
1,929

Group and central 
operations
299
292

Total
12,760
13,509

Leading the way with confidence
In 2013 we continued on our journey to create a more 
common culture across Sage that has inner confidence 
at its heart. We believe this work will help our people 
support our customers with conviction and also help  
us attract new talent. 

Our RV visited seven Sage offices in North America to talk to our customers as part of our Confidence Tour.

50

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Our leaders are a major influence on the confidence  
of everyone at Sage. To help our leaders become more 
effective we have defined a clear and unique framework 
for leadership behaviours, known as The Confident 
Leader, against which each leader is measured with 
respect to their long-term capability and their short-term 
performance and reward. This was launched through  
a series of global and regional workshops and events.  
We have also established a single consistent performance 
management process for our leaders, and invested in 
global training and technical support.

To facilitate truly global succession planning, we have 
implemented a rigorous talent review process for our 
leadership population. This led to meaningful career  
and development planning discussions with over 270 
leaders and 15% of our top leadership taking on wider 
international responsibilities.

Recognising our people
We continue to gain recognition for the great work our 
people do:

 – Our South African business won Best Helpdesk  
at the 2013 World Contact Centre Best Practices 
Conference and Awards, and they came first for  
the second year running in Deloitte’s Best Company  
to Work For survey in the Business and Professional 
Services category;

 – In Spain, we won Ruban d’Honneur: Employer  
of the year at the European Business Awards 
2012/13, and were awarded the Madrid Excelente 
Award for Customer Confidence by the Madrid 
Regional Government;

 – We won European Call Centre and Customer  
Service Large Contact Centre of the Year; and
 – In North America, Sage Advisor won a Customer 
Experience Innovation Award at the Customer 
Experience Professional Association 2013.

Diversity
We’re committed to treating everyone at Sage  
with dignity and respect. Our policies and practices 
emphasise the importance of treating individuals in a 
non-discriminatory manner across the full employment 
life cycle, including hiring, reward, development, 
promotions, mobility and departure. Training is provided 
to those making decisions on these factors so that no 
individual is disadvantaged and to prevent discrimination 
on the grounds of gender, religion, belief, race,  
creed, age, disability, sexual orientation, ethnic origin,  
or marital status. In many of our operating companies 
we have guidelines to help our businesses meet Group 
requirements and to manage diversity within the context 
of different national legislation and cultures. At Sage we 
are proud of the various initiatives taking place globally 
relating to gender, age, disadvantaged backgrounds, 
disabilities, ill health and ethnic minorities. These include 
internships, apprenticeships, disability awards and 
targets, training events and schemes to support ethnic 
minorities and those with disadvantaged backgrounds.

Gender
At Sage we value the aims and objectives of The  
Davies Report on Women on Boards. In considering 
appointments to the Board and to senior executive 
positions, it is our policy to evaluate the skills, experience 
and knowledge required by a particular role with due 
regard for the benefit of diversity on the Board and at 
senior management level and make an appointment 
accordingly. Until Jo Harlow stepped down we had 25% 
female representation at Board level. Our top leadership 
population is 24% female, and this proportion is higher 
within the majority of our core operating companies. 
46% of our total workforce profile is female.

Examples of some local gender-specific initiatives 
include Spain’s Equality Plan and the UKI’s Enterprise for 
Women network aimed at supporting and encouraging 
career development of women through networking 
events and workshops.

Sage Day is an annual event where our people support local communities and charities.

Board diversity

  Men 

  Women 
% men 
% women 

2013 

2012

6 

1 
86%  
14%  

5

2
71%
29%

Turn to page 60 to read 
about changes to the 
Board during the year

Top leadership diversity

  Men 

  Women 
% men 
% women 

2013 

2012

84 

27 
76%  
24%  

75

24
76%
24%

Total workforce diversity

2013 

2012

  Men 

6,830  7,295

  Women 
% men 
% women 

5,930  6,214
54%
46%

54%  
46%  

51

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report   
   
   
Corporate responsibility

Our Corporate responsibility (“CR”) activities offer  
Sage the opportunity to be a good corporate citizen  
and also to support our global vision 

Our CR policy
Our global CR policy focuses on four key areas  
where we believe we can make the most difference. 
For three of these – Industry, Environment and  
People – we have established a global framework  
for our operating companies to work within, allowing 
them flexibility over which area to invest in according  
to what will have the most meaning and impact locally. 
Whilst local legal standards apply as an absolute 
minimum, we aim to achieve good practice in our local 
markets and share this across the Group. The fourth 
area – Community – is entirely locally driven, allowing 
our people to support causes close to them and to 
become involved in their communities.

Sage has been independently assessed against the 
FTSE4Good criteria and satisfied the requirements to 
become a constituent of the FTSE4Good Index Series, 
which is an equity index designed to facilitate investment 
in companies that meet globally recognised corporate 
responsibility standards.

Industry
We aim to leverage the unique relationships that we 
have with our customers across the globe to continue  
to understand and support the issues and challenges 
that they face.

Environment
We continue to analyse our impact on our environment. 
We remain committed to reducing our energy 
consumption and related emissions where possible,  
as well as reducing our wider impacts such as resource 
use and waste to landfill.

People
Given the nature of our business and our geographical 
spread we have not included information specifically 
about human rights issues in this report. We have  
a Code of Ethics available at www.sage.com which 
recognises the importance of treating all of our 
employees fairly, covering issues such as responsible 
employment, diversity and equal opportunities. This is 
an effective way of communicating, at a high level, the 
principles which should be applied in the conduct of 
our business. Further information regarding our people 
is available in this report on pages 48 to 51.

Community
Our local communities are important to us. We support 
a number of charities and community organisations 
worldwide in order to make a positive impact on the 
communities where we have a presence.

52

Board reporting
Our CR policy has been endorsed by our Board who are updated on CR risks  
and opportunities by the Company Secretary.

Ethics
We are committed to conducting business in an honest and ethical manner. We act 
according to our Code of Ethics, which is integral to us and sets out a range of 
principles we adhere to. In particular, we do not tolerate bribery and corruption and are 
committed to acting professionally, fairly and with integrity in all our business dealings 
and relationships. We enforce effective systems and processes to counter bribery and 
corruption and we continue to forge new ways employees can anonymously report any 
concerns about these.

As a UK company, The Sage Group plc is bound by the laws of the UK, including the 
Bribery Act 2010, in respect of our conduct both at home and abroad. In addition,  
we will uphold all laws relevant to countering bribery and corruption in all the jurisdictions 
in which we operate.

As well as ensuring our own conduct is appropriate, we have also put in place 
procedures to prevent bribery being committed on our behalf by any associated 
persons, i.e. anyone that performs services for us on our behalf, such as subsidiaries 
and third parties we work with. Our leaders sign a declaration relating to the Code  
of Ethics to make sure any additional business commitments or client and supplier 
relationships they may have are clear and transparent. 

Data protection
Data security and privacy are taken extremely seriously at Sage. Customer data is 
handled sensitively, with respect, and in a way that complies, as a minimum, with the 
requirements of Data Protection laws in the countries in which we operate and, where 
appropriate, regional legislation. We also work with local legislative bodies and data 
protection agencies and continuously look to strengthen our systems and procedures.

Cycling 750 miles to Paris and Alpe d’Huez raises thousands for charity.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Industry

We pride ourselves on really understanding our customers, 
both their common needs as well as their unique 
requirements, and we look to deploy that empathy and 
insight in our CR activities 

Understanding the issues small and medium sized 
businesses face 
Having a clear understanding of the challenges and 
opportunities our customers face is a vital part of 
ensuring we deliver software and services that meet 
these needs and ambitions. Beyond the over 35,000 
customer conversations we have each day, we conduct 
regular research surveys, locally and globally, to ensure 
we have as much insight and information as we can. 

Our global Sage Business Index is one of the largest 
surveys of small and medium sized businesses in  
the world. It polls over 11,700 businesses across  
17 countries and provides a comprehensive study  
of business confidence and the pressures faced by 
decision makers within companies around the world. 

For more information on The Sage Business 
Index go to businessindex.sage.com.

We also replicate this kind of effort face to face in local 
markets. For instance, during the Sage Listens 2013 RV 
Relay Tour in North America, Sage executives travelled 
more than 6,300 miles over 50 days, visiting 17 cities. 
They personally met and spoke in detail with more than 
75 customers to listen and gain insights into the issues 
and opportunities they face with a view to improving 
how we can support them in future. 

Supporting local businesses and organisations
Helping non-profit organisations with business software 
is an important part of what we do in the CR agenda.  
In North America, Sage has continued a partnership with 
TechSoup, an organisation that provides free business 
software to non-profit organisations. Since 2008 Sage 
North America has supported nearly 2,000 organisations 
with software valued at US$1.3m. This year we donated 
software to over 250 non-profit organisations. 

Our vision of being the most valuable supporter  
of small and medium sized companies by creating 
greater freedom for them to succeed extends further 
than giving our customers the right technology. It also 
means helping them understand and navigate through 
the business challenges they face. In the UK, Sage 
launched a “Love your accountant” campaign and 
teamed up with Yahoo! Finance to launch a small 
business hub. Both are focused on providing original 
content on news, advice and practical tips that will  
help small businesses understand the issues they face 
every day – from navigating the complexities of VAT,  
to working with mentors and their accountants.

Developing the entrepreneurs of tomorrow
We believe passionately in the value of developing future talent, both within Sage and  
in the wider business community.

We work with a number of organisations to help nurture the entrepreneurs of tomorrow, 
such as Young Enterprise in the UK, its affiliate Junior Achievement in North America,  
and Ashoka in Germany and France. All of these organisations are involved in social 
entrepreneurship. They equip the workforce of the future with the skills they will need to 
succeed through, for example, the provision of entrepreneurship education programmes. 

Our support includes sponsorship of the Financial Management in Business Award at 
the Junior Achievement Young Enterprise Europe, Company of the Year Competition, 
and donations as a result of a global Sage Day competition in which our employees 
selected Ashoka and Junior Achievement as recipients of the money raised. Through 
our Sage Cares programme, employees from all of our North American offices 
partnered with Junior Achievement in a variety of activities, which included hosting  
Job Shadow days, attending Career Fairs and providing job readiness training as part  
of school education days. In total, nearly 1,400 students benefited from this activity. 

In South Africa we have continued our long-standing relationship with the Life College,  
a non-profit organisation that develops entrepreneurship in students across the country. 
We also sponsor The Life College Xchange annual competition in which students pitch 
business ideas to established business leaders in South Africa. The winners are 
awarded funding to start their new business. Sage South Africa also supports Enactus, 
a global non-profit organisation which targets students in tertiary education to make  
a meaningful contribution towards developing entrepreneurs and business leaders.

In Portugal we support Energia de Portugal, which helps entrepreneurs set up companies 
and demystifies the difficulties inherent in the process of launching a business. At its 
annual event, the CEO of Sage Portugal spoke about his experiences in business.

Sage provides work experience opportunities to young people.

53

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate responsibility continued
Environment

We aim to reduce the energy our business uses and make 
the most of recycling opportunities. We comply with local 
laws as a minimum standard and Sage continues to take  
part in the global Carbon Disclosure Project

Organisation boundary and responsibility
We report our emissions data using an operational 
control approach to define our organisational boundary, 
which meets the definitional requirements of the 
Regulations in respect of those emissions for which  
we are responsible.

We have reported on all material emission sources 
which we deem ourselves to be responsible for.  
These sources align with our operational control  
and financial control boundaries. We do not have 
responsibility for any emission sources that are  
beyond the boundary of our operational control.  
For example, business travel other than by car 
(including, for example, commercial flights) are  
not within our operational control and, therefore,  
are not considered to be our responsibility.

Methodology
The methodology used to calculate our emissions  
is based on the “Environmental Reporting Guidelines: 
including mandatory greenhouse gas emissions 
reporting guidance” (June 2013) issued by the 
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs 
(“DEFRA”). We have also utilised DEFRA’s 2013 
conversion factors within our reporting methodology.  
In some cases we have extrapolated total emissions  
by utilising available information from part of a reporting 
period and extending it to apply to the full reporting 
year. For example, this has occurred where supplier  
invoices for the full reporting year were not available 
prior to the publication of this report. For further  
details, our methodology document can be found  
at www.sage.com.

Greenhouse gas emission
This section includes our mandatory reporting of greenhouse gas emissions pursuant 
to the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 
(“the Regulations”). We include this reporting data here in order to provide a complete 
Corporate Responsibility picture.

Reporting year
Our reporting year is the same as our fiscal year, being 1 October 2012 to 30 September 
2013. This greenhouse gas reporting year has been established to align with our 
financial reporting year. 

Global greenhouse gas emissions data

For period 1 October 2012 to 30 September 2013

Emissions from:
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use
Company’s chosen intensity measurement:
 – Emissions reported above normalised to tonnes of CO2e per total 

GBP1,000,000 revenue 

Tonnes of CO2e
9,550
17,943

19.98

Total CO2e by emission type

 Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use 

Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 

65%

35%

Sum of CO2e (tonnes)

AAMEA

Europe

5,902

162

6,292

North America and Brazil

5,749

2,302

7,086

0

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

14,000

 Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use 

 Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 

54

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Scope of reported emissions
Emissions data has been reported for our operations  
in Australia, Austria, Brazil, France, Germany, Ireland, 
Malaysia, Morocco, North America, Poland, Portugal, 
Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Switzerland and the UK. 

Given the short time between the passing of the 
Regulations and the preparation of this report it has  
not been possible to report on all emissions. We are, 
however, putting procedures in place to enable us  
to report on a wider range of emissions in the next 
reporting year. The emissions that have not been 
included in this year’s report relate to building usage  
and business travel in our operations in Belgium, where 
energy usage is not itemised on invoices. We have also 
not included emissions relating to refrigerant gas usage 
for our operations in Austria, Australia, XRT Brazil, 
Morocco, Poland and Singapore, as this data has not 
been gathered during the reporting year. However, we 
are in the process of training relevant staff to capture 
such data for future reporting.

In respect of those countries where we have very  
limited operations, being India (where we have fewer  
than 10 employees) and the United Arab Emirates 
(where we have fewer than 20 employees), we have 
undertaken a materiality assessment and consider that 
the related emissions are not material. Emissions from 
these operations are, therefore, excluded from our 
reported emissions.

Intensity ratio
In order to express our annual emissions in relation  
to a quantifiable factor associated with our activities,  
we have used revenue as our intensity ratio as this is  
the most relevant indication of our growth and provides 
for the best comparative measure over time.

Baseline for 2013 targets
The current year data forms the baseline data  
for subsequent periods. Although the Group  
has previously reported on emissions, it is not 
appropriate to use these reports as baseline years  
due to differing methodologies applied.

Carbon Disclosure Project
We once again took part in this project during the  
year under review by reporting on our gas (Scope 1)  
and electricity (Scope 2) emissions for the financial year 
ended 30 September 2012. However, our emissions 
reporting for the purposes of this Annual Report  
& Accounts provides broader emissions information  
and is based on a different methodology. Therefore,  
no comparatives to prior year for gas and electricity 
emissions for the year under review are included here.

Reducing carbon and waste
We have made a concerted effort to reduce our carbon 
footprint. For example, across our business we have 
fitted telepresence communication units as part of a 
project to reduce travel. The promotion of recycling bins 
continues, along with the installation of LED lights in many 
of our offices as they use around 75% less energy. Some 
offices have implemented new printing systems, enabling 
us to monitor and reduce the use of paper and inks. 

We now provide many of our software and services  
via the web rather than CDs or printed guides.  
For example, our online Auto Update Service deals  
with approximately one million update checks per 
business day. Our internal systems and communications 
are increasingly paperless, whether it is through 
electronic payslips or online document sharing and 
employee social networking via our global internal 
collaboration platform.

55

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate responsibility continued
Community 

Our involvement in local communities is about more than 
business, so we empower our operating companies to set 
their own targets and goals because they know best what 
will really make a difference locally

Investing in young people
Sage South Africa has a long-standing joint initiative  
with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants 
(“SAICA”), known as The National SAICA-Sage Pastel 
Accounting Olympiad. The programme aims to address 
the imbalance of racial representation within the 
accounting profession and equip African learners with 
financial literacy skills. The winner of the Olympiad is 
awarded a full bursary to further education in accountancy.

In Spain, we have been working with the Create 
Foundation to help deliver workshops where students  
are encouraged to embrace their creativity, innovation  
and entrepreneurialism. In the UK, Sage launched an 
apprentice scheme for 12 apprentices to join Sage, all of 
whom are still with the business, as well as a formal work 
experience programme for local senior school students.

Every year we’re amazed at how much effort our people put into 
supporting our local communities.

Giving our time to help charities
We have a long history of actively supporting a number  
of charities and community organisations, with our 
people taking the opportunity to dedicate some of their 
time to the local causes that matter to them. This year in 
North America 190 employees utilised their volunteer day 
through our Employee Volunteer Day Benefit programme, 
which provides employees with a day off to volunteer for 
a local charity. Similarly, our UK business offers all our 
employees two days per year to volunteer, which resulted 
in nearly 4,000 hours given to community volunteering 
and charitable events this year. This included over 1,000 
hours supporting almost 250 children as part of the Right 
to Read literacy programme. As it does every year, Sage 
UK opened its call centre to take calls for Comic Relief 
2013, with our people volunteering to process donations. 

Every year in July, Sage celebrates Sage Day, when our 
employees have the opportunity to get involved in local 
communities and charity work together. As well as the 
global Sage Day activity to support Ashoka and Junior 
Achievement, there was widespread local activity. 

In South Africa, Sage Day coincided with Mandela Day, 
a national day of celebration in recognition of Nelson 
Mandela’s 67 years of dedication to South Africa.  
To honour both events our people in South Africa,  
in partnership with Afrika Tikkun – a long-standing 
beneficiary of Sage South Africa’s support – volunteered 
at the Diepsloot community centre, an informal 
settlement located close to Sage South Africa’s  
head office. Afrika Tikkun is a well-established  
non-governmental organisation and works in six of the 
most impoverished communities in South Africa to fulfil 
their mission of uplifting and empowering disadvantaged 
orphans and vulnerable children.

In the UK, 56 Sage employees took part in three charity 
bike rides as part of Sage Day (Coast to Coast, London 
to Paris and London to Alpe d’Huez) to raise funds for 
Sage UK’s chosen charity, Cancer Research UK, raising 
£53,000. Overall donations to Cancer Research UK 
during our seven-year partnership with them have now 
reached £615,000. 

For us, helping charities is not just about raising funds. 
Sometimes a donation in kind can make a huge 
difference. For example, our people in Spain donated 
450 kilos of food to the National Food Bank, an 
extremely significant resource for many Spanish families 
at this difficult time. Our employees in North America 
have donated a total of 3,480 items including food,  
toys and clothes to various charities. 

56

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Our 2013 Strategic report, from page 2 to  
page 57, has been reviewed and approved  
by the Board of directors on 4 December 2013.

Guy Berruyer, Chief Executive

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

57

Chairman’s introduction to Corporate Governance

The Board of the Company is committed to ensuring that it provides 
effective leadership and promotes uncompromising ethical standards. 
One of the ways in which the Board achieves this is by requiring that 
good governance principles and practices are adhered to throughout 
the Company. The Board determined that the following is a helpful 
summary of its role:

Good corporate governance is about helping to run the Company well. 

It involves ensuring that an effective internal framework of systems  
and controls is put in place which clearly defines authority and 
accountability and promotes success whilst permitting the management 
of risk to appropriate levels. It involves the exercise of judgement as  
to the definitions of success, the appropriateness of risk and the levels 
of delegation to the executive. The exercise of this judgement is the 
responsibility of the Board and involves consideration of processes  
and assumptions as well as outcomes. 

It also involves the creation of a sensitive interface for the views  
of shareholders and other stakeholders to be given appropriate 
consideration when reaching these judgements.

The executive team is required to provide such information to the  
Board as the Board needs to enable it to exercise its judgement over 
these matters. 

There is a very fine distinction between the approval of processes and 
their definition. Wherever possible it is the role of the Board to approve 
process rather than initiate or define it. Only exceptionally would the 
Board intervene to initiate or define. 

The Board also sets the tone for the Company. The way in which it 
conducts itself, its attitude to ethical matters, its definitions of success 
and the assessment of appropriate risk, all define the atmosphere within 
which the executive team works. 

Good corporate governance is not about adhering to codes of practice 
(although adherence may constitute a part of the evidence of good 
governance) but rather about the exercise of a mindset to do what  
is right. 

One of the challenges facing any Board is the way in which the 
non-executive and the executive directors interact. It is clear that they 
each have the same legal responsibility but it is generally unrealistic to 
expect executive directors to speak individually with the same freedom 
as the non-executive directors. Equally, executive directors who just  
“toe the executive line” in contradiction to their own views may not  
be effectively contributing to good governance. A well-functioning  
Board needs to find the right balance between hearing the collective 
executive view and being aware of the natural internal tensions in  
an executive team.

One of the consequences of both increasing the watchdog role of the 
Board and finding this balance between individuality and team behaviour 
is driving more and more Boards to have fewer and fewer executive 
directors. In our circumstances as a holding company for a number of 
businesses, the reduced Board size works effectively and an appropriate 
balance is struck. Notwithstanding the tensions created by many 
external expectations, which may be wholly or in part unrealistic, a 
successful Board should, ideally, be composed of a group of respected, 
experienced, like-minded but diverse people who coalesce around a 
common purpose of promoting the long-term success of the Company, 
provide a unified vision of the definitions of success and appropriate risk, 
endeavour to support management (i.e. those who honestly criticise  
at times but encourage all the time) and who create confidence in all 
stakeholders in the integrity of the business.

A Board meeting should feel like a meeting at which everyone is 
participating to solve problems together. Above all, all participants 
should be able to say after a Board meeting that value has been added 
as a result of the meeting taking place. This added value will come in 
many forms: challenge, advice, clarity, imagination, support, sharing  
of problems, or creating strategic intent. The list is not exhaustive. 

Board membership is for 365 days of the year. Board responsibilities  
do not start and end with formal meetings. Board members, on the 
Company’s and their own initiative, should endeavour to engage outside 
of meetings to bring their experience to the assistance of the executive 
team whenever possible. 

Above all there should be a sense of value added from the engagement 
of the Board members in all their interaction with the Company, formal 
or otherwise.

To enhance its performance and effectiveness, the Board sets itself 
explicit objectives, which are separate from objectives set for the 
Company and for the Chief Executive, following the outcome of the 
Board appraisal process for the prior year. In relation to the objectives for 
the year ended 30 September 2013, the Board has regularly monitored 
its performance against these and has found this process adds value.

Donald Brydon CBE, Chairman

58

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

Board of directors

Committed to the highest standards
The Board of Sage provides leadership to the business as a whole, 
having regard to the interests and views of its shareholders and  
other stakeholders.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

Donald Brydon CBE, Chairman

Guy Berruyer, Chief Executive

Neil Berkett

Jonathan Howell

Ruth Markland

Non-executive

Executive

Biographies are on page 60

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

59

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report 
 
Board of directors continued
 The Board

Donald Brydon CBE
Chairman
Nomination Committee – Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
Donald joined the Board in July 2012 and became Chairman on  
1 September 2012. He is also Chairman of Royal Mail plc and the 
Medical Research Council and was, until 19 November 2013, Chairman 
of Smiths Group plc. Donald had a 20-year career with Barclays Group, 
during which time he was Chairman and Chief Executive of BZW 
Investment Management and acting Chief Executive of BZW followed  
by 15 years with the AXA Group, including holding the posts of 
Chairman and Chief Executive of AXA Investment Managers and 
Chairman of AXA Framlington. He has also recently chaired the London 
Metal Exchange, Amersham plc, Taylor Nelson Sofres plc and the  
ifs School of Finance and is a past Chairman of EveryChild. He has  
also served as Senior Independent Director of Allied Domecq plc and 
Scottish Power plc.

Guy Berruyer
Chief Executive
Guy was appointed Chief Executive in October 2010. His 
responsibilities include formulation of strategy and running of the 
Group, managing the overall performance of the Group, concentrating 
on revenue and profitability as well as capital expenditure. Guy also 
identifies acquisitions and monitors competitive forces, as well as 
ensuring an effective and motivated leadership team. Guy joined Sage 
in 1997 to run its French operation and was then appointed to the 
Board in January 2000 as Chief Executive for the Mainland Europe 
business. In 2005 he also took charge of Sage’s Asian operations 
before his promotion to Chief Executive, which was announced  
in July 2010. Prior to Sage, Guy was Country Manager and then 
European Managing Director for US software company Intuit. Before 
this he held senior positions at French hardware company Groupe Bull, 
where he was a Director of Marketing, and at Claris, as Southern 
European General Manager. Guy is also a Non-executive Director  
of Meggitt plc, a leading international company specialising in 
high-performance components and sub-systems for the aerospace, 
defence and energy markets. 

Neil Berkett
Independent Non-executive Director
Audit Committee, Nomination Committee, Remuneration Committee 
Neil joined the Board on 5 July 2013. He is also Chairman of the 
Guardian Media Group, a Non-executive Director of Bank of 
Queensland Ltd and member of the Board of Trustees of the NSPCC. 
He has over 25 years’ experience in a wide range of highly-competitive 
consumer industries. Most recently, he was Chief Executive of Virgin 
Media Group from March 2008 to June 2013, having joined ntl, Virgin 
Media’s predecessor, as Chief Operating Officer in September 2005. 
Before ntl, he was Managing Director, Distribution, at Lloyds TSB plc 
(UK). His previous roles include Chief Operating Officer at Prudential 
Assurance Company Ltd UK, Head of Retail at St George Bank, 
Senior General Manager at the Australian division of Citibank Limited, 
Chief Executive at Eastwest Airlines Australia and Financial Controller 
at ICL Australia. 

Jonathan Howell 
Independent Non-executive Director
Audit Committee – Chairman, Nomination Committee, 
Remuneration Committee
Jonathan joined the Board on 15 May 2013 and became Chairman of the 
Audit Committee in November 2013. He is also Group Finance Director  
of Close Brothers Group plc, joining in February 2008, and previously  
held the same position at the London Stock Exchange Group plc since 
1999. Jonathan has also been a Non-executive Director of EMAP plc  
and Chairman of FTSE International. The early part of his career was  
at Price Waterhouse where he qualified as a chartered accountant.

Ruth Markland
Senior Independent Non-executive Director
Audit Committee, Nomination Committee,  
Remuneration Committee – Chairman 
Ruth was appointed to the Board in September 2006, becoming Senior 
Independent Director in March 2011. Ruth is also a Non-executive 
Director of Standard Chartered plc and a member of the Supervisory 
Board of Arcadis NV. She was formerly Managing Partner, Asia for the 
international law firm Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer. 

Changes to the Board
In the financial year to 30 September 2013 and to the date of this report, there have been several changes and an announcement regarding a future 
change, to the Board of directors:
Executive Directors
Paul Harrison, CFO
Steve Hare, CFO
Non-executive Directors
Jonathan Howell
Neil Berkett
Jo Harlow
Tamara Ingram
Ian Mason
Mark Rolfe

Retired on 4 September 2013
Retired on 31 July 2013 after nine years’ service
Retired on 30 November 2013 after six years’ service
Retired on 30 November 2013 after six years’ service

Retired on 16 August 2013 after 16 years’ service including 13 years on the Board
Appointment with effect from 3 January 2014 

Joined 15 May 2013
Joined 5 July 2013
Joined 5 July 2013

Notes:

 –   Jo Harlow and the Board agreed that, given the potential conflicts of interest which may arise following the announcement by Microsoft of its proposed purchase of Nokia’s Devices 
and Services business, where Jo is Executive Vice President of Smart Devices, the decision to retire from the Board was appropriate in the interests of both Sage and Microsoft.

 –  Steve Hare has significant financial and operating experience as a CFO and most recently as Operating Partner at Apax Partners, where he was Co-Head of the Portfolio Support 
Group. Prior to joining Apax in 2009, he accumulated over 10 years’ experience as CFO for three listed companies, most recently with Invensys, a FTSE 100 company, from 2006 
to 2009.

60

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Executive Committee

Guy Berruyer
Chief Executive
Guy’s biography is within the Board of directors section opposite.  
Guy is based in the UK.

Richard Drury
Group Human Resources Director
Richard is responsible for leading human resources at Sage. His role  
is to develop and lead the implementation of our global strategy for 
organisational design, reward, leadership development, performance, 
talent, employee engagement and internal communications. Richard 
joined Sage in June 2013 from technology business Invensys plc, where 
he held a number of human resources leadership roles including Group 
Human Resources Director, and was responsible for providing services 
to over 21,000 employees across Europe, the Americas, Asia and the 
Middle East. Prior to Invensys Richard worked in human resources in 
Whitbread’s hotel and pub retail businesses and with British Airways, 
where he held both HR and customer services leadership roles.  
Richard is based in the UK.

Amanda Jobbins
Group Chief Marketing Officer
As Sage’s first Group CMO, Amanda drives our global brand, product 
marketing and pricing strategy, corporate communications and global 
alliance relationships. She joined Sage in November 2012 from Cisco 
where she was Global Vice President of Partner Marketing based in  
San Francisco. Before this she led Cisco’s European Marketing, driving 
the global channel and strategic partner business across the enterprise, 
commercial and small business markets. In November 2011 Amanda 
won the Chartered Institute of Marketing’s Award for International 
Marketer of the Year. Amanda previously worked in senior marketing 
leadership roles for IBM and Symantec in the USA and Europe. Amanda 
is based in the UK.

Klaus-Michael Vogelberg
Group Chief Technology Officer
Responsible for Sage’s global technology strategy and software 
architecture, Klaus-Michael is also Acting Chief Technology Officer for 
Sage Europe. From 2004 to 2007 he was R&D Director for Sage UK & 
Ireland. Klaus-Michael joined us when Sage acquired the German KHK 
Software group in 1997, where he was R&D Director and a partner.  
A software entrepreneur, Klaus-Michael set up his first business aged  
19 while studying aeronautical engineering and national economics. 
Klaus-Michael is based in the UK.

Michael Robinson
Company Secretary and Group Legal Director
Michael joined Sage in 2002 as Company Secretary and Group Legal 
Director. After reading Law at Oxford, Michael qualified as a solicitor  
and spent 15 years at one of the UK’s largest law firms. Michael is 
based in the UK.

Ivan Epstein
Chief Executive Officer, AAMEA
Ivan leads Sage’s businesses across Australia, Africa, the Middle East 
and Asia, which include some of Sage’s highest growth countries. 
Starting his career at Price Waterhouse, Ivan then co-founded Softline  
in 1988 leading it from start-up to a listing on the Johannesburg  
Stock Exchange in 1997. Softline was delisted and acquired by Sage  
in 2003, when Ivan joined the Executive Committee as CEO of the 
Southern Hemisphere, becoming CEO of AAMEA in 2010. Amongst  
his accomplishments, Ivan has been awarded the Ernst & Young  
“South Africa’s Best Entrepreneur” in 1999/2000 in recognition of his 
entrepreneurial attributes and contribution to South African business.  
He was also awarded the Computer Society South Africa “IT Personality 
of the Year” accolade in 2009 for his contribution to the IT sector. Ivan is 
based in Johannesburg, South Africa.

Álvaro Ramírez
Chief Executive Officer, Europe
Since January 2011 Álvaro has been responsible for Sage’s European 
strategy, operations and business performance. Previously, as CEO of 
Sage Spain, he grew the Spanish business both organically and through 
acquisition, transforming it into a market-leading software company. 
Álvaro joined Sage in 2003 after Sage acquired Grupo SP, which he 
co-founded in 1989. He grew Grupo SP to become Spain’s leader for 
entry-level business management software, with subsidiaries in Portugal 
and across Central and South America. Álvaro is based in Madrid, Spain.

Pascal Houillon
Chief Executive Officer, North America
Pascal leads Sage’s business in the USA, Canada and Brazil. From 
1997 to April 2011 he was CEO of Sage France, where he was also 
responsible for Belgium, Brazil, Switzerland and Morocco. Pascal joined 
Sage France in 1989 and went on to become Regional Director and 
Sales Director, before leading the Sybel business after it was acquired 
by Sage in 1995. Starting his career as a systems analyst for UAP 
Insurance, Pascal co-founded Sinequanon in 1987, providing business 
management solutions to SMEs. He was also Vice President of Syntec, 
the French software and IT association, for nine years. Pascal is based 
in Irvine, California, North America. 

Role of the Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is made up of the eight internationally  
diverse senior leaders from across the business named above and, 
following the announcement made on 11 November 2013 of the 
appointment of Steve Hare as CFO with effect from 3 January 2014, 
will include the CFO. The Committee oversees the sound running  
of all Sage operations and in particular its role is to assist the Chief 
Executive in the performance of his duties, including the:

 – Development and implementation of strategy, operational plans, 

policies, procedures and budgets;

 – Monitoring of operational and financial performance;
 – Assessment and control of risk;
 – Prioritisation and allocation of resources; and
 – Monitoring of competitive forces in each area of operation.

61

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportmitte e
dit
u
A
m
o
C

N o m ination
C o m mittee

Board

R

e

C

m

o

u

m

n

e

m

r

i
t

a

t

t

i

e

o

e

n

Chief Execu t i v e

Executive Com m i

t

t e e

Corporate governance report

Our governance framework

The elements of our governance framework are listed below:

Responsibilities
The Board
The Board is responsible for the overall management of Sage, our 
strategy and long-term objectives. It provides leadership to Sage having 
regard to the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in fulfilling  
its financial and risk responsibilities. The Audit Committee oversees our 
financial reporting, risk management and internal control procedures, 
and reviews the work of internal and external audit.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for the structure, size and 
composition of the Board to ensure it remains appropriate for our needs 
and plans for progressive refreshing of the Board. The Nomination 
Committee also makes recommendations to the Board on the 
membership of its committees.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining the 
remuneration of the Chairman, executive directors, the Company 
Secretary and senior executives of Sage.

For further information please see pages 63 to 68

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive and  
is responsible for overseeing our operations in the regions and also  
for overseeing our Group-wide functional areas.

For further information please see page 61

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2013 and to the 
date of this report, we have complied with the provisions set out in the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2012. The Code is publicly available  
at the website of the FRC (www.frc.org.uk). This corporate governance 
section of the Annual Report & Accounts describes how we have 
applied the main principles of the Code.

62

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013How our governance framework operates 

The Board
Role of the Board
The Board has formally adopted a schedule of matters reserved  
to it for decision, including:

 – Strategy and long-term objectives;
 – Acquisitions and major capital projects, contracts and investments;
 – Business plans, annual operating and capital expenditure budgets 

and trading performance;

 – Capital structure and adequacy of funding;
 – Preliminary announcements of interim and final results and reports  

to shareholders; and

 – Ensuring effectiveness of internal controls and risk management.

This schedule is reviewed on an annual basis and was last reviewed  
on 21 November 2013. The schedule is available via our website  
(www.sage.com). The Board also delegates other matters to Board 
committees and management as appropriate.

The Board meets not less than six times per year. During this year, it met 
seven times.

The Chairman, in conjunction with the Chief Executive, the Company 
Secretary and the Board members, plans the agenda for each Board 
meeting, which is issued with supporting papers during the week 
before the meeting. These supporting papers provide appropriate 
information to enable the Board to discharge its duties. Board 
meetings are held at our operating companies both inside and outside 
the UK. Non-executive directors are also encouraged to visit our 
overseas operations on a regular basis. This provides the Board and 
individual directors with the opportunity to broaden their understanding 
of Sage and the key markets in which we operate.

Board composition
The Board currently comprises the Chairman, the Chief Executive  
and three independent non-executive directors. The biographies  
of these directors can be found on page 60. In addition, following  
the announcement on 11 November 2013 of the appointment of  
Steve Hare as CFO with effect from 3 January 2014, the Board  
will also include the CFO. The directors have a range of experience 
and can bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, 
performance, resources and standards of conduct, which is vital  
to our success. It is the balance of skills, experience, independence  
and knowledge of those directors which ensures the duties and 
responsibilities of the Board and its committees are discharged 
effectively. Donald Brydon was considered independent on his 
appointment. Ruth Markland, Jonathan Howell and Neil Berkett  
are all considered to be independent Non-executive Directors and  
Jo Harlow was also considered an independent Non-executive Director 
during her time in office.

Sage continues to be very supportive of the aims and objectives  
of The Davies Report on Women on Boards. Following the retirement  
of Tamara Ingram and that of Jo Harlow, (former independent 
Non-executive Directors) the Board, as at the date of this Annual 
Report & Accounts, comprises 20% women (29% in FY12).  
The Chairman, with the Nomination Committee, is considering the  
future composition of the Board. The Board must continue to provide 
strong leadership at Sage, and, therefore, continues to appoint only  
the most appropriate candidates to the Board.

All directors are subject to election or re-election by shareholders  
at each Annual General Meeting.

The Chairman
The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are quite distinct  
from one another and are clearly defined in written terms of reference  
for each role. These terms of reference are available on our website 
(www.sage.com).

The role of Chairman carries a particular responsibility to monitor  
and assess Sage’s corporate governance practices. To ensure a 
proper dialogue with directors, the Chairman holds meetings with  
the non-executive directors without the executive directors to assess 
their views. In addition, the non-executive directors have met without 
the Chairman present to appraise the Chairman’s performance.  
These meetings without the Chairman are chaired by the Senior 
Independent Director.

The Chairman also ensures that shareholder communications are 
discussed at each meeting of the Board and that all shareholders  
have access to the non-executive directors, through a request  
to the Chairman or the Company Secretary.

The Senior Independent Director
The role of Senior Independent Director provides a point of contact  
for those shareholders who wish to raise issues with the Board, other 
than through the Chairman. Ruth Markland, who is Senior Independent 
Director for Sage, is available for shareholders to consult.

Company Secretary
The role of the Company Secretary is to ensure good information  
flows to the Board and its committees and between senior 
management and non-executive directors. He facilitates the induction 
of new directors and assists with professional development as 
required. He also ensures Board procedures are complied with and 
that applicable rules and regulations are followed. The Company 
Secretary is available to all directors to provide advice and assistance, 
and is responsible for providing governance advice to the Board.  
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter 
for the Board as a whole.

Induction and professional development
To ensure a full understanding of Sage is developed, on appointment, 
new Board members undergo a full, formal and tailored induction 
programme. In addition, tailored induction training is provided for 
directors when joining Board committees.

During the year, Jonathan Howell and Neil Berkett received such  
an induction. As new Chair of the Audit Committee, Jonathan’s 
induction included meetings with the outgoing Audit Committee  
Chair, Mark Rolfe, as well as a detailed review of Audit Committee 
processes and procedures.

To assist the Board in its responsibility to shareholders for the proper 
management of Sage, training is made available to all directors and 
training needs are assessed as part of the Board evaluation procedure. 
All directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary who ensures that directors take independent professional 
advice as required, at Sage’s expense, when it is judged necessary  
to discharge their responsibilities as directors.

63

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

Conflicts of interest
Under the Companies Act 2006 a director must avoid a situation  
where they have, or could have, a direct or indirect interest that  
conflicts, or possibly may conflict with Sage’s interests. The Act allows 
directors of public companies to authorise conflicts and potential 
conflicts, where appropriate, where the articles of association contain  
a provision to this effect. The articles of association give the directors 
authority to approve such situations and to include other provisions to 
allow conflicts of interest to be dealt with. In order to address this issue, 
at the commencement of each Board meeting, the Board considers a 
register of interests and potential conflicts of directors and gives, when 
appropriate, any necessary approvals.

There are safeguards which will apply when directors decide whether  
to authorise a conflict or potential conflict. First, only directors who  
have no interest in the matter being considered will be able to take the 
relevant decision, and secondly, in taking the decision, the directors 
must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be most likely  
to promote Sage’s success. The directors are able to impose limits  
or conditions when giving authorisation if they think this is appropriate. 
These procedures on conflict have been followed throughout the year 
and the Board considers the approach to operate effectively.

Board evaluation
The Board recognises the importance of reviewing its practices  
and performance on a regular basis. To achieve this, the Board has 
evaluated its performance and that of its committees and individual 
members. In the past, the Board has evaluated its performance  
in a number of different ways including the completion of detailed 
questionnaires and discussions between individual directors and the 
Chairman. Having sought the assistance of an independent third party  
in its evaluation in 2012, and having regard to changes in the Board 
composition during the year, the Board evaluation in 2013 was carried 
out by the Chairman through correspondence and interviews with each 
director. Following this review, a summary of the results of the evaluation, 
together with the Chairman’s observations and recommendations,  
was prepared and shared with all members of the Board. The main 
outcome of the evaluation this year was to shape and define the Board’s 
objectives for the coming year, continuing the focus on Group strategy 
and ensuring the structures, capabilities and reporting are in place  
to achieve the Board’s goals. The Chairman’s performance was 
evaluated by the Senior Independent Director through correspondence 
and discussion with the Chairman and the other independent  
non-executive directors. 

Committees of the Board
The three committees of the Board deal with specific aspects of Sage’s 
affairs. These committees are the Audit Committee, the Nomination 
Committee and the Remuneration Committee. The Company Secretary 
acts as secretary to all the committees. Further details on each of these 
committees can be found on the remainder of this page and on pages 
65 to 68.

64

Board and committee meeting attendance

Board 
meetings
7/7 
7/7 
6/61
6/62
7/7 
7/7 
7/7 
1/14
0/05

Audit 
Committee 
meetings
–
–
–
3/32
4/4
3/43
4/4
1/14
0/15

Nomination 
Committee 
meetings
3/3
–
–
2/22
3/3
2/33
3/3
1/14
0/15

Remuneration 
Committee 
meetings
5/6 
–
–
5/52
6/6 
5/63 
6/6 
1/14
0/15 

Director
Donald Brydon
Guy Berruyer
Paul Harrison
Tamara Ingram
Ruth Markland
Ian Mason
Mark Rolfe
Jonathan Howell
Neil Berkett

Notes:

1  Retired from the Board on 16 August 2013 
2  Retired from the Board and Board committees on 31 July 2013 
3  Unable to attend due to a prior commitment 
4 
5 

Joined the Board and Board committees on 15 May 2013 
 Joined the Board and Board committees on 5 July 2013 – unable to attend 
Committee meetings due to a critical illness in the family

Audit Committee
Jonathan Howell is Chair of the Audit Committee and, as a member  
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and  
the CFO of a FTSE 250 company, is considered by the Board to  
have the recent and relevant experience required by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2012. Other members of the Committee are 
independent Non-executive Directors Ruth Markland and Neil Berkett 
who have a wide range of relevant business experience. The Board is 
satisfied that the Committee has the resources and expertise to fulfil  
its responsibilities.

Committee objectives and responsibilities
The objective of the Committee is to oversee Sage’s financial reporting, 
risk management and internal controls procedures and the work of its 
internal and external auditors.

The Committee’s main responsibilities, as set out in its terms of 
reference, are to review and advise the Board on:

 – The interim and annual financial statements, the accounting policies 

used and whether significant financial judgements are sound;
 – The effectiveness of the internal controls environment and risk 

management procedures, including whistleblowing procedures; and

 – The nature and extent of significant financial and business risks to 

Sage and the mitigation of these risks.

In addition, the Committee is responsible for:

 – Reviewing and approving the nature and scope of external and 

internal audit work, the results of such audit work and the related 
responses from management;

 – Monitoring compliance with the policy on non-audit services;
 – Ensuring the external auditors are effective and independent; and
 – Making recommendations to the Board on external auditor 

remuneration and reappointment.

The Committee terms of reference, which can be found on our website, 
are reviewed annually and have been updated to reflect the recent 
changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2012, requiring  
a determination of whether the Annual Report & Accounts, taken  
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee is 
satisfied that the terms of reference enable it to fulfil its responsibilities.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Committee meetings
All non-executive directors are members of the Committee and  
attend each meeting. In addition, meetings are usually attended  
by the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the CFO, the Director of  
Finance and the Group Risk and Assurance Director. Other senior 
executives will attend as required to provide information on matters 
being discussed which fall into their area of responsibility. The external 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, also attend each meeting. 
During the year, the Committee meets individually with the external 
auditors, the CFO and the Group Risk and Assurance Director  
without executives present.

The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms of reference,  
to meet at least four times per year. During this financial year, the 
Committee met four times.

In order to fulfil its objectives and responsibilities, the Committee  
is satisfied that it receives sufficient, reliable and timely information  
from management.

Activities of the Committee
The main activities of the Committee during the year are set out below:

Financial reporting
The Committee reviewed and considered the following areas in respect 
of financial reporting and the preparation of the interim and annual 
financial statements:

 – The appropriateness of accounting policies used;
 – Compliance with external and internal financial reporting standards 

and policies;

 – Significant judgements made;
 – Disclosures and presentations; and
 – Whether the Annual Report & Accounts are fair, balanced  

and understandable.

In carrying this out, the Committee considered the work and 
recommendations of the Group Finance Team. In addition, the 
Committee received reports from the external auditors setting out  
their view on the accounting treatments and judgements included  
in the financial statements. The external auditors’ reports are based  
on a full audit of the annual financial statements and a high-level  
review of the interim financial statements. 

on the outcome of the impairment review performed by management. 
The impairment review was also an area of focus for the external 
auditor, who reported their findings to the Committee; 

 – Disposals. The calculation of the loss on disposal of businesses  

of is an area of complexity where management applies judgement. 
The Committee discussed the methodology proposed by 
management, including the judgements made, to allocate goodwill. 
External audit reported to the Committee on the disposals, including 
the goodwill disposed of; and

 – Archer Capital litigation. The claim for damages made by Archer 
Capital in relation to the potential purchase of MYOB is strongly 
rejected by management. On that basis, and with supporting expert 
legal advice, management do not currently consider there to be  
a present obligation and the possibility of an outflow of resources  
is remote. As such, no provision or contingent liability has been 
recognised in these financial statements. The Committee received  
a report of the last status for the claim and agreed the approach with 
management. External audit discussed the matter with internal and 
external legal counsel and reported their findings to the Committee.

Internal controls and risk management
The Committee reviews the framework of internal controls and the 
processes by which the Group’s control environment is evaluated.

In this regard, the Committee received reports from internal audit on the 
operation of, and issues arising from, the Group’s internal controls and 
procedures. External audit has also provided input and observations  
on the internal control environment and on any specific control issues 
that occurred during the year. The Committee monitored whistleblowing 
reports and other significant control issues or incidents that occurred.  
In reviewing whistleblowing, fraud and incident reports, the Committee 
assessed the cause of situations, along with actions taken to resolve 
and prevent recurrence. The Committee also reviewed compliance 
activities in relation to the Group’s policies and received a report on  
the status of compliance with these policies.

The Committee reviews the Group’s risk management framework 
(detailed on pages 68 to 69) in order to ensure it is appropriate and 
operating effectively. In doing so, the Committee received reports  
from the Group Risk and Assurance Director, which covered:

 – The Group’s risk appetite;
 – The effectiveness of the risk management processes and their 

The significant judgements considered by the Committee were:

adoption across the Group; and

 – Revenue recognition. The key area of judgement in respect  

of recognising revenue is the timing of recognition, specifically in 
relation to recognition and deferral of revenue on support contracts 
where management assumptions and estimates are necessary.  
The Committee considered a revenue recognition paper prepared  
by management which concluded that no changes to the fair value 
allocation methodology had been made in the current year. The 
Committee have concluded that the timing of recognition continues  
to be in line with IFRS requirements. External audit performed detailed 
audit procedures on revenue recognition and reported their findings  
to the Committee;

 – Goodwill impairment. The judgements in relation to goodwill 

impairment testing relate to the assumptions applied in calculating the 
value in use of the operating companies being tested for impairment. 
The key assumptions applied in the calculation relate to the future 
performance expectations of the business. Business plans prepared 
by management supporting the future performance expectations 
used in the calculation were approved by both the Executive 
Committee and the Board. The Committee received a detailed report 

 – A summary of the top risks to the Group, controls identified to  
mitigate these risks and actions planned to reduce risks where 
considered necessary.

The current top risks to the Group are set out on page 47. For 
discussion and review, these top risks are split into two, with the top  
four risks being assessed by the Board and the remaining risks being 
assessed by the Committee.

As part of its agenda, the Committee allowed time for in-depth reviews 
of particular risk areas. During the year, the risk areas considered were 
the provision of online services, information security, risks within the 
Group’s payments businesses and the impact of changes to corporate 
governance rules.

In addition to the internal controls and risk management activities 
outlined above, the Committee also received regular reports from  
the Group Tax Director on the Group’s tax policy, approach to tax 
management and status of compliance.

65

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

Internal audit
The Committee monitored and reviewed the scope and results of 
internal audit’s activities as well as its effectiveness throughout the year. 
The annual internal audit plan is approved by the Committee at the 
beginning of the financial year, with any subsequent changes to the plan 
requiring Committee approval. The nature and scope of internal audit’s 
work is reviewed and approved and the results of audits are assessed 
alongside management’s responses. Issues within audit reports which 
are graded weak are considered in detail by the Committee along with 
the appropriateness of mitigation plans to resolve issues identified.

At each meeting, the Committee received reports from the Group Risk 
and Assurance Director, in her role as Head of Internal Audit, in order  
to ascertain progress in completing the internal audit plan and to review 
the results of audits. 

An internal audit charter is in place which outlines the objectives, 
authority, scope and responsibilities of internal audit. Performance 
against this charter, along with the effectiveness of internal audit,  
is reviewed by the Committee on an annual basis. 

External audit effectiveness and independence
The Committee discussed and approved the scope of and the fees  
for the external audit plan. In addition, the Committee considered 
external audit’s assessment of the significant risks in the Group’s 
financial statements, which for this year were goodwill and revenue 
recognition. Throughout the year, the Committee tracked these risks 
and associated work undertaken by external audit has been evaluated.

The Committee monitored the conduct and effectiveness of external 
audit. To do this, the Committee reviewed:

 – Experience and expertise of the auditors;
 – The fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and any variations from  

this plan;

 – The robustness and perceptiveness of the external auditors  
in their handling of key accounting and audit judgements; and

 – The content of the external auditors’ report.

In order to ensure the independence of the external auditors, the 
Committee received a formal statement of independence from the 
external auditors. In addition, the Committee ensured compliance with 
Sage’s Auditor Independence Policy, the requirements of which are: 

 – The external auditors may not undertake certain prohibited services, 

which include acquisition due diligence, internal audit services and legal 
and actuarial advice;

 – The Committee must approve any individual non-audit services above 

a specific fee value; and 

 – The ratio of audit fees to non-audit fees must be within Sage’s 

pre-determined ratio.

The Committee believes that it receives particular benefit from certain 
non-audit services provided by the external auditors due to their wide  
and detailed knowledge of Sage. Discretion is therefore used, subject to 
the controls set out above, in obtaining such services from the external 
auditors, although other large accountancy practices are also used  
as and when appropriate. During the year, non-audit services obtained 
from the external auditors included tax compliance and advice and 
support relating to corporate restructuring.

66

Total audit fees
Non-audit fees:

Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services
Other non-audit services

Total non-audit fees
Total fees

2013
£m
2.0

0.6
0.4
0.3
1.3
3.3

2012
£m
2.0

0.6
0.1
0.1
0.8
2.8

External audit appointment
The Committee reviews and makes recommendations with regard  
to the reappointment of the external auditors. In making these 
recommendations, the Committee considers auditor effectiveness  
and independence, partner rotation and any other factors which may 
impact the external auditor’s reappointment.

The external auditors are required to rotate the audit partner every  
five years. The most recent change for Sage occurred in the year  
to 30 September 2010 and, therefore, partner rotation is due in the  
year ending 30 September 2015.

The current external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, were first 
appointed in 1988 and the external audit has not been formally tendered 
since then. A formal re-proposal of the audit approach did, however, 
take place in 2010 at the time of the last partner rotation.

Having completed the activities outlined, the Committee remains 
confident that the effectiveness and independence of the external 
auditors is not impaired in any way. There are no contractual restrictions 
on the choice of external auditor and therefore a resolution proposing 
the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as external auditors 
will be put to the shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting.

The Committee will continue to assess the effectiveness and 
independence of the external auditors. In doing so, the Committee  
will consider a formal tender process in accordance with the provisions  
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2012. We will comply with the 
Competition Commission Order relating to the statutory audit market  
for FTSE 350 companies, which is expected to come into effect from  
1 October 2014. Under the transitional arrangements, the Committee 
expects a formal tender process to be held no later than two years from 
the end of the current audit engagement partner rotation period. As 
partner rotation is due in the year ended 30 September 2015, a tender 
process is expected to be held no later than 2017.

Nomination Committee
Donald Brydon, Chairman of the Board, is Chair of the Nomination 
Committee. Other members of the Committee are independent Non-
executive Directors Ruth Markland, Jonathan Howell and Neil Berkett.

Committee objectives and responsibilities
The objective of the Committee is to review the composition of the 
Board and to plan for its progressive refreshing, with regard to balance 
and structure. The Committee also considers issues of succession.

The Committee is responsible for a number of matters relating to the 
composition of the Board and its committees. In particular it is 
responsible for:

 – Reviewing the structure of the Board;
 – Evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity 

of the Board;

 – Advising the Board on any areas where further recruitment may be 

appropriate; and

 – Succession planning for key executives at Board level and below.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Where necessary and appropriate, recruitment consultants are used  
to assist the Committee in delivering its objectives and responsibilities.

The Committee leads the process for the identification and selection  
of new directors and makes recommendations to the Board in respect 
of such appointments. The Committee also makes recommendations  
to the Board on membership of its committees.

The Committee terms of reference, which can be found on our website 
(www.sage.com), are reviewed on an annual basis and updated  
as required.

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms of reference,  
to meet at least once per year. During this financial year, the Committee 
met three times.

Activities of the Committee
During the year, the Nomination Committee dealt with a number  
of matters, including:

 – The appointment of three non-executive directors (one of whom  

has since retired from the Board);

 – A number of senior executive appointments; and
 – A review of succession planning for key executives at Board level  

and below.

In identifying potential new non-executive directors, the Committee  
has retained the services of Lygon Group, The Zygos Partnership and 
Egon Zehnder as executive search consultants. These consultants have 
no connection to Sage other than the provision of these services. They 
provided and continue to provide lists of potential candidates having 
regard to Sage’s policies and the terms of reference of the Committee.

During the original search for new non-executive directors, a number  
of candidates met members of the Committee, who then determined  
to approach three new non-executive directors. The three new 
non-executive directors were independent on their respective 
appointments to the Board. The Committee settled the terms  
of their appointments which were recommended to the Board.

In identifying a potential new CFO, the Committee retained the 
services of Russell Reynolds as executive search consultants.  
They have no connection with the Company other than for the provision 
of executive search services. During the search, a number of candidates 
met members of the Committee and other senior executives. Following 
these meetings, the Committee determined to approach Mr Hare.  
The Committee determined the terms of his appointment which were 
recommended to the Board.

The search is ongoing for non-executive directors to join the Board. 
Sage and the Committee value the aims and objectives of The Davies 
Report on Women on Boards and support and apply the Group 
diversity policy set out on page 51. Prior to Jo Harlow’s retirement,  
there was 25% female representation at Board level. Whilst no formal 
measurable objectives have been set for female representation at Board 
level, the Board must continue to provide strong leadership at Sage, 
and, therefore, the Committee having regard to the Group diversity 
policy, continues to recommend for appointment only the most 
appropriate candidates to the Board.

Remuneration Committee
Ruth Markland, Senior Independent Director, is Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. Other members of the Committee are the 
Chairman, Donald Brydon and independent Non-executive Directors 
Jonathan Howell and Neil Berkett.

Committee objectives and responsibilities
The Committee determines the policy for the remuneration of the 
Chairman, executive directors, the Company Secretary and senior 
executives of Sage.

The Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the 
Board, within agreed terms of reference, on Sage’s framework of 
executive remuneration. The Committee determines the contract terms, 
remuneration and other benefits for each of the executive directors, 
including performance share awards, performance-related bonus 
schemes, pension rights and compensation payments. The Committee 
also monitors remuneration for senior executives below Board level. The 
Board itself determines the remuneration of the non-executive directors.

The Committee is advised by Deloitte LLP, an independent firm of 
remuneration consultants. Services provided by other parts of Deloitte are 
specific corporate finance support in the context of merger and acquisition 
activity and unrelated corporate advisory services plus the provision of 
regular tax compliance services to our North American business.

The Committee terms of reference, which can be found on our website, 
are reviewed on an annual basis and updated as required.

Committee meetings
The Chairman, along with all non-executive directors are members  
of the Committee and attend each meeting. The Chief Executive may,  
as required, attend meetings, except where his own performance  
or remuneration are under review.

The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms of reference,  
to meet at least four times per year. During this financial year, the 
Committee met six times.

In order to fulfil its objectives and responsibilities, the Committee  
is satisfied that it receives sufficient, reliable and timely information  
in advance of meetings. 

Activities of the Committee
Full details of Sage’s remuneration policy and the matters addressed  
in the year can be found in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 
74 to 88.

Internal controls and risk management
The system of internal controls and risk management is designed to meet 
our particular needs and to address the risks to which our business  
is exposed. By its nature, this system can only provide reasonable,  
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The effectiveness of the system of internal controls and risk 
management is regularly reviewed by the Board and complies with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2012. There is an ongoing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the 
Group which is managed on a day-to-day basis by the Group Risk and 
Assurance Director and such a review was undertaken during the year.

Monitoring and review
There are processes in place to monitor the system of internal controls 
and the reporting of any significant control failings or weaknesses and 
planned mitigating actions. These processes include annual certification, 
internal audit activity and Audit Committee review.

On an ongoing basis, Sage operating companies certify to the risk and 
assurance team working with the Group Risk and Assurance Director 
that Sage’s policy requirements have been received and understood.  
In addition, management representations covering compliance with 
relevant policies and the accuracy of financial information are collated  
on an annual basis.

67

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

The governance framework for risk management and the key 
procedures, which the directors have established with a view to  
providing an effective system of internal controls, are set out below.

Risk management processes and responsibilities
The processes to identify and manage the key risks to the success  
of Sage are an integral part of the internal controls environment. 

Risk appetite
Risk appetite is utilised to ensure the correct focus is placed on the 
correct risks. Identified risks are scored on a gross and a net risk basis 
using our predefined scoring matrix. Risks are then prioritised based on 
both gross and net risk scores and using our risk appetite. The top four 
risks are reviewed by the Board on an annual basis, with prioritised risks 
below the top four being reviewed by the Audit Committee. The Audit 
Committee also reviews the assurance gained through reliance on 
controls to mitigate risks, i.e. the delta between gross and net risk score.

Risk management processes and procedures are set to ensure  
that risks are identified from a top down strategic perspective as  
well as a bottom up local perspective. During the year, processes  
and procedures have operated as described above. Facilitated risk 
workshops have been completed with the Executive Committee and 
major territories around the Group and results from risk management 
activities have been reported to and discussed directly with the 
Executive Committee, Audit Committee and the Board.

Internal audit
Internal audit activities are provided by an in-house team supplemented 
under co-source agreements by third-party providers. The role of Head 
of Internal Audit is undertaken by the Group Risk and Assurance 
Director who has a direct reporting line to the Audit Committee and its 
Chair in order to ensure independence. 

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is 
responsible for the independent 
review and challenge of the 
adequacy and effectiveness  
of the risk management approach. 
The Audit Committee review and 
challenge the Group Risk Report 
which is then submitted to the 
Board for review.

Group Risk and  
Assurance Director
The Group Risk and Assurance 
Director is responsible for the 
facilitation and implementation  
of the risk management approach 
throughout Sage. The Group  
Risk and Assurance Director 
consolidates the regional risk 
reports and creates a Group Risk 
Report containing the top local 
risks and the responses to the key 
strategic risks for Sage as a whole. 
The Group Risk Report is sent to 
the Executive Committee for review 
and challenge.

Regional management 
Regional management are 
responsible for the reporting, 
challenge and ongoing 
management of risks in their 
respective regions. Regional 
management, with support from 
the Group Risk and Assurance 
Director, review and challenge the 
risk information from the countries 
and agree the top regional risks 
and the regional response to the 
key strategic risks.

68

Audit 
Committee

Group 
Board

Group Risk  
and Assurance 
Director

Executive 
Committee

Regional  
management

Country  
CEOs

The Board
The Board has overall 
responsibility for risk management, 
the setting of risk appetite and  
the implementation of the risk 
management policy. The Board 
reviews the output from the Group 
Risk Report with specific focus  
on the top four risks.

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is 
responsible for the identification, 
reporting and ongoing management 
of risks and for the stewardship  
of the risk management approach. 
The Executive Committee identifies 
and assesses the key strategic  
risks to the Group on at least  
an annual basis. The outputs  
of the assessment are sent to the 
Board for review and to the country 
CEOs for inclusion in their local  
risk assessment exercises.

Country CEOs 
Country CEOs are responsible for 
the identification, reporting and 
ongoing management of risks in 
their respective countries. Country 
CEOs facilitate local risk assessment 
exercises to review the key strategic 
risks and to identify top local risks 
within their country. The outputs  
of these assessment exercises are 
sent to regional management and 
the Group Risk and Assurance 
Director for review and challenge.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013It is the role of internal audit to advise management and the Board  
on the extent to which systems of internal controls are effective. The 
internal audit plan is determined through a structured process of risk 
assessment and the scope of work provides assurance over both key 
risks to Sage and its main business functions. 

The internal audit plan set out at the beginning of the year is flexed  
as necessary during the year to take into account any key business 
changes. During this year, key areas reviewed, over and above 
financial, HR and IT controls, were the provision of online services, 
information security, treasury, storage of source code and compliance 
with external regulatory and internal policy requirements. The full  
plan was delivered during the year and the results were in line  
with expectations. 

Other internal controls procedures
Whistleblowing
A whistleblowing telephone hotline service operates in many  
of our operating companies (including all those in the UK and US) 
allowing employees to raise issues of concern in relation to dishonesty 
or malpractice on an entirely confidential basis. Processes for the 
confidential reporting of concerns exist in France and Germany and the 
Group continues to seek the introduction of further telephone hotlines 
where local legislation permits. The Audit Committee receives regular 
reports on any matters raised through these services and monitors  
their use throughout the Group.

Financial reporting 
As part of the general internal controls and risk management 
processes, Sage also has specific internal controls and risk 
management systems to govern financial reporting. The requirements  
for producing financial information are governed by the Group 
Accounting Manual, against which the Group’s external auditors 
review the financial statements. Financial control requirements are set 
out in a detailed Financial Controls Policy, which is subject to internal 
audit reviews on an annual basis. Any part of the Group not subject  
to a specific internal audit review of financial controls in any given  
year is required to self-assess on the effectiveness of their financial 
control environment. 

Processes have been set up during the year to ensure that assurance 
can be provided over whether the Annual Report & Accounts is 
considered to be fair, balanced and understandable. Management 
representations, external and internal audit reviews and an independent 
messaging review have taken place to provide this assurance.

Quality and integrity of personnel
The integrity and competence of personnel is ensured through high 
recruitment standards and the provision of subsequent training and 
development. High-quality personnel are seen as an essential part  
of the control environment.

Management structure
A clearly defined organisational structure exists within which individual 
responsibilities are identified and can be monitored. The management  
of the Group as a whole is delegated to the Chief Executive and the 
Executive Committee.

The Executive Committee meets regularly to agree strategy, monitor 
performance and consider key business issues. As part of its review,  
it considers the risks associated with the delivery of strategy and 
important governance issues within operating companies. 

Corporate Communications and Group Legal. These functions report 
to the Board through its executive members and the members of the 
Executive Committee.

A number of Group-wide policies, issued and administered centrally, 
have been set to ensure compliance with key governance standards. 
These policies cover areas such as finance, data protection and 
mergers and acquisitions.

The conduct of Sage’s individual businesses is delegated to the local 
executive management teams. Details of the authority delegated to local 
and regional management are set out in a delegation of authority matrix 
which is communicated to management throughout Sage. These teams 
are accountable for the conduct and performance of their businesses 
within the agreed business strategy. They have full authority to act 
subject to the reserved powers and sanctioning limits laid down by  
the Board and to Group policies and guidelines.

Budgetary process
A comprehensive budgeting system is in place, with annual budgets  
for all operating companies being approved by respective local boards. 
Subsequently the combined budget is subject to consideration and 
approval by the Board. Management information systems provide the 
directors with relevant and timely information required to monitor 
financial performance.

Investment appraisal (including acquisitions)
Budgetary approval and defined authorisation levels regulate capital 
expenditure. As part of the budgetary process the Board considers 
proposals for research and development programmes. Acquisition activity 
is subject to internal guidelines governing investment appraisal criteria, 
financial targets, negotiation, execution and post-acquisition management.

Relations with shareholders
Communication with shareholders is given high priority. A full Annual 
Report & Accounts is sent to all shareholders who wish to receive  
one. All up-to-date information on Sage’s activities, published financial 
results and the Annual Report & Accounts can be found on our 
website (www.sage.com). There is regular dialogue with individual 
institutional shareholders and there are presentations to analysts  
after our announcement of the year end and half year results.

At each meeting, the Board receives an update on presentations to 
investors and any communication from shareholders to ensure that 
directors, both executive and non-executive, have an understanding of 
their views. The Board uses the Annual General Meeting to communicate 
with private and institutional investors and welcomes their participation.

Information included in the Directors’ report 
Certain information that fulfils the requirements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement can be found in the Directors’ report in the 
sections headed “Substantial shareholdings”, “Deadlines for voting 
rights”, “Repurchase of shares”, “Amendment of the Company’s articles 
of association”, “Appointment and replacement of directors” and 
“Powers of the directors” and is incorporated into this corporate 
governance section by reference.

By order of the Board 

Within the Group team, based in Newcastle upon Tyne, there are a 
number of central administrative functions such as Group Treasury, 

M J Robinson, Company Secretary
4 December 2013 

69

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ report

The directors present their report together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2013.

Strategic report
The Companies Act 2006 requires us to present a fair review of the 
business during the year to 30 September 2013 and of the position  
of the Group at the end of the financial year along with a description  
of the principal risks and uncertainties faced. The Strategic report  
can be found on pages 2 to 57.

Corporate governance statement
The Disclosure and Transparency Rules require certain information to be 
included in a corporate governance statement in the Directors’ report. 
Information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate governance 
statement can be found in the Corporate Governance report on pages 
62 to 69 and is incorporated into this Directors’ report by reference.

Disclaimer
The purpose of this Annual Report & Accounts is to provide information 
to the members of the Company. The Annual Report & Accounts have 
been prepared for, and only for, the members of the Company, as a 
body, and no other persons. The Company, its directors and employees, 
agents or advisers do not accept or assume responsibility to any other 
person to whom this document is shown or into whose hands it may 
come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed.

The Annual Report & Accounts contain certain forward-looking statements 
with respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the 
Group. By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future 
events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ 
materially from those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect 
knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this 
Annual Report & Accounts and the Company undertakes no obligation  
to update these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this Annual 
Report & Accounts should be construed as a profit forecast.

Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out on page 94. Dividends paid and 
proposed are set out on page 111. The Board is proposing a final 
dividend of 7.44p per share following the payment of an interim dividend 
of 3.69p per share on 7 June 2013, which is equivalent to 3.88p per 
share on a post-consolidation basis. The proposed total dividend for  
the year is therefore 11.32p per share on a post-consolidation basis, 
excluding the special dividend. The special dividend of 17.1p per share 
that was paid on 28 June 2013 (equivalent to 17.99p per share on  
a post-consolidation basis) increases the total dividend for the year  
to 29.31p per share on a post-consolidation basis.

directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. For this reason, the directors continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the accounts.

Research and development
During the year, the Group invested £144.6m (2012: £159.4m)  
in research and development.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the year.

Directors and their interests
A list of directors, their interests in the ordinary share capital of the 
Company, their interests in its long-term performance share plan and 
details of their options over the ordinary share capital of the Company 
are given in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 85. No director 
had a material interest in any significant contract, other than a service 
contract or contract for services, with the Company or any of its 
operating companies at any time during the year.

The names of all persons who, at any time during the year, were 
directors of the Company can be found on page 60 under The Board 
and Changes to the Board.

As at the date of this report, indemnities (which are qualifying third-party 
indemnity provisions under the Companies Act 2006) are in place under 
which the Company has agreed to indemnify the directors of the 
Company and the former directors of the Company who held office 
during the year ended 30 September 2013, to the extent permitted  
by law and by the Company’s articles of association, in respect of  
all liabilities incurred in connection with the performance of their duties 
as a director of the Company or its subsidiaries. Copies of these 
indemnities are available for review at the Company’s registered office.

Employment policy
The Group continues to give full and fair consideration to applications  
for employment made by disabled persons, having regard to their 
respective aptitudes and abilities. The policy includes, where practicable, 
the continued employment of those who may become disabled during 
their employment and the provision of training and career development 
and promotion, where appropriate. The Group has continued its policy 
of employee involvement by making information available to employees 
on matters of concern to them. Many employees are stakeholders  
in the Company through participation in share option schemes and  
a long-term performance share plan. Further details of employment 
policies are given on pages 49 to 51.

Going concern
The following statement has been included in accordance with the Listing 
Rules: Based on normal business planning and control procedures, the 

Information provided by the Company pursuant to the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules is publicly available via the regulatory information 
services and on our website (www.sage.com).

Substantial shareholdings
At 28 November 2013, the Company had been notified, in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following interests in its 
ordinary share capital: 

Name
Aviva plc
Schroders plc1
Blackrock, Inc.2

Notes: 

Direct  
shares
46,201,344
–
–

%
3.84
–
–

Indirect  
shares
15,574,236
55,038,549
54,013,745

%
1.29
5.01
4.91

Total  

shares
61,775,580
55,038,549
54,013,745

%
5.13
5.01
4.91

 In addition to the number of shares noted in the table above, Schroders plc hold an additional 182,997 shares by way of contracts for difference, taking their overall voting rights to 5.02%.

 In addition to the number of shares noted in the table above, BlackRock Inc. hold an additional 1,037,772 shares by way of contracts for difference, taking their overall voting rights to 5.00%. 

1 

2 

70

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future developments
Important events since the financial year end are described on page 33 
of the Strategic report and future developments are described in the 
strategy section of the Strategic report on pages 18 to 25.

Share capital
The Company has a single class of share capital which is divided  
into ordinary shares of 14/77p each. Following the 77 for 81 share 
consolidation on 10 June 2013, the issued share capital consisted  
of 1,148,232,855 new ordinary shares of 14/77p each (1,207,881,315 
ordinary shares of 1p each prior to the share consolidation).

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Voting
In a general meeting of the Company, subject to the provisions of the 
articles of association and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting 
attached to any class of shares in the Company (of which there are none):

 – On a show of hands, a qualifying person (being an individual who  
is a member of the Company, a person authorised to act as the 
representative of a corporation or a person appointed as a proxy  
of a member) shall have one vote, except that a proxy has one vote 
for and one vote against a resolution if the proxy has been appointed  
by more than one member and has been given conflicting voting 
instructions by those members, or has been given discretion as  
to how to vote;

 – On a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy shall 

have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class 
meeting in respect of any shares held by him or her if any call or other 
sum then payable by him or her in respect of that share remains unpaid. 
Currently, all issued shares are fully paid.

Deadlines for voting rights
Full details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights in respect  
of the resolutions to be considered at the Annual General Meeting  
to be held on 6 March 2014 will be set out in the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting.

Dividends and distributions
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the 
members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended  
by the Board.

The Board may pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, 
whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the 
Board, justifies its payment. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid 
pro-rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares.

Liquidation
If the Company is in liquidation, the liquidator may, with the authority  
of a special resolution of the Company and any other authority required 
by the statutes (as defined in the articles of association):

 – Divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the 

assets of the Company; or

 – Vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts 
for the benefit of members as the liquidator, with the like authority, 
shall think fit.

Transfer of shares
Subject to the articles of association, any member may transfer all or 
any of his or her certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any 

usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The 
Board may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any instrument 
of transfer of a certificated share which is not a fully paid share (although 
not so as to prevent dealings in shares taking place on an open and 
proper basis) or on which the Company has a lien.

The Board may also decline to register a transfer of a certificated share 
unless the instrument of transfer is: (i) left at the office, or at such other 
place as the Board may decide, for registration; and (ii) accompanied by 
the certificate for the shares to be transferred and such other evidence  
(if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove the title of the 
intending transferor or his or her right to transfer the shares.

The Board may permit any class of shares in the Company to be held  
in uncertificated form and, subject to the articles of association, title to 
uncertificated shares to be transferred by means of a relevant system 
and may revoke any such permission. Registration of a transfer of an 
uncertificated share may be refused where permitted by the statutes  
(as defined in the articles of association).

Repurchase of shares
The Company obtained shareholder authority at the last Annual 
General Meeting (1 March 2013) to buy back up to 120,380,408 
ordinary shares. This authority was replaced at the Extraordinary 
General Meeting held on 3 June 2013 to approve the share 
consolidation, by a new authority to buy back up to 110,893,630 
ordinary shares. The authority granted on 3 June 2013 remains 
outstanding until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting  
on 6 March 2014. The minimum price which must be paid for each 
ordinary share is its nominal value and the maximum price is the  
higher of 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for  
an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily 
Official List for the five business days immediately before the purchase 
is made and the amount stipulated by article 5(1) of the Buy-back and 
Stabilisation Regulation 2003 (in each case exclusive of expenses).

On 30 September 2013, the Company appointed Citigroup Global 
Markets Limited (“Citi”) to manage an irrevocable buyback programme 
during the close period which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will 
run up to 4 December 2013. From 1 October 2013 to 28 November 
2013, the last practicable date prior to publication of the Annual 
Report & Accounts, 5,507,000 ordinary shares of 14/77p each were 
repurchased through Citi at a weighted average price of 333.4p  
per share. The highest and lowest prices paid for these shares were 
350.0p per share and 312.3p per share respectively. The purchased 
shares have not been cancelled and are held as treasury shares. 
These shares represent 0.5% of the issued share capital. The total 
number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding shares held as treasury 
shares) at 28 November 2013 is 1,096,898,597. 

In the year under review treasury shares were cancelled on three 
occasions: 124,525,800 ordinary shares on 16 January 2013,  
43 ordinary shares on 3 June 2013 and 35,000,000 ordinary shares  
on 4 September 2013.

Amendment of the Company’s articles of association
Any amendments to the Company’s articles of association may be 
made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006  
by way of special resolution.

Appointment and replacement of directors
Directors shall be no less than two and no more than 15 in number. 
Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution or 
by the Board. A director appointed by the Board holds office only until 

71

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ report continued

the next Annual General Meeting and is then eligible for election by the 
shareholders. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more 
directors to hold employment or executive office for such period (subject 
to the Companies Act 2006) and on such terms as they may determine 
and may revoke or terminate any such appointment.

Under the articles of association, at every Annual General Meeting of  
the Company, every director shall retire from office (but shall be eligible 
for election or re-election by the shareholders). The Company may  
by special resolution (or by ordinary resolution of which special notice 
has been given) remove and the Board, by unanimous decision, may 
remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office.  
The office of director shall be vacated if: (i) he or she resigns; (ii) he or 
she has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director 
and may remain so for more than three months, or by reason of his or 
her mental health a court has made an order that prevents the director 
from acting and, in either case, the Board resolves that his or her office 
is vacated; (iii) he or she is absent without permission of the Board  
from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board 
resolves that his or her office is vacated; (iv) he or she becomes bankrupt 
or makes an arrangement or composition with his or her creditors 
generally; (v) he or she is prohibited by law from being a director; or (vi)  
he or she is removed from office pursuant to the articles of association.

Powers of the directors
The business of the Company will be managed by the Board who may 
exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to the provisions of the 
Company’s articles of association, the Companies Act 2006 and any 
ordinary resolution of the Company.

Shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust
The trustee of The Sage Group plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) has 
agreed not to vote any shares held in the EBT at any general meeting.  
If any offer is made to shareholders to acquire their shares the trustee 
will not be obliged to accept or reject the offer in respect of any shares 
which are at that time subject to subsisting awards, but will have regard 
to the interests of the award holders and will have power to consult 
them to obtain their views on the offer. Subject to the above the trustee 
may take the action with respect to the offer it thinks fair.

Significant agreements
The following significant agreements contain provisions entitling the 
counterparties to exercise termination or other rights in the event of  
a change of control of the Company:

Under a dual tranche US$271,000,000 and €214,000,000 five-year 
multi-currency revolving credit facility agreement dated 24 August 2010 
between, amongst others, the Company and Lloyds Banking Group plc 
(as facility agent), on a change of control, if any individual lender so 
requires and after having consulted with the Company in good faith for 
not less than 30 days following the change of control, the facility agent 
shall, by not less than 10 business days’ notice to the Company, cancel 
the commitment of that lender and declare the participation of that lender 
in all outstanding loans, together with accrued interest and all other 
amounts accrued under the finance documents, immediately due and 
payable, whereupon the commitment of that lender will be cancelled and 
all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

Under a note purchase agreement dated 11 March 2010 relating  
to US$200,000,000 senior notes, Series A, due 11 March 2015, 
US$50,000,000 senior notes, Series B, due 11 March 2016 and 
US$50,000,000 senior notes, Series C, due 11 March 2017 between  
the Company and the note holders, on a change of control, the Company 
will not take any action that consummates or finalises a change of control 

unless at least 15 business days prior to such action it shall have given  
to each holder of notes written notice containing and constituting an  
offer to prepay all notes on a date specified in such offer which shall be  
a business day occurring subsequent to the effective date of the change  
of control which is not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the 
date of the notice of prepayments. Where a holder of notes accepts the 
offer to prepay, the prepayment shall be 100% of the principal amount  
of the notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and shall 
be made on the proposed prepayment date. No prepayment under a 
change of control shall include any premium of any kind.

Under a note purchase agreement dated 20 May 2013 relating  
to US$50,000,000 senior notes, Series D, due 20 May 2018, 
US$150,000,000 senior notes, Series E, due 20 May 2020, 
US$150,000,000 senior notes, Series F, due 20 May 2023 and 
US$50,000,000 senior notes, Series G, due 20 May 2025 between 
Sage Treasury Company Limited and the note holders and guaranteed  
by the Company, on a change of control of the Company, the Company 
will not take any action that consummates or finalises a change of control 
unless at least 15 business days prior to such action it shall have given  
to each holder of notes written notice containing and constituting an  
offer to prepay all notes on a date specified in such offer which shall be  
a business day occurring subsequent to the effective date of the change 
of control which is not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after  
the date of the notice of prepayments. Where a holder of notes accepts  
the offer to prepay, the prepayment shall be 100% of the principal amount 
of the notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and shall 
be made on the proposed prepayment date. No prepayment under a 
change of control shall include any premium of any kind.

Under the terms of all three agreements, a “change of control” occurs  
if any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of  
the Company.

Greenhouse gas emissions
All disclosures concerning the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions  
(as required to be disclosed under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 are contained in the 
Corporate responsibility report forming part of the Strategic report on 
pages 52 to 56.

Financial risk management
The Group’s exposure to and management of capital, liquidity, credit, 
interest rate and foreign currency risk are summarised below. 

Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital (defined as net debt  
plus equity) are to safeguard our ability to continue as a going concern  
in order to provide returns to shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders, while optimising return to shareholders through an 
appropriate balance of debt and equity funding. The Group manages  
its capital structure and makes adjustments to it with respect  
to changes in economic conditions and our strategic objectives.  
The Group has set a long-term minimum leverage target of 1x net debt 
to EBITDA and will work to maintain this going forward. Further detail  
is provided in the Strategic report on page 25.

Liquidity risk
The Group manages its exposure to liquidity risk by reviewing the cash 
resources required to meet its business objectives through both short 
and long-term cash flow forecasts. The Company has committed 
facilities which are available to be drawn for general corporate purposes 
including working capital. The Company’s Treasury function has a policy 
of optimising the level of cash in the businesses in order to minimise 
external borrowings.

72

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk primarily arises from trade and other receivables. 
The Group has a very low operational credit risk due to the transactions 
being principally of a high volume, low value and short maturity.  
The Group has no significant concentration of operational credit risk, 
with the exposure spread over a large number of counterparties and 
customers. Continued strong credit control ensured that in the year 
ended 30 September 2013 the Group did not see deterioration in days’  
sales outstanding.

The credit risk on liquid funds is considered to be low, as the  
Board-approved Group treasury policy limits the value that can be 
invested with each approved counterparty to minimise the risk of loss. 
All counterparties must meet minimum credit rating requirements.

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on floating rate deposits and 
borrowings. The US private placement loan notes, which comprise 98% 
of borrowings, are at fixed interest rates and bank debt, which comprises 
2% of borrowings, are at floating interest rates. At 30 September 2013, 
the Group had £82.9m of cash and cash equivalents.

The Group regularly reviews forecast debt, cash and cash equivalents 
and interest rates to monitor this risk. Interest rates on debt and 
deposits are fixed when management decides this is appropriate.  
At 30 September 2013, the Group’s principal borrowings comprised  
US private placement loan notes of £432.3m (2012: £185.8m), which 
have an average fixed interest rate of 3.88% and bank debt of £9.6m 
(2012: £15.0m), which has an average floating interest rate of 1.44%.

Foreign currency risk
Although a substantial proportion of the Group’s revenue and profit  
is earned outside the UK, operating companies generally only trade  
in their own currency. The Group is therefore not subject to any 
significant foreign exchange transactional exposure within these 
subsidiaries. The Group’s principal exposure to foreign currency, 
therefore, lies in the translation of overseas profits into sterling.

This exposure is partly hedged to the extent that these profits are offset 
by interest charges in the same currency arising from the financing of 
the investment cost of overseas acquisitions by borrowings in the same 
currency. The Group is also exposed to a foreign exchange transaction 
exposure from the conversion of surplus cash generated by its principal 
overseas subsidiaries, which would be hedged where appropriate. 

The Group’s US Dollar denominated borrowings are designated as  
a hedge of the net investment in its subsidiaries in the US. The foreign 
exchange movements on translation of the borrowings into sterling have 
been recognised in the translation reserve. The Group’s other currency 
exposures comprise only those exposures that give rise to net currency 
gains and losses to be recognised in the income statement. Such 
exposures reflect the monetary assets and liabilities of the Group that 
are not denominated in the operating (or “functional”) currency of the 
entity involved. At 30 September 2012 and 30 September 2013, these 
exposures were immaterial to the Group.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report & Accounts, 
the Directors’ remuneration report and the Group and parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the Group 
financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and the 

parent Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards and applicable law). Under company law the directors must  
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they  
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the 
Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements the directors are required to:

 – Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
 – Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
 – State whether IFRS as adopted by the EU, and applicable UK 

Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the Group and parent  
Company financial statements respectively; and

 – Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis, unless it  
is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records  
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position  
of the Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements and the Directors’ remuneration report comply with  
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group’s financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors as at the date of this report, whose names and functions 
are listed in the Board of directors on page 60, confirm that, to the best 
of their knowledge:

 – The Group’s financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and
 – The Directors’ report and the Strategic report include a fair review  

of the development and performance of the business and the position  
of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

Each of the persons who is a director as at the date of this report 
confirms that:

 – So far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information  

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

 – The director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with 
the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

In addition, the directors as at the date of this report consider that the 
Annual Report & Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

By Order of the Board 

M J Robinson, Company Secretary
4 December 2013

73

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report

Remuneration for 2013
Details of the remuneration decisions for 2013 are set out in the Directors’ 
annual remuneration report below. In summary, for the year ended  
30 September 2013 underlying pre-tax profit was £360.5m and Group 
organic revenue growth was 4%, reflecting good acceleration in growth 
on the prior year. In addition, EBITA margin was maintained at 27%, with 
continued investment in growth.

The Group made good progress against its strategic objectives including 
driving actions to improve Net Promoter Scores throughout the business, 
pricing strategy, investing in cloud product strategy and improving cloud 
unit sales. This resulted in a total 72% of the Chief Executive’s bonus 
(90% of salary) paying out for 2013. 

Performance share awards granted in 2011 were based on EPS growth 
above UK inflation (RPI) and relative TSR performance. EPS growth over 
the period, as defined for remuneration purposes, was 17%, relative TSR 
performance was just below median and UK RPI was 11%. Therefore, 
underlying EPS growth over the period for these purposes was below  
the minimum required, and the awards will not vest.

Key remuneration decisions for 2014

The Remuneration Committee has set the Chief Executive’s base salary  
at £780,000 with effect from 1 January 2014, an increase of 8%.

Guy Berruyer was promoted to the role in 2010 and his base salary was 
set at a level significantly below that of his predecessor, in recognition  
of his level of experience in the role.

The Committee determined that it was now appropriate to revise his 
salary to reflect his emergence as a fully-fledged Chief Executive and  
the progress evidenced in this Annual Report & Accounts.

In addition, we are delighted that Steve Hare will be joining as Chief 
Financial Officer from 3 January 2014. Details of his remuneration are  
set out on page 84.

Remuneration disclosure 
This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups Regulations 2008 as amended in 2013, the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (September 2012)  
and the Listing Rules.

Dear fellow shareholder, 

It is my pleasure to present the Directors’ remuneration report for  
the year ended 30 September 2013. 

Due to the timing of its financial year end, Sage is among the first 
companies required to comply with the new legislation regarding the 
disclosure of executive directors’ remuneration. It is my hope that you 
find this a clear and comprehensive report and I look forward to hearing 
the views of our investors on the information presented here over the 
coming months. We will carefully monitor emerging practice in this area 
as well as guidance from investor representative groups.

We operate a simple remuneration structure made up of base salary 
and benefits, a bonus plan and a single long-term incentive plan,  
which provide a clear link between pay and our key strategic priorities.

Activities of the Remuneration Committee
The main activities of the Committee since the last report were as 
follows: 

 – Assessed performance of executive directors and determined annual 

bonuses for 2013;

The report is in two sections:

 – Established the executive directors’ bonus arrangements for 2014;
 – Set bonus targets for the executive directors for 2014;
 – Approved share awards for 2013;
 – Reviewed remuneration benchmarking and set base salaries for 

executive directors;

 – Considered remuneration market trends and corporate  

governance developments; and

 – Reviewed the revised remuneration reporting regulations and 

prepared the Directors’ remuneration report.

 – The Directors’ remuneration policy report (pages 76 to 79). This section 
contains details of the remuneration policy that we propose will apply 
from the 2014 AGM (6 March 2014) subject to obtaining shareholder 
approval at the AGM; and

 – The Directors’ annual remuneration report. This section sets out 
details of how our remuneration policy was implemented for the  
year ended 30 September 2013 and how we intend for the policy  
to apply for the year ended 30 September 2014. 

At the AGM in March 2014: 

 – The Directors’ remuneration policy report will be put to a binding 

shareholder vote; and

 – The Directors’ annual remuneration report will be put to an advisory 

shareholder vote.

Ruth Markland, 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

74

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

Reward principles and objectives
Our remuneration policy is guided by a common reward framework  
and set of principles and objectives. 

Link between remuneration and our Group strategy 
Our remuneration policy is linked to our Group strategy in the  
following ways: 

Performance measures
In 2012 management reviewed and realigned the strategy  
of the business to accelerate organic revenue growth, drive margins  
and improve EPS performance. Remuneration structure design  
was modified to support that strategy. Short-term and long-term 
performance measures have been selected based on our annual  
focus on profitability and organic revenue growth, as well as strategic 
measures reflecting customer experience and key products. Short-term 
incentivisation is reinforced by our long-term measures which balance, 
amongst other matters, profitability, organic growth and the creation  
of sustainable shareholder value. 

Alignment with our shareholders 
We consulted many of our significant investors and shareholder 
representative bodies last year and some modifications were made  
to the proposed design in response to the feedback received. More 
broadly, a significant proportion of remuneration is performance-based 
and delivered through shares. Our bonus deferral policy and 
shareholding guidelines also foster an ongoing commitment to the 
business from our executives.

Reward policies 
Attract and retain. Remuneration packages are designed to attract 
high-calibre executives in a competitive international market which 
includes private-equity backed organisations as well as listed 
companies, and remunerate executives fairly and responsibly. 

Motivate and reward. Remuneration is designed to motivate delivery  
of our key business strategies, create a strong performance-orientated 
environment and reward achievement of meaningful targets over the 
short and long term. 

Reward principles 
Alignment with the wider Group. The remuneration policy for 
executives reflects the overriding remuneration philosophy and principles 
of the wider Group. When determining the remuneration policy and 
arrangements for executive directors, the Remuneration Committee 
considers pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group  
to ensure that pay structures are appropriately aligned and that levels  
of remuneration remain appropriate in this context. The Remuneration 
Committee receives information on bonus levels and base salary reviews 
for other managers around the Group for this purpose.

Stretching performance targets. The Remuneration Committee 
considers that a successful remuneration policy must ensure that a 
significant part of the remuneration package is linked to the achievement 
of stretching corporate performance targets and a strong alignment  
of interest with shareholders. Reflecting our pay for performance policy, 
bonus and share awards are linked to performance conditions with 
pre-determined targets. No payment is made below threshold levels  
of performance and, at stretch levels of performance, c. 70% of total 
compensation is delivered through performance-related incentives  
paid in a combination of cash and shares.

75

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ remuneration policy report

Remuneration policy table
The table below sets out the remuneration policy that we intend to apply, subject to shareholder approval, from 6 March 2014 (the date of the AGM).

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that they are not in line with the 
policy set out below, where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy came into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was 
not a director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a director of the 
Company. For these purposes “payments” includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, 
the terms of the payment are “agreed” at the time the award is granted. 

Alignment with strategy/purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Base salary
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of executive directors  
of the calibre required to deliver  
the Group’s strategy. 

Rewards executives for the 
performance of their role. 

Set at a level that allows fully 
flexible operation of our variable 
pay plans.

Normally reviewed annually, any increases generally 
apply from January.

When determining base salary levels, consideration 
is given to the following:

 – Pay increases for other employees in major 

operating businesses of the Group;

 – The individual’s skills and responsibilities;
 – Pay at companies of a similar size and 

international scope to Sage, in particular those 
within the FTSE 100 (excluding the top 30); and

 – Corporate and individual performance.

Ordinarily, salary increases will be in line with 
increases awarded to other employees in 
major operating businesses of the Group.

However, increases may be made above this 
level at the Committee’s discretion to take 
account of individual circumstances such as:

 – Increase in scope and responsibility;
 – Increase to reflect the individual’s 

development and performance in role  
(e.g. for a new appointment where base 
salary may be increased over time rather 
than set directly at the level of the previous 
incumbent or market level); and

 – Alignment to market level.

None, although overall 
performance of the individual  
is considered by the Committee 
when setting and reviewing 
salaries annually.

Pension
Provide a competitive post-
retirement benefit, in a way  
that manages the overall cost  
to the Company.

Benefits
Provide a competitive and 
cost-effective benefits package  
to executives to assist them  
to carry out their duties effectively.

Defined contribution plan (with Company 
contributions set as a percentage of  
base salary).

25% of base salary for all executive  
directors. No element other than base  
salary is pensionable.

An individual may elect to receive some or all  
of their pension contribution as a cash allowance.

The Group provides a range of benefits which may 
include a car benefit (or cash equivalent), private 
medical insurance, permanent health insurance,  
life assurance and financial advice. 

Additional benefits may be also be provided  
in certain circumstances which may include 
relocation expenses, housing allowance and school 
fees. Other benefits may be offered if considered 
appropriate and reasonable by the Committee.

Set at a level which the Remuneration 
Committee considers: 

 – Appropriately positioned against 

comparable roles in companies of  
a similar size and complexity in the  
relevant market; and

 – Provides a sufficient level of benefit  
based on the role and individual 
circumstances, such as relocation.

None.  

None.

Annual bonus
Rewards and incentivises the 
achievement of annual financial  
and strategic targets.

An element of compulsory  
deferral until shareholding guideline 
is met, providing a link to the 
creation of sustainable long-term 
value creation.

For maximum performance:

 – 125% of salary. 

For on-target performance

 – 75% of salary. 

For threshold performance

 – 15% of salary.

Measures and targets are set annually  
and payout levels are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee after the year end  
based on performance against those targets.

The Remuneration Committee may, in exceptional 
circumstances, amend the bonus payout should 
this not, in the view of the Committee, reflect overall 
business performance or individual contribution.

The annual bonus is delivered in cash. Executives 
must defer 20% of their bonus into shares until the 
shareholding guidelines have been met. Deferred 
shares normally vest after three years and may  
be adjusted to reflect the impact of any variation  
of share capital, in accordance with the plan rules.  
On the vesting of awards, executives receive an 
amount (in cash or shares) equal to the dividends 
paid or payable between the date of grant and  
the vesting of the award on the number of shares 
which have vested.

Performance is assessed using  
the following metrics: 

 – 80% of the award is based  
on financial measures; and
 – 20% of the award is based  
on strategic measures. 

The measures and targets  
are set by the Committee each 
year. The measures that will 
apply for the financial year 2014 
are described in the Directors’ 
annual remuneration report. 
Measures for following years  
will be summarised in the 
Directors’ annual remuneration 
report of the relevant year.

Notes:

 – Benefits: Currently, the CEO is the only Executive Director who receives a housing allowance.

 – Annual bonus performance measures have been selected to provide an appropriate balance between incentivising directors to meet profitability and other financial targets  

for the year and achieve strategic operational objectives. The measures and targets are selected every year by the Committee. 

 – There are no specific provisions to withhold or recover sums paid under short and long term incentives.

 – While our remuneration policy follows the same principles across the Group, packages offered to employees reflect differences in market practice in the different countries  

the Group operates in and also differences in size of role.

76

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Alignment with strategy/purpose

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Performance share plan
Motivates and rewards the 
achievement of long-term  
business goals.

Supports the creation of 
shareholder value through  
the delivery of strong market 
performance aligned with  
the long-term business strategy.

Supports achievement  
of our strategy by targeting 
performance under our key 
financial performance indicators  
of organic revenue growth and 
EPS growth.

Contingent awards of shares are made annually 
with vesting dependent upon the achievement  
of performance conditions over three years. 

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to 
decide whether and to what extent targets have 
been met, and if an exceptional event occurs that 
causes the Committee to consider that the targets 
are no longer appropriate, the Committee may 
adjust them. 

Awards may also be adjusted in the event  
of a variation of capital, in accordance with  
the plan rules.

On the vesting of awards, executives receive an 
amount (in cash or shares) equal to the dividends 
paid or payable between the date of grant and  
the vesting of the award on the number of shares 
which have vested.

All-employee share plans
Provides an opportunity for 
directors to voluntarily invest  
in the Company.

Chairman and non-executive  
director fees
Provide an appropriate  
reward to attract and retain 
high-calibre individuals. 

Non-executive directors  
do not participate in any  
incentive scheme.

UK-based Executive Directors are entitled to 
participate in a UK tax approved all-employee plan, 
The Sage Group Savings-Related Share Option 
Plan under which they make monthly savings over 
a period of three or five years linked to the grant  
of an option over Sage shares with an option price 
which can be at a discount of up to 20% of the 
market value of shares on grant. 

Options may be adjusted to reflect the impact  
of any variation of share capital.

Fees are reviewed periodically. 

The fee structure is as follows:

 – The Chairman is paid a single, consolidated fee;
 – The non-executive directors are paid  

a basic fee, plus additional fees for chairmanship 
of Board Committees and to the Senior 
Independent Director;

 – Fees are currently paid in cash but the  

Company may choose to provide some  
of the fees in shares; and

 – The Chairman has use of a car and driver. 
non-executive directors may be eligible  
to benefits such as company car, use  
of secretarial support, healthcare or other 
benefits that may be appropriate.

Awards vest on the following basis:

 – Target performance: 20% of the  

maximum shares awarded;

 – Stretch performance: 80% of the 
maximum shares awarded; and

 – Exceptional performance: 100% of the 

shares awarded.

With straight-line vesting between each  
level of performance. 

Current annual award levels for executive 
directors are 250% of base salary at the  
time of grant.

Overall individual limit of 300% of base  
salary under the rules of the plan.

The Committee retains the discretion to make 
awards up to the individual limit under the plan 
and, as stated in previous Remuneration 
reports, would expect to consult with significant 
investors if awards were to be made routinely 
above current levels, as the Committee did 
prior to increasing award levels for 2013.

Performance is assessed  
against three independently 
measured metrics which are 
equally weighted: 

 – 1/3 organic revenue growth 
with a margin underpin;

 – 1/3 EPS growth; and
 – 1/3 relative TSR performance 

against the FTSE 100 
(excluding financial services 
and extracting companies).

The measures and targets are  
set by the Committee. Details  
of the targets that will apply for 
2014 are set out in the Directors’ 
annual remuneration report. 
Targets will be set out in the 
Directors’ annual remuneration 
report of the relevant year. 

Participation limits are those set by  
the UK tax authorities from time to time. 
Currently this is £250 per month.

None.

Set at a level which:

None.

 – Reflects the commitment and contribution 
that is expected from the Chairman and 
non-executive directors; and

 – Is appropriately positioned against 

comparable roles in companies of a similar 
size and complexity in the relevant market, 
particularly companies of a similar size and 
international scope to Sage, in particular 
those within the FTSE 100, (excluding the 
top 30).

The Chairman fee has been set at £360,000 
and fixed at this level for five years from the 
date of appointment (July 2012).

Overall fees paid to directors will remain within 
the limit stated in our articles of association, 
currently £1m.

Actual fee levels are disclosed in the 
Directors’ annual remuneration report for  
the relevant financial year.

Note:

 – Performance share plan: organic revenue growth and EPS are key measures of the success of the execution of our long-term strategy. TSR is considered a key measure  

for a number of our shareholders and provides further alignment with value created for shareholders.

77

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ remuneration policy report continued

Illustration of our remuneration policy for 2014 
The tables below set out an illustration of the remuneration policy for 
2014 in line with the remuneration policy above and include base salary, 
pension, benefits and incentives.

The tables provide an illustration of the proportion of total remuneration 
made up of each component of the remuneration policy and the  
value of each component. Benefits are calculated as per the single 
figure of remuneration. 

Four scenarios have been illustrated for each executive director: 

Below threshold 
performance

 – No bonus payout
 – No vesting under the Performance Share Plan

Target  
performance

 – 75% of salary payout in annual bonus  

(60% of maximum opportunity)

 – Shares equivalent to 50% of salary vesting 

under the Performance Share Plan  
(20% of total shares available)

Stretch 
performance

 – 125% of salary payout in annual bonus  

(100% of maximum opportunity)

 – Shares equivalent to 200% of salary vesting 
under the Performance Share Plan vesting 
(80% of total shares available) 

Exceptional  
performance

 – 125% of salary payout in annual bonus  

(100% of maximum opportunity)

 – Shares equivalent to 250% of salary vesting 
under the Performance Share Plan vesting 
(100% of total shares awarded)

The scenarios below do not take into account share price appreciation 
or dividends. For the purpose of the illustrations the value of each 
component has been rounded to the nearest £1,000. 

CEO policy 

19% 5% 3%

24%

49%

£4,020,000

Exceptional

Development of our remuneration policy 
Consistency with remuneration for the wider Group 
The remuneration policy for our executive directors is designed  
in line with the remuneration philosophy and principles that underpin 
remuneration for the wider Group. The remuneration arrangements  
for employees below the main Board reflect the seniority of the role  
and local market practice and therefore the components and levels  
of remuneration for different employees will differ from the policy for 
executives as set out above. 

Consideration of pay and conditions for the wider Group 
The Remuneration Committee generally considers pay and employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Group when considering pay for the main 
Board directors and the Executive Committee. When considering base 
salary increases, the Committee reviews overall levels of base pay 
increases offered to other employees and other executives of the major 
operating companies. The Committee also reviews information with 
regard to bonus payments and share awards made to management  
of the Group.

Communication with our shareholders 
The Remuneration Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue  
with shareholders and seeks the views of significant shareholders when 
any major changes are being made to remuneration arrangements.  
The Committee takes into account the views of significant shareholders 
when formulating and implementing the policy. A recent example  
of this is the consultation process undertaken prior to amending the 
performance measures applying to PSP awards for 2013 onwards.

Recruitment remuneration arrangements 
In the event of hiring a new executive director, the Committee  
will seek to align the remuneration package with our remuneration 
policy which may include the elements outlined in the policy table 
above. However, the Committee retains the discretion to make 
appropriate remuneration decisions outside the standard policy  
to meet the individual circumstances of the recruitment. This may,  
for example, include the following circumstances:

22%

3%5%

27%

43%

£3,630,000

 – An interim appointment is made to fill an executive director role  

Stretch

Target

38% 9% 6%

28% 19%

£2,070,000

71%

18%

11%

£1,095,000

Below threshold

£0

£1,000,000

£2,000,000

£3,000,000

£4,000,000

£5,000,000

Annual bonus (including any deferred amounts)
Long-term incentives

Salary
Pension
Benefits

CFO policy

20% 5% 1%

24%

50% £2,415,000

Exceptional

22% 5% 1%

28%

44%

£2,175,000

Stretch

Target

40% 10% 1% 29% 20%

£1,215,000

78% 20% 2%

£615,000

Below threshold

0

£500,000

£1,000,000

£1,500,000

£2,000,000

£2,500,000

Salary
Pension
Benefits

78

Annual bonus (including any deferred amounts)
Long-term incentives

on a short-term basis; 

 – Exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a  
non-executive director takes on an executive function on  
a short-term basis;

 – An executive director is recruited at a time in the year when  

it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or LTIP award for that  
year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance.  
The quantum in respect of the months employed during the year  
may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided 
on a fair and appropriate basis; 

 – An executive is recruited from a business or location that offered 
some benefits that the Committee might consider appropriate to  
buy out but that do not fall into the definition of “variable remuneration 
forfeited” that can be included in the buyout element under the 
wording of the regulations; or

 – The executive received benefits at his previous employer which  
the Remuneration Committee considers it appropriate to offer.

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance 
period and vesting period of the annual bonus or long-term incentive, 
subject to the rules of the plan, if the Committee determines that the 
circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale will 
be clearly explained.

In determining appropriate remuneration arrangements on hiring a new 
executive director, the Committee will take into account relevant factors; 
this may include the calibre of the individual, local market practice,  
the existing remuneration arrangements for other executives and the 
business circumstances. We seek to ensure that arrangements are  
in the best interests of both Sage and its shareholders and seek not  
to pay more than is appropriate.

The Committee may make awards on hiring an external candidate  
to buy out remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous 
employer. In doing so the Committee will take account of relevant 
factors including any performance conditions attached to these awards, 
the form in which they were granted (e.g. cash or shares) and the 
timeframe of awards. We will generally seek to structure buyout awards 
on a comparable basis to awards forfeited. 

The rules of The Sage Group Performance Share Plan permit the grant 
of two awards in the first year of employment; the individual limit from 
the plan rules would apply to each award.

In order to facilitate the awards mentioned above, the Committee may 
therefore rely on exemption 9.4.2. of the Listing Rules which allows for 
the grant of awards to facilitate, in exceptional circumstances, the 
recruitment of a director.

The remuneration package offered to new directors may include buyout 
remuneration and other remuneration components included in the 
remuneration policy (as per the policy table above), including: base 
salary/fees, pension, benefits, annual bonus and long-term incentives.

The maximum level of variable pay which may be awarded to new 
executive directors, excluding buy-out arrangements and awards  
in the first year of employment detailed above, would normally be in line 
with the maximum level of variable pay that may be awarded under the 
annual bonus plan and performance share plan, but in any event the 
Committee would not make an award of annual variable pay above 
500% of base salary.

Loss of office payments
There are no pre-determined special provisions for directors with regard 
to compensation in the event of loss of office; compensation is based 
on what would be earned by way of salary, pension entitlement and 
other contractual benefits over the notice period.

In the event that a contract is to be terminated, and a payment in lieu  
of notice made, payments to the executive director may be staged over 
the notice period, at the same interval as salary would have been paid. 
During that period the executive director must take all reasonable  
steps to obtain alternative employment and payments to the executive 
director by the Company will be reduced to reflect payments received  
in respect of that alternative employment.

There is no automatic entitlement to annual bonus. Executive directors 
may receive a bonus in respect of the financial year of cessation, based 
on performance against pre-determined targets. Where an executive 
director leaves by reason of death, disability or ill-heath they would 
receive a pro-rata bonus for the year of cessation.

The treatment of leavers under our long-term incentive plans is determined 
by the rules of the relevant plans. The Committee will determine when 
awards vest and the period during which awards may be exercised. 

Deferred shares will be generally at risk of forfeiture if the executive 
director leaves within the deferral period.

Performance shares lapse if the participant leaves employment in  
case of termination for cause or resignation. In other cases, normally 
including death and ill health, injury or disability, redundancy and 
retirement, the Committee would decide that awards vest at the end  
of the performance period and be pro-rated for time. Performance 
conditions would apply. However, the Committee has the discretion  
to allow the award to vest on cessation of employment (on a pro-rata 
basis or otherwise) if, in the Committee’s view, the performance 
conditions are met at that point. The Committee may vest the award  
on any other basis if it believes there are exceptional circumstances 
which warrant that. For example, it can be in the interest of the 
Company for the Board to proactively organise succession and manage 
an executive’s departure. When determining the treatment of outstanding 
awards in those cases, the Committee will take into account the 
executive’s level of performance and contribution to the transition. 

Change of control 
The rules of the performance share plan provide that, in the event of  
a change of control, awards/options would vest to the extent that the 
performance conditions (where applicable) are satisfied at the date of such 
event. Any such early vesting would generally be on a time pro-rata basis. 
The Committee may vary the level of vesting, if it believes that exceptional 
circumstances warrant this, taking into account any other factors it 
believes to be relevant in deciding to what extent an award will vest.  
The directors may exchange their awards over Company shares for 
awards in shares of the acquiring company if the terms of the offer  
allow this. 

Deferred bonus shares will vest in full upon a change of control. 

Awards held under all-employee plans would be expected to vest on a 
change of control and those which have to meet specific requirements 
to benefit from permitted tax benefits would vest in accordance with 
those requirements.

Executive director service contracts
All current executive directors have service contracts, which may be 
terminated by the Company for breach by the executive or by giving  
12 months’ notice by the Company or the individual. 

Service contacts for new directors will generally be limited to 12 months’ 
notice. However, the Committee may agree a longer period, of up to  
24 months initially, reducing by one month for every month served until  
it falls to 12 months.

Terms and conditions for non-executive directors 
The appointment of the non-executive directors is for a fixed term  
of three years, during which period the appointment may be terminated 
by the Board on six months’ notice. The Chairman’s term of appointment 
is five years. There are no provisions on payment for early termination  
in letters of appointment.

The letters of appointment of non-executive directors and service 
contracts of executive directors are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours and will  
be available at the Annual General Meeting.

79

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ annual remuneration report

Single figure for total remuneration (audited information)
The following table sets out the single figure for total remuneration for Directors for the financial years ended 30 September 2012 and 2013. 

(a)  
Salary/fees 
£’000

(b)  
Benefits 
£’000

(c)  
Bonus1 
£’000

(d) 
PSP awards2 
£’000

(e) 
Pension 
£’000

Total 
£’000

2013

719
389

Director
Executive Directors
G S Berruyer3
P S Harrison4
Non-executive Directors
D H Brydon
R Markland
N Berkett
J Harlow
J Howell
T Ingram 
I Mason
M E Rolfe

360
87
15
–
23
49
59
76

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

708
435

120
15

125
20

651
321

186
114

38
78
–
–
–
55
55
72

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

180
97

177
109

1,670
822

1,196
678

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

360
87
15
–
23
49
59
76

38
78
–
–
–
55
55
72

Notes:

1 

2  

 Bonus payable in respect of the financial year including any deferred element at face value at date of award. Further information about how the level of 2013 award was 
determined is provided in the Additional disclosures section below.

 The 2013 PSP value is based on the PSP award due to vest in March 2014. The value of the award is based on performance to 30 September 2013. Further information about 
the level of vesting is provided in the Additional disclosures section below.

3  Benefits in relation to Guy Berruyer comprise a housing allowance (£100,000 per annum) and a car allowance.

4 

 Paul Harrison left the Group on 16 August 2013 and received base salary, benefits and pension contributions to the date of cessation. In addition, he received a bonus payment 
in respect of the year based on performance to the end of the year. The payment was pro-rated for time to cessation.

Additional disclosures for single figure for total remuneration table
Base salary 
2013 
Base salaries were increased by 1.5% from 1 January 2013; this is  
a similar level of increase as was awarded for 2012 and reflects  
the level of salary budget increases in our key employment markets. 

2012 
Base salaries were increased by between 1.5% and 3% from  
1 January 2012 in line with the wider employee population.

Benefits
2013 
The benefits provided to the executive directors included: car benefits  
(or cash equivalent), private medical insurance, housing allowance, 
permanent health insurance, life assurance and financial advice. 

2012 
The benefits provided to the executive directors included: car benefits  
(or cash equivalent), private medical insurance, permanent health 
insurance, life assurance and financial advice.

Annual bonus 
2013
For 2013 the bonus for executive directors was based on 50% 
profitability (PBTA) targets, 30% on organic revenue growth (with PBTA 
underpin) and 20% on strategic measures. The actual target range has 
not been disclosed as this is considered by the Board to be commercially 
sensitive information.

As highlighted in the opening letter, Sage showed strong financial 
performance in the year, with good growth across all regions, and our key 

strategic initiatives progressing well. Group PBTA performance  
during the year was robust with achievement of £360.5m for  
2013. This was just ahead of the target range, resulting in 76% of the 
bonus relating to PBTA becoming payable. In a challenging market 
environment, organic revenue growth was 4%, within the target range; 
the profit underpin was exceeded, leading to 65% of the bonus relating 
to the organic revenue growth measure becoming payable.

Guy Berruyer and Paul Harrison achieved or partially achieved their 
strategic objectives for 2013, which led to 74% and 44% of the bonus 
relating to strategic measures becoming payable, respectively. Notably, 
achievements against strategic measures included driving actions to 
improve Net Promoter Scores throughout the business, pricing strategy, 
investing in cloud product strategy, improving cloud  
unit sales and product portfolio management.

Overall, this resulted in the Chief Executive receiving a bonus equal  
to 72% of the maximum for the year (90% of salary); the CFO received  
a bonus equal to 66% of maximum for the year (83% of salary). 

None of the bonus for the year was deferred because both  
Guy Berruyer and Paul Harrison had already met the shareholding 
requirement in full.

2012 
The annual bonus for the year was based 55% on profitability (PBTA) 
targets and 45% on organic revenue growth (with PBTA underpin). 
Executives achieved between threshold and target performance;  
this resulted in 21% of the maximum bonus opportunity paying out  
for Guy Berruyer and Paul Harrison. The actual target range has not 
been disclosed as this is considered by the Board to be commercially 
sensitive information. None of the bonus for the year was deferred.

80

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
The table below sets out performance for the 2013 bonus 
against targets:

Below

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Measures

PBTA

Organic revenue growth 

Strategic measures

 CEO 

 CFO

Pension 
2013
Pension emoluments for both executives were equal to 25% of base salary. 

2012 
Pension emoluments for both executives were equal to 25% of base salary. 

PSP
Awards granted in 2011 
The PSP award for the period was based on EPS growth in excess  
of RPI over three years. Awards are also subject to a TSR multiplier 
whereby the level of vesting based on EPS performance is adjusted 
according to TSR performance over the same period compared to  
a group of international software and computer services companies  
over a three-year period. 

EPS performance for awards granted in 2011
The Company’s EPS performance was 6% in excess of RPI for the 
period, resulting in zero of the core award vesting. The table below  
sets out achievement against targets for the EPS measure: 

Performance 
achieved

Resulting  
level of award 
(% maximum 
opportunity)

RPI + 6%

0%

Level  

of vesting
25%
100%

EPS performance
Threshold
Maximum

Targets
RPI + 9%
RPI + 27%

Notes:

 – With straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum. 

For all PSP awards, EPS refers to earnings per share before 
amortisation or impairment of intangible assets, exceptional items,  
or amounts written-off investments and is on a foreign currency  
neutral basis. This measure has been selected since the timing of 
acquisitions can be unpredictable, with the result that the amortisation 
charge in respect of intangible assets is inherently difficult to budget.  
The neutralised foreign currency basis has been selected as the Board 
considers this to be consistent with the presentation and assessment  
of results by shareholders.

TSR performance for awards granted in 2011
TSR is compared to a bespoke comparator group listed below and 
calculated in local currency. The Company’s ranking against the peer 
group as at 30 September 2013 was at the 43rd percentile, which 
would result in a multiplier of 0.93 being applied to the award.

TSR performance against  
peer group
Lower quartile and below
Median
Upper quartile or above

Notes:

Resulting  
level of award  
(% maximum 
opportunity)

Performance  

achieved

43rd %ile

0%

Multiplier
0.75
1
1.5

 – With straight-line vesting between each level of performance.

TSR performance acts as a multiplier for PSP awards granted before 
2013. As EPS performance resulted in zero vesting, TSR performance 
has no further impact on the vesting level. 

Therefore 0% of the total PSP award will vest in March 2014. 

TSR peer group for awards granted in 2011

Adobe Systems
ARM Holdings
Blackbaud
Cap Gemini
Cegid

Dassault Systèmes
Exact
Intuit
Micro Focus International
Microsoft

Oracle
Salesforce.com
SAP
Software AG

Notes:

 – Autonomy, Lawson Software, Logica and Misys were acquired during the 

performance period and dropped out of the comparator group.

Awards granted in 2010 
The PSP award for the period was based on EPS growth in excess  
of RPI over three years with a relative TSR multiplier. The minimum  
EPS target was not met therefore none of the PSP award vested.

Awards granted in 2013  
As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, the 
performance measures for PSP awards granted from 2013  
were amended following a review of our remuneration policy and 
consultation with shareholders. The measures were changed in order  
to provide better alignment of our remuneration framework with our  
Group strategy.

Awards granted from 2013 will vest depending on performance against 
three equally weighted measures, measured over three years: 

 – 1/3 organic revenue growth with a margin underpin
 – 1/3 EPS growth;
 – 1/3 relative TSR performance against the FTSE 100 (excluding 

financial services and extracting companies).

81

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report        
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ annual remuneration report continued

For each measure, three levels of performance are defined below, with straight-line vesting between each level of performance: Target, Stretch  
and Exceptional.

The performance targets applying to the award granted during the financial year are:

Measure

EPS growth (CAGR)

Relative TSR 

Between target and stretch

Between 6% and 12%

Between stretch and exceptional

Between 12% and 15% (or above)

Between median and upper quartile

Between upper quartile and upper decile (or above)

Organic revenue growth (CAGR)

Between 4% and 8%

Between 8% and 10% (or above)

As outlined in the policy table, awards are made in shares and the number of shares is determined based on a percentage of base salary. The following 
table sets out details of awards of conditional shares made during the year under the PSP. 

CEO
CFO

Date of award
14 March 2013
14 March 2013

Amount vesting

Face value
250% of salary
250% of salary

Threshold performance  

Maximum performance  

End of  

(% of face value)
20%
20%

(% of face value)

performance period
100% 30 September 2015
100% 30 September 2015

The face value has been calculated using the share price the day before the day of grant of 342p. 

These awards vest on the third anniversary of the date of award. Paul Harrison’s award lapsed on cessation of employment.

Loss of office payments
No payments for loss of office were made to past directors during the year. No payments have been made that have not already been included in the 
single figure of remuneration set out earlier in this report.

Remuneration for the departed Chief Financial Officer for 2013
Paul Harrison left the Group on 16 August 2013. He received a base salary, benefits and pension contributions to the date of cessation. In addition,  
in view of his contribution during the year to mid-August, and his commitment to the Group over 16 years, he received a bonus payment in respect  
of the year based on performance to the end of the year. The payment was pro-rated for time to cessation. All of Paul Harrison’s outstanding share 
awards lapsed on cessation of employment. 

Change in remuneration of Chief Executive compared to Group employees
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive and that of our UK management population. 

We have selected our UK management population (around 1,200 people) for this comparison because it is considered to be the most relevant, due  
to the UK employment location and the structure of total remuneration – most of our management are able to earn an annual bonus as well as receiving 
a base salary. 

% change in base salary 
2012 to 20131
1.5%
2.8%

% of target bonus earned 
2012
35%
66%

% of target bonus earned 
2013
120%
100%

% change in bonus  

2012 to 2013
245%
52%

% change in benefits 
(including pension) 
2012 to 20131
1.0%
3.7%

Chief Executive
UK management population 

Notes:

1  

 The increase in the Chief Executive’s bonus year-on-year reflects the higher volatility in the performance-related elements of his reward package compared to that  
of the rest of the UK management population. To illustrate, the bonus payment for the Chief Executive in 2012 represented 35% of target opportunity, whereas for the UK 
management population the payment for the same year was 66% of target. UK management bonuses are based partly on personal performance.

82

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
Historical executive pay and Company performance 
The table and graph below allow comparison of the total shareholder return of the Group and the Chief Executive remuneration outcomes over the last 
five years. 

Historical Chief Executive remuneration outcomes
The table below summarises the Chief Executive single figure for total remuneration, annual bonus payout and PSP vesting as a percentage of 
maximum opportunity for the current year and previous four years.

Chief Executive single figure of remuneration (in £000) Guy Berruyer1

Chief Executive

Annual bonus payout (as % maximum opportunity)

PSP vesting (as % of maximum opportunity)

Paul Walker2
Guy Berruyer
Paul Walker
Guy Berruyer
Paul Walker

Notes: 

1  Guy Berruyer was appointed Chief Executive on 1 October 2010.

2   Paul Walker resigned as Chief Executive on 30 September 2010. 

2009
–
1,797
–
38%
–
74%

2010
–
2,196
–
83%
–
26%

2011
2,935
–
66%
–
61%
–

2012
1,196
–
21%
–
0%
–

2013
1,670
–
72%
–
0%
–

The graph below shows the total shareholder return of the Group and the FTSE 100 over the last five years. The FTSE 100 Index is, in the opinion of 
the directors, the most appropriate index against which the TSR of the Group should be measured because of the comparable size of the companies 
which comprise that index.

Historical Group performance against FTSE 100

200

150

100

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

50

30-Sep-08

Sage

FTSE 100 Index

Notes:

30-Sep-09

30-Sep-10

30-Sep-11

30-Sep-12

30-Sep-13

–  This graph shows the value, by 30 September 2013, of £100 invested in The Sage Group plc on 30 September 2008 compared with the value of £100 invested in the 
  FTSE 100 index. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

Relative spend on pay
The chart below shows the all-employee pay cost (as stated in the notes to our accounts), profit after tax and returns to shareholders by way  
of dividends and share buy back for 2012 and 2013.

The information shown in this chart is based on the following:

 – Underlying PBT – Underlying profit before income tax taken from table on page 30.
 – Returns to shareholders – Total dividends taken from note 4.2 on page 111, share buy-back taken from consolidated statement of changes  

in equity on page 97. 

 – Total employee pay – Total staff costs from note 2.3 on page 108, including wages and salaries, social security costs, pension and  

share-based payments. 

83

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ annual remuneration report continued

Underlying PBT (£m)

Returns to shareholders (£m)

+1%

357.0

360.5

+31%

251.0

299.8

Buyback

Buyback

198.7

Special dividends

Ordinary dividends

Ordinary dividends

136.5

122.1

Total employee pay (£m)
+1%

617.2

621.9

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in the following financial year
Appointment of the Chief Financial Officer
Steve Hare will join the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 3 January 2014. His remuneration package is set out below:

 – Base salary – £480,000 per annum, subject to review in January 2015.
 – Annual bonus – 75% of base salary for on-target performance and 125% of salary for maximum performance in line with current policy.  

The performance measures for the year will be 80% based on profit (PBTA) and organic revenue growth, and 20% based on strategic objectives,  
as per the policy for the CEO. 

 – Long-term incentives – he will be eligible to receive a PSP award equal to 250% of base salary in the year in line with our normal policy. The award 

will be subject to performance conditions set at the time of grant and a three-year performance period. Leaver treatment for these awards will follow 
the rules of the plan and our loss of office policy as set out in the policy report.

 – Forfeited awards – he will be eligible to receive a one-off PSP award equal to 100% of base salary in recognition of awards forfeited from his previous 

employment. This award will be subject to the same performance conditions as the PSP award mentioned above and leaver treatment will also 
follow the rules of the plan and our loss of office policy. 

 – Benefits – provided in line with our policy. 
 – Pension – he will be provided with a Company contribution to the defined contribution plan of 25% of base salary. He will be eligible to receive some 

or all of his pension allowance in cash if he elects to do so, in line with our pension policy. 

 – Shareholding guidelines – all executive directors are required to hold 150% of their annual salary in the Company’s shares. Until this requirement is 

met, directors must defer 20% of their bonus into shares and retain (net of any shares sold to meet tax liability) 50% of shares vesting from deferred 
bonus, PSP and exercise of options. 

Components of remuneration
Effective from 1 January 2014, the base salary for the Chief Executive is £780,000.

The new CFO was appointed on a base salary of £480,000.

Pension and benefits are in line with benefits stated in the policy table. 

There was no change in the maximum opportunity under our annual bonus plan. The performance measures remain 50% profitability (PBTA),  
30% organic revenue growth and 20% strategic measures, unchanged from 2013. Targets are not disclosed because they are considered  
by the Board to be commercially sensitive.

There was no change in the maximum PSP opportunity for our CEO and awards of 250% of base salary are expected to be made in 2014.  
As in 2013, performance will be assessed against three equally-weighted, independently-measured metrics: 

 – 1/3 organic revenue growth with a margin underpin
 – 1/3 EPS growth
 – 1/3 relative TSR performance against the FTSE 100 (excluding financial services and extracting companies). 

Targets will remain unchanged from 2013.

Measure
EPS growth (CAGR)
Relative TSR
Organic revenue growth (CAGR)

Between target and stretch
Between 6% and 12%
Between median and upper quartile
Between 4% and 8%

Between stretch and exceptional
Between 12% and 15% (or above)
Between upper quartile and upper decile (or above)
Between 8% and 10% (or above)

84

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)
Executive directors are required to hold 150% of their annual salary in the Company’s shares. Until this requirement is met, executive directors must 
defer 20% of their bonus into shares, and retain (net of any shares sold to meet tax liability) 50% of shares received from deferred bonus, PSP and 
exercise of options.

At the year end, Guy Berruyer met the requirement.

Interests in shares
The interests of each person who was a director of the Company as at 30 September 2013 (together with interests held by his or her connected 
persons) were:

Director
G S Berruyer 
D H Brydon
R Markland 
N Berkett
J Howell
I Mason
M E Rolfe
Total 

Notes:

Ordinary shares  
at 30 September 2013  

Ordinary shares  
at 30 September 2012  

number
705,232
38,024
4,753
28,000
12,833
9,506
9,506
807,854

number
663,360
40,000
5,000
–
–
10,000
10,000
728,360

 – There have been no changes in the directors’ holdings in the share capital of the Company, as set out in the table above, between 30 September 2013 and the date of this report.

Details of the executive directors’ interests in outstanding share awards under the ESOS, PSP, Deferred shares and all-employee plans are set out below. 

Executive share options (audited information)
The Group’s only executive share option scheme is the ESOS. In the year under review, executive directors did not receive grants under this scheme. 
The outstanding executive share options granted to each director of the Company under the executive share option schemes, including the ESOS,  
are as follows:

Exercise price  

per share
171.00p
198.00p
258.50p
270.00p

171.00p
198.00p
258.50p
270.00p

Shares under  
option at  
1 October  

2012
number
175,438
189,082
122,630
62,008
549,158
128,654
133,838
96,324
49,777
408,593
957,751

Granted  
during  
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Exercised  
during  
the year 
number
(175,438)
–
–
–
(175,438)
(128,654)
(133,838)
(96,324)
(49,777)
(408,593)
(584,031)

Lapsed  
during  
the year 
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Director
G S Berruyer

P S Harrison 

Total

Notes:

Shares under  
option at  
30 September  

2013
number

189,082
122,630
62,008
373,720

Date exercisable
– 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017

– 24 December 2006 – 24 December 2013
6 January 2008 – 6 January 2015
–
10 January 2009 – 10 January 2016
–
10 January 2010 – 10 January 2017
–
–
373,720

 – No options were varied during the year.

 – Options granted to all directors of the Company and its operating subsidiaries throughout the Group under the ESOS that became exercisable on or after 23 February 2003  

but before 6 January 2008 were exercisable only if the percentage increase in the Company’s EPS exceeded RPI by at least 3% each year in the three-year period from grant,  
i.e. by a total of 9%. If that target was not met at the end of the three-year period, then those options would only be exercisable if EPS growth exceeded RPI by 12% over the 
four-year period following the date of grant. The performance criteria for options which became exercisable on or after 6 January 2008 are based on EPS growth measured  
over a fixed three-year period from the start of the financial year in which the grant was made. 30% of options would vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeded 
RPI by 15% (an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options would vest if RPI was exceeded in that period by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those points, 
options vest on a straight-line basis. There was no further retesting.

 – The market price of a share of the Company at 30 September 2013 was 330p and the lowest and highest market price during the year was 304p and 387p respectively.

85

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ annual remuneration report continued

Performance Share Plan (audited information)
The outstanding awards granted to each director of the Company under the Performance Share Plan are as follows:

Director 
G S Berruyer

P S Harrison

Total 

Notes:

Awarded 
1 October 
2012 
number
507,280
737,795
476,062
–
1,721,137
325,278
314,349
293,103
–
932,730
2,653,867

Awarded 
during 
the year 
number
–
–
–
527,286
527,286
–
–
–
324,736
324,736
852,022

Vested  
during  
the year  
number
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Lapsed  
during  

the year
number
(507,280)
–
–
–
(507,280)
(325,278)
(314,349)
(293,103)
(324,736)
(1,257,466)
(1,764,746)

Awarded  

30 September
2013
number
–
737,795
476,062
527,286
1,741,143
–
–
–
–
–
1,741,143

Vesting date
4 March 2013
10 March 2014
12 March 2015
14 March 2016

4 March 2013
10 March 2014
12 March 2015
14 March 2016

 – No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year.

 – The market price of a share on 14 March 2013, the date of the awards made in the year ended 30 September 2013, was 342p. 

 – The performance condition for awards made in March 2009, 2010 and 2011 is set out above. 

 – P S Harrison ceased to be a director on 16 August 2013.

Deferred shares (audited information)
The outstanding awards granted to each director of the Company under The Sage Group Deferred Bonus Plan are as follows:

Director
G S Berruyer

P S Harrison

Total

Notes: 

Shares at  
1 October  
2012  

number
12,404
12,404
9,709
2,602
12,311
24,715

Shares awarded  
during  
the year  
number
–
–
–
–
–
–

Shares vested  
during  
the year  
number
–
–
–
–
–
–

Shares lapsed  
during  
the year  
number
–
–
(9,709)
(2,602)
(12,311)
(12,311)

Shares at  
30 September  
2013  

number
12,404
12,404
–
–
–
12,404

Vesting date
10 January 2014

10 January 2014
12 December 2014

 – Awards of shares will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. In the event that a director ceases to be an employee of the Group for reasons other than death,  

retirement, redundancy, injury, ill-health or disability before the third anniversary of the date of grant then the rights to the award will lapse, unless the Remuneration Committee 
recommend otherwise. 

 – Awards are not subject to further performance conditions once granted.

 – No variations were made in the terms of the awards in the year.

 – P S Harrison ceased to be a director on 16 August 2013.

86

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013All-employee share scheme (audited information)
In relation to the SAYE Scheme, the outstanding options granted to each director of the Company are as follows:

Exercise price  
per share 
201.00p

Shares under  
option at  
1 October  

2012
number
4,477
4,477

Granted 
during 
the year 
number
–
–

Exercised 
during  
the year 
number
–
–

Lapsed 
during 
the year 
number
(4,477)
(4,477)

Shares under  
option at  
30 September  
2013 
number
–
–

exercisable
1 August 2015 – 31 January 2016

Date  

Director
P S Harrison
Total

Notes:

 – These options are not subject to performance conditions since these do not apply to this type of all-employee share scheme.

 – P S Harrison ceased to be a director on 16 August 2013.

External appointments 
Executive directors are permitted, where appropriate and with Board approval, to take non-executive directorships with other organisations in order to 
broaden their knowledge and experience in other markets and countries. Fees received by the directors in their capacity as directors of these 
companies are retained, reflecting the personal responsibility they undertake in these roles. Mr G S Berruyer is a Non-executive Director of Meggit plc. 
For the year under review, fees in respect of this Non-executive Directorship were £50,745.

The Board recognises the significant demands that are made on executive and non-executive directors and has therefore adopted a policy that no 
executive director should hold more than two directorships of other listed companies. The Board encourages executive directors to limit other 
directorships to one listed company. Except in exceptional circumstances where approved in advance by the Chairman of the Committee, if an executive 
director holds non-executive positions at more than one listed company then only the fees from one such company will be retained by the director.

No formal limit on other board appointments applies to non-executive directors under the policy but prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) from 
the Chairman on behalf of the Board is required in the case of any new appointment. In the case of the Chairman, prior approval of the Nomination 
Committee is required on behalf of the Board.

There are limits on the number of newly issued and treasury shares that can be used to satisfy awards under the Group’s employee share schemes  
in any 10-year period. The limits and the Group’s current position against those limits as at 28 November 2013 (the last practicable date prior to 
publication of this document), are set out below: 

Limit
7.5% of Group’s share capital can be used for discretionary share schemes
10% of Group’s share capital can be used for all share schemes

Current Position
4.63%
5.39%

The Company has previously satisfied all awards under the Performance Share Plan through the market purchase of shares or transfer of treasury 
shares and will continue to consider which is the most appropriate approach, based on the relevant factors at the time.

Unexpired term of contract table

Director
Executive Directors
G S Berruyer
P S Harrison
Non-executive Directors
N Berkett
D H Brydon
J Howell
T Ingram
R Markland
I Mason
M E Rolfe

Notes:

Unexpired term of contract on  
30 September 2013, or on  

Date of contract

date of contract if later

Notice period under contract

1 October 2010
1 April 2000

5 July 2013
6 July 2012
15 May 2013
25 November 2010
13 September 2012
30 September 2010
25 November 2010

12 months
0 months

2.5 years
4 years
2.5 years
0 years
2 years
0 years
0 years

12 months from the Company and/or individual 
12 months from the Company and/or individual

6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual
6 months from the Company and/or individual 
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual 
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual 
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual 
6 months from the Company and/or 1 month from individual 

 – P S Harrison ceased to be a director on 16 August 2013 and his contract of employment ended on that date. 

 – T Ingram ceased to be a director on 31 July 2013 and her contract for services ended on that date. 

 – J Harlow ceased to be a director on 4 September 2013 and her contract for services ended on that date.

 – I Mason and M E Rolfe ceased to be directors on 30 November 2013 and their contracts for services ended on that date.

87

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ annual remuneration report continued

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The following directors were members of the Remuneration Committee when matters relating to the directors’ remuneration for the year were being 
considered:

 – Ms R Markland (Chair)
 – Mr D H Brydon 
 – Mr N Berkett 
 – Mr J Howell 
 – Ms T Ingram
 – Mr I Mason
 – Mr M E Rolfe

The Committee received assistance from Ms K Geary (former Group Director of Human Resources), Mr R Drury (current Group Director of Human 
Resources), Ms R Fyffe (Director of Performance and Reward) and Mr M J Robinson (Company Secretary) and other members of management,  
who may attend meetings by invitation, except when matters relating to their own remuneration are being discussed.

External advisers
The Remuneration Committee continues to receive advice from Deloitte, an independent firm of remuneration consultants appointed by the Committee 
after consultation with the Board. During the year, Deloitte’s executive compensation advisory practice advised the Committee on developments in 
market practice, corporate governance and institutional investor views and in the development of the Company’s incentive arrangements. Total fees  
for advice provided to the Committee during the year were £79,000, of which £30,000 related to advice on compliance with new legislation on 
directors’ remuneration.

The Committee is satisfied that the advice they have received has been objective and independent.

Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to its Code in relation to executive remuneration consulting  
in the UK. 

Other parts of Deloitte have provided tax advice, specific corporate finance support in the context of merger and acquisition activity and unrelated 
corporate advisory services.

Statement of shareholding voting
The table below sets out the results of the vote on the Remuneration report at the 2013 AGM:

Votes for

Number
781,616,580

%
94.16%

Votes against

Number
48,521,017

%
5.84%

Votes cast
830,137,597

Votes withheld
27,336,704

R Markland 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
4 December 2013

88

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013

89

Contents
Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc  91

Group financial statements
Our Group financial statements provide a complete picture 
of our 2013 performance.

Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Notes to the Group financial statements
Supplementary notes to the Group financial statements.

Group accounting policies 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Results for the year
1. Segment information 
2. Profit before income tax 
3. Income tax expense 
4. Earnings per share and dividends 

Operating assets and liabilities 
5. Intangible assets 
6. Property, plant and equipment 
7. Working capital 
8. Post-employment benefits 
9. Deferred income tax 
10. Operating lease commitments 
11. Contingent liabilities 

Net debt and capital structure
12. Cash flow and net debt 
13. Financial instruments 
14. Equity 

Other notes
15. Discontinued operations 
16. Acquisitions and disposals 
17. Related party transactions 
18. Events after the reporting period 
19. Principal subsidiaries 

94
95
96
97
98

99
103

104
106
109
110

112
114
115
117
119
121
121

122
124
126

132
132
136
136
137

90

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc 

Report on the Group financial statements 
Our opinion  
 In our opinion the Group financial statements: 

– give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as  

at 30 September 2013 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows  
for the year then ended; 

– have been properly prepared in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European 
Union; and 

– have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

This opinion is to be read in the context of what we say below. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial statements, which are prepared by The Sage 
Group plc, comprise: 

– the Consolidated balance sheet as at 30 September 2013; 
– the Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement  

of comprehensive income for the year then ended;  

– the Consolidated statement of changes in equity and Consolidated 

statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and 

– The Notes to the Group financial statements, which include  
a summary of significant accounting policies and other  
explanatory information. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation comprises applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by  
the European Union. 

What an audit of financial statements involves  
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards  
on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”). An audit involves 
obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial 
statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by 
fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 

– whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s 

circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately 
disclosed; 

– the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made  

by the directors; and  

– the overall presentation of the financial statements.  

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the 
Annual Report & Accounts (the “Annual Report”) to identify material 

inconsistencies with the audited Group financial statements and to 
identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based  
on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent 
material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report. 

Overview of our audit approach 
Materiality 
We set certain thresholds for materiality. These helped us to determine 
the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate 
the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial 
statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgment, we determined materiality for  
the Group financial statements as a whole to be £16m. In arriving  
at this judgement we had regard to profit before tax adjusted for  
non-recurring loss on disposal charges. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them 
misstatements identified during our audit above £0.8m as well as 
misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting 
for qualitative reasons.  

Overview of the scope of our audit 
The Group’s trading operations are made up of operating businesses 
situated in a number of territories across the globe. The Group financial 
statements are a consolidation of 24 reporting units, comprising the 
Group’s operating businesses and head office function.  

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we determined 
the type of work that needed to be performed at the reporting units by 
us, as the Group engagement team, or component auditors within PwC 
UK and from other PwC network firms operating under our instruction. 
Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined 
the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work at those 
reporting units to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate 
audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole.  

Accordingly, of the Group’s 24 reporting units, we identified 12 which, 
in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, 
either due to their size, or their risk characteristics. As part of our 
planning procedures, the Group team visited the UK, French and North 
America teams (the three most significant units in the Group) in the year 
ended 30 September 2013. Specific audit procedures on certain 
balances and transactions were performed at a further one reporting 
unit on request of the Audit Committee. This, together with additional 
procedures performed at the Group level, gave us the evidence we 
needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

91 
91

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc continued 

Areas of particular audit focus 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors made a number of subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. We primarily focused our work in these  
areas by assessing the directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the  
financial statements. 

In our audit, we tested and examined information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we considered necessary to provide  
a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtained audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures  
or a combination of both.  

We considered the following areas to be those that required particular focus in the current year. This is not a complete list of all risks or areas  
of focus identified by our audit. We discussed these areas of focus with the Audit Committee. Their report on those matters that they considered  
to be significant issues in relation to the financial statements is set out on page 65. 

Area of focus 

Impairment assessment 

We focused on this area due to the size of the goodwill balance,  
and because the directors’ assessment of the carrying value of the 
Group’s cash generating units (“CGUs”) involves judgements about  
the future results of the business and the discount rate to apply to  
the future cash flow forecasts. 

Exceptional items 
Exceptional items relating to the disposal of non-core products 
were considered to be an area of focus due to the magnitude  
of the charge in the income statement. 

  How the scope of our audit addressed the area of focus 

  We tested the directors’ future cash flow forecasts, including comparing 
them to the latest Board approved budgets and comparing the current 
year results with the equivalent figures included in the prior year forecast. 
We challenged the directors’ key assumptions for discount and long-term 
growth rates by comparing rates used to available external data. 
We also performed sensitivity analysis around the key drivers of the cash 
flow forecasts, being the discount rates, revenue growth rates and 
operating margins.  

  We tested the component parts of the loss on disposal calculation to 

source documentation including the proceeds received, the net assets 
disposed of and the costs associated with the disposal, including goodwill 
allocation. We held detailed discussions with management regarding the 
methodology applied to allocate goodwill to the loss on disposal calculation 
and tested the supporting calculations, checking compliance with IAS 36 
“Impairment of Assets”. 

Archer Capital litigation 
A compensation claim against the Group by a third party for a material 
sum is currently the subject of legal proceedings. We focused on this 
issue as there is uncertainty as to the likely outcome. 

  We discussed this issue with internal and external legal counsel in order  
to understand the latest position of the proceedings and assess the 
directors’ views as to the strength of the claim against the Group and  
their conclusion that no provision is required. 

Revenue recognition  
We focused on this area because the timing of revenue recognition  
and its presentation in the income statement has inherent complexities. 
These complexities mainly involve accounting for “bundled” transactions 
where software and maintenance and support elements are purchased 
together, with a portion of the fee being recognised immediately  
and the remainder of the revenue deferred and recognised over the 
contractual period.  

In addition, ISAs (UK & Ireland) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition for every audit conducted under these auditing standards. 

Risk of management override of internal controls  

ISAs (UK & Ireland) require that we consider this and hence it is an area 
that receives heightened focus on every audit conducted under these 
auditing standards.  

  We tested the timing of the recognition of revenue, which included  
testing the allocation of revenue in sales transactions including both 
software and maintenance and support elements and that the 
maintenance and support element was appropriately deferred and 
recognised over the contractual period.  

Additionally, in response to the presumptive risk of fraud, where revenue 
was recorded through journal entries we performed testing to establish 
whether a service had been provided or a sale had occurred in the  
financial year to support this recognition. 

  We assessed the overall control environment of the Group, including  
the arrangements for staff to “whistle-blow” inappropriate actions, and 
interviewed senior management and the Group’s internal audit function. 

We examined the significant accounting estimates and judgments relevant 
to the financial statements for evidence of bias by the directors that may 
represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.  

We also tested manual journal entries to determine the rationale for  
manual adjustments. 

The Audit Committee’s consideration of the significant issues in the audit is set out on page 65. 

92
92 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc continued 

Areas of particular audit focus 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors made a number of subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting 

estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. We primarily focused our work in these  

areas by assessing the directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the  

In our audit, we tested and examined information, using sampling and other auditing techniques, to the extent we considered necessary to provide  

a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We obtained audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of controls, substantive procedures  

We considered the following areas to be those that required particular focus in the current year. This is not a complete list of all risks or areas  

of focus identified by our audit. We discussed these areas of focus with the Audit Committee. Their report on those matters that they considered  

to be significant issues in relation to the financial statements is set out on page 65. 

financial statements. 

or a combination of both.  

Area of focus 

Impairment assessment 

We focused on this area due to the size of the goodwill balance,  

and because the directors’ assessment of the carrying value of the 

Group’s cash generating units (“CGUs”) involves judgements about  

the future results of the business and the discount rate to apply to  

the future cash flow forecasts. 

Exceptional items 

Exceptional items relating to the disposal of non-core products 

were considered to be an area of focus due to the magnitude  

of the charge in the income statement. 

  How the scope of our audit addressed the area of focus 

  We tested the directors’ future cash flow forecasts, including comparing 

them to the latest Board approved budgets and comparing the current 

year results with the equivalent figures included in the prior year forecast. 

We challenged the directors’ key assumptions for discount and long-term 

growth rates by comparing rates used to available external data. 

We also performed sensitivity analysis around the key drivers of the cash 

flow forecasts, being the discount rates, revenue growth rates and 

operating margins.  

  We tested the component parts of the loss on disposal calculation to 

source documentation including the proceeds received, the net assets 

disposed of and the costs associated with the disposal, including goodwill 

allocation. We held detailed discussions with management regarding the 

methodology applied to allocate goodwill to the loss on disposal calculation 

and tested the supporting calculations, checking compliance with IAS 36 

“Impairment of Assets”. 

Archer Capital litigation 

  We discussed this issue with internal and external legal counsel in order  

A compensation claim against the Group by a third party for a material 

sum is currently the subject of legal proceedings. We focused on this 

to understand the latest position of the proceedings and assess the 

directors’ views as to the strength of the claim against the Group and  

issue as there is uncertainty as to the likely outcome. 

their conclusion that no provision is required. 

Revenue recognition  

We focused on this area because the timing of revenue recognition  

and its presentation in the income statement has inherent complexities. 

These complexities mainly involve accounting for “bundled” transactions 

where software and maintenance and support elements are purchased 

together, with a portion of the fee being recognised immediately  

  We tested the timing of the recognition of revenue, which included  

testing the allocation of revenue in sales transactions including both 

software and maintenance and support elements and that the 

maintenance and support element was appropriately deferred and 

recognised over the contractual period.  

and the remainder of the revenue deferred and recognised over the 

Additionally, in response to the presumptive risk of fraud, where revenue 

contractual period.  

was recorded through journal entries we performed testing to establish 

whether a service had been provided or a sale had occurred in the  

financial year to support this recognition. 

In addition, ISAs (UK & Ireland) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 

recognition for every audit conducted under these auditing standards. 

Risk of management override of internal controls  

  We assessed the overall control environment of the Group, including  

ISAs (UK & Ireland) require that we consider this and hence it is an area 

that receives heightened focus on every audit conducted under these 

auditing standards.  

the arrangements for staff to “whistle-blow” inappropriate actions, and 

interviewed senior management and the Group’s internal audit function. 

We examined the significant accounting estimates and judgments relevant 

to the financial statements for evidence of bias by the directors that may 

represent a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.  

We also tested manual journal entries to determine the rationale for  

manual adjustments. 

The Audit Committee’s consideration of the significant issues in the audit is set out on page 65. 

Other information in the Annual Report 
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our 
opinion, information in the Annual Report is: 

– materially inconsistent with the information in the audited Group 

financial statements; or 

– apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 

with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of 
performing our audit; or 

– is otherwise misleading. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 
Our responsibilities and those of the directors  
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set 
out on page 73, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view.  

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the Group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs  
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing 
Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.  

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for 
the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do 
not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown  
or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by  
our prior consent in writing. 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the parent company financial 
statements of The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 
2013 and on the information in the Directors’ remuneration report that  
is described as having been audited.  

Charles Bowman (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  

4 December 2013 

Going concern 
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ 
statement set out on page 70 in relation to going concern. We have  
nothing to report having performed our review. 

As noted in the directors’ statement, the directors have concluded  
that it is appropriate to prepare the Group’s financial statements  
using the going concern basis of accounting. The going concern  
basis presumes that the Group has adequate resources to remain  
in operation, and that the directors intend it to do so, for at least one 
year from the date the financial statements were signed. As part of our 
audit we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern 
basis is appropriate. 

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, 
these statements are not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. 

Opinions on matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the information given in the Strategic report and  
the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the Group  
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the Group  
financial statements. 

Other matters on which we are required to report by exception 
Adequacy of information and explanations received 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion we have not received all the information and explanations 
we require for our audit. We have no exceptions to report arising from 
this responsibility. 

Directors’ remuneration 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report if, in our 
opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 
have not been made, and under the Listing Rules we are required to 
review certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on 
directors’ remuneration. We have nothing to report having performed 
our review. 

Corporate Governance Statement 
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s 
compliance with nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(“the Code”). We have no exceptions to report arising from our review. 

On page 73 of the Annual Report, as required by the Code  
Provision C.1.1, the directors state that they consider the Annual  
Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for members to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy. On page 65, as required  
by C3.8 of the Code, the Audit Committee has set out the significant 
issues that it considered in relation to the financial statements, and how 
they were addressed. Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to 
report to you if, in our opinion: 

– the statement given by the directors is materially inconsistent with  
our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing  
our audit; or 

– the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated 
by us to the Audit Committee. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

92 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

93 
93

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated income statement 
For the year ended 30 September 2013 

Revenue  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit  
Selling and administrative expenses  
Loss on disposal of non-core products 

Operating profit  
Finance income  
Finance costs  
Finance costs – net  
Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year from continuing operations 
Profit for the year from discontinued operations 
Profit for the year 

Profit attributable to: 
– Owners of the parent 
– Non-controlling interest 

EBITA†  

Earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent (pence)  
From continuing operations  
– Basic  
– Diluted  
From continuing and discontinued operations  
– Basic  
– Diluted  

Notes: 
†  EBITA measure (earnings before interest, tax and adjustments) excludes the effects of: 

– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;  
– Acquisition-related items; 
– Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment; and  
– Exceptional items. 

Note  

1.1  

2.1 

1.2, 2.2  

2.4  

2.4  

2.4  

3  

15 

14.5 

2013 
£m

1,376.1
(80.2)

1,295.9
(929.5)
(185.9)

180.5
1.4
(17.8)

(16.4)
164.1
(116.6)
47.5
–
47.5

46.4
1.1

47.5

2012 
£m

1,340.2
(84.3)

1,255.9
(911.0)
–

344.9
2.6
(13.2)

(10.6)
334.3
(95.4)
238.9
57.8
296.7

296.6
0.1
296.7

1.2  

375.8

366.4

4.1  

4.1  

4.1  

4.1  

3.97p
3.96p

3.97p
3.96p

18.63p
18.60p

23.14p
23.10p

94
94 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated income statement 

For the year ended 30 September 2013 

Revenue  

Cost of sales 

Gross profit  

Selling and administrative expenses  

Loss on disposal of non-core products 

Operating profit  

Finance income  

Finance costs  

Finance costs – net  

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

Profit attributable to: 

– Owners of the parent 

– Non-controlling interest 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

EBITA†  

– Basic  

– Diluted  

– Basic  

– Diluted  

Notes: 

Earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent (pence)  

From continuing operations  

From continuing and discontinued operations  

†  EBITA measure (earnings before interest, tax and adjustments) excludes the effects of: 

– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;  

– Acquisition-related items; 

– Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment; and  

– Exceptional items. 

Note  

1.1  

2.1 

1.2, 2.2  

2.4  

2.4  

2.4  

3  

15 

14.5 

2013 

£m

1,376.1

(80.2)

1,295.9

(929.5)

(185.9)

180.5

1.4

(17.8)

(16.4)

164.1

(116.6)

47.5

–

47.5

46.4

1.1

47.5

2012 

£m

1,340.2

(84.3)

1,255.9

(911.0)

–

344.9

2.6

(13.2)

(10.6)

334.3

(95.4)

238.9

57.8

296.7

296.6

0.1

296.7

1.2  

375.8

366.4

4.1  

4.1  

4.1  

4.1  

3.97p

3.96p

3.97p

3.96p

18.63p

18.60p

23.14p

23.10p

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 30 September 2013  

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(expense): 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: 
Actuarial gain/(loss) on post-employment benefit obligations 
Deferred tax (charge)/credit on actuarial loss on post-employment benefit obligations 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss: 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences recycled to the income statement in respect of the disposal of foreign 
operations  

Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to: 
– Owners of the parent 
– Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the parent arising from: 
– Continuing operations 
– Discontinued operations 

Note  

14.4 

3 

14.3 

14.3 

14.5 

2013 
£m

47.5

1.1
(0.4)

0.7

2012 
 £m

296.7

(2.6)
1.0

(1.6)

28.4

(66.6)

(44.5)

(16.1)

(55.7)

(122.3)

(15.4)

(123.9)

32.1

172.8

31.0
1.1

32.1

31.0
–
31.0

172.7
0.1
172.8

170.6
2.1
172.7

94 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

95 
95

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
As at 30 September 2013 

Non-current assets  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Deferred income tax assets  

Current assets  
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts) 

Total assets  

Current liabilities  
Trade and other payables  
Current income tax liabilities  
Borrowings  
Other financial liabilities  
Deferred consideration  
Deferred income  

Non-current liabilities  
Borrowings  
Other financial liabilities  
Post-employment benefits  
Deferred income tax liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Net assets  

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Ordinary shares 
Share premium 
Other reserves  
Retained earnings  

Non-controlling interest 
Total equity 

Note 

5.1 

5.2  

6  

9  

7.1  

7.2  

12.3  

7.3  

12.4 

13.4 

12.4  

13.4 

8  

9 

14.1  

14.3 

14.5 

2013 
£m

2012 
£m

1,515.2
113.5
128.8
18.7
1,776.2

2.2
311.2
100.8
414.2

1,814.4
139.8
142.2
10.0
2,106.4

2.5
302.8
61.6
366.9

2,190.4

2,473.3

(287.6)
(35.7)
(21.0)
(30.0)
(8.2)
(406.8)

(789.3)

(440.6)
(54.2)
(12.9)
(23.1)
(530.8)

(259.0)
(29.7)
(8.4)
(60.0)
(10.0)
(420.3)

(787.4)

(200.8)
(68.3)
(14.3)
(29.5)
(312.9)

(1,320.1)
870.3

(1,100.3)
1,373.0

11.7
532.2
60.4
267.0
871.3

(1.0)
870.3

13.3
524.5
76.5
760.8
1,375.1
(2.1)
1,373.0

The consolidated financial statements on pages 94 to 137 were approved by the Board of directors on 4 December 2013 and are signed on their  
behalf by:  

G S Berruyer, Director

96
96 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 

As at 30 September 2013 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 30 September 2013 

Attributable to owners of the parent 

Ordinary 
shares 
£m

Share 
premium 
£m

Other 
reserves 
£m

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

Non-controlling 
interest 
£m

Total 
£m

Total 
equity 
£m

At 1 October 2012 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(expense): 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
Exchange differences recycled to the income statement 
in respect of the disposal of foreign operations 
Actuarial gain on post-employment benefit obligations 
Deferred tax charge on actuarial gain on post-
employment obligations 

Total comprehensive (expense)/income 
for the year ended 30 September 2013 

Transactions with owners:  
Employee share option scheme: 
– Proceeds from shares issued 
– Value of employee services  
Purchase of treasury shares 
Expenses related to purchase of treasury shares 
Close period share buyback programme 
Cancellation of treasury shares 
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 
Total transactions with owners  
for the year ended 30 September 2013 
At 30 September 2013 

At 1 October 2011  
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income: 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences recycled to the income statement 
in respect of the disposal of foreign operations 
Actuarial loss on post-employment benefit obligations 

Deferred tax charge on actuarial gain on post-
employment obligations 

Total comprehensive income  
for the year ended 30 September 2012 

Transactions with owners:  
Employee share option scheme: 
– Proceeds from shares issued 
– Value of employee services  
– Equity movement of deferred income tax  
Purchase of treasury shares 
Expenses related to purchase of treasury shares 
Close period share buyback programme 
Put and call arrangement 
Non-controlling interest arising on business combination 
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 

Total transactions with owners  
for the year ended 30 September 2013  
At 30 September 2012 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

7.7
2.9
(251.0)
(2.0)
30.0
(1.6)
(320.8)

(534.8)
870.3

–

–
–

–

–

7.7
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
(1.6)
–

(1.6)
11.7

13.3
–

524.5
–

760.8 
46.4 

1,375.1
46.4

(2.1)
1.1

1,373.0
47.5

76.5
–

28.4

(44.5)
–

– 

28.4

– 
1.1 

(44.5)
1.1

–

(0.4) 

(0.4)

–

–
–

–

28.4

(44.5)
1.1

(0.4)

(16.1)

47.1 

31.0

1.1

32.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

– 
2.9 
(251.0) 
(2.0) 
30.0 
– 
(320.8) 

7.7
2.9
(251.0)
(2.0)
30.0
(1.6)
(320.8)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

7.7
532.2

–
60.4

(540.9) 
267.0 

(534.8)
871.3

–
(1.0)

Attributable to owners of the parent 

Ordinary 
shares 
£m

13.2
–

Share 
premium 
£m

513.2
–

–

–
–

–

–

0.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–

11.3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.1
13.3

11.3
524.5

Other 
reserves 
£m

266.8
–

(66.6)

(55.7)
–

Retained  
earnings  
£m 

914.6 
296.6 

Non-controlling 
interest 
£m

Total 
£m

Total 
equity 
£m

1,707.8
296.6

–
0.1

1,707.8
296.7

– 

(66.6)

– 
(2.6) 

(55.7)
(2.6)

–

1.0 

1.0

–

–
–

–

(66.6)

(55.7)
(2.6)

1.0

(122.3)

295.0 

172.7

0.1

172.8

–
–
–
–
–
–
(68.0)
–
–

(68.0)
76.5

– 
1.2 
(1.7) 
(299.8) 
(2.0) 
(10.0) 
– 
– 
(136.5) 

11.4
1.2
(1.7)
(299.8)
(2.0)
(10.0)
(68.0)
–
(136.5)

(448.8) 
760.8 

(505.4)
1,375.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
– 
(2.2)
–

(2.2)
(2.1)

11.4
1.2
(1.7)
(299.8)
(2.0)
(10.0)
(68.0)
(2.2)
(136.5)

(507.6)
1,373.0

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts) 

Non-current assets  

Goodwill  

Other intangible assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Deferred income tax assets  

Current assets  

Inventories  

Trade and other receivables  

Total assets  

Current liabilities  

Trade and other payables  

Current income tax liabilities  

Borrowings  

Other financial liabilities  

Deferred consideration  

Deferred income  

Non-current liabilities  

Borrowings  

Other financial liabilities  

Post-employment benefits  

Deferred income tax liabilities  

Total liabilities  

Net assets  

Ordinary shares 

Share premium 

Other reserves  

Retained earnings  

Non-controlling interest 

Total equity 

behalf by:  

G S Berruyer, Director

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 

2,190.4

2,473.3

7.3  

(287.6)

(259.0)

Note 

5.1 

5.2  

6  

9  

7.1  

7.2  

12.3  

12.4 

13.4 

12.4  

13.4 

8  

9 

14.1  

14.3 

14.5 

2013 

£m

2012 

£m

1,515.2

1,814.4

1,776.2

2,106.4

113.5

128.8

18.7

2.2

311.2

100.8

414.2

(35.7)

(21.0)

(30.0)

(8.2)

(406.8)

(789.3)

(440.6)

(54.2)

(12.9)

(23.1)

(530.8)

11.7

532.2

60.4

267.0

871.3

(1.0)

870.3

139.8

142.2

10.0

2.5

302.8

61.6

366.9

(29.7)

(8.4)

(60.0)

(10.0)

(420.3)

(787.4)

(200.8)

(68.3)

(14.3)

(29.5)

(312.9)

13.3

524.5

76.5

760.8

1,375.1

(2.1)

1,373.0

(1,320.1)

870.3

(1,100.3)

1,373.0

The consolidated financial statements on pages 94 to 137 were approved by the Board of directors on 4 December 2013 and are signed on their  

96 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

97 
97

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 30 September 2013 

Cash flows from operating activities  
Cash generated from continuing operations 
Interest paid  
Income tax paid  
Operating cash flows used in discontinued operations 

Net cash generated from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities  
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired  
Acquisition of other financial assets 
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 
Purchases of intangible assets  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  
Interest received  
Investing cash flows generated from discontinued operations, net of cash disposed 
Net cash generated from investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities  
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 
Purchase of treasury shares and related expenses 
Finance lease principal payments  
Proceeds from borrowings  
Repayments of borrowings  
Movements in cash collected from customers 
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 
Net cash used in financing activities  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts  
(before exchange rate movement) 
Effects of exchange rate movement 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 1 October  

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 30 September  

Note 

12.1  

15 

16.1  

16.6 

5.2  

6 

2.4  

15 

4.2  

12.2 

12.2 

12.2 

12.2 

2013 
£m

417.4
(12.6)
(118.6)
–

286.2

(14.7)
(6.0)
81.4
(9.6)
(14.1)
4.7
1.4
–

43.1

7.7
(251.0)
(1.1)
514.1
(256.5)
9.5
(320.8)
(298.1)

31.2
(2.7)

28.5
54.4

82.9

2012 
£m

383.8
(11.5)
(95.2)
(2.3)

274.8

(162.8)
–
0.1
(10.8)
(19.3)
0.6
2.6
198.9
9.3

11.4
(297.5)
(0.7)
14.8
(0.7)
0.5
(136.5)
(408.7)

(124.6) 
(3.0)
(127.6)
182.0
54.4

98
98 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 

For the year ended 30 September 2013 

Group accounting policies 

Cash flows from operating activities  

Cash generated from continuing operations 

Interest paid  

Income tax paid  

Operating cash flows used in discontinued operations 

Net cash generated from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired  

Acquisition of other financial assets 

Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed 

Purchases of intangible assets  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment  

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  

Interest received  

Cash flows from financing activities  

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 

Purchase of treasury shares and related expenses 

Finance lease principal payments  

Proceeds from borrowings  

Repayments of borrowings  

Movements in cash collected from customers 

Dividends paid to owners of the parent 

Net cash used in financing activities  

Investing cash flows generated from discontinued operations, net of cash disposed 

Net cash generated from investing activities  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts  

(before exchange rate movement) 

Effects of exchange rate movement 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 1 October  

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 30 September  

Note 

12.1  

15 

16.1  

16.6 

5.2  

6 

2.4  

15 

4.2  

12.2 

12.2 

12.2 

12.2 

2013 

£m

417.4

(12.6)

(118.6)

–

286.2

(14.7)

(6.0)

81.4

(9.6)

(14.1)

4.7

1.4

–

43.1

7.7

(251.0)

(1.1)

514.1

(256.5)

9.5

(320.8)

(298.1)

31.2

(2.7)

28.5

54.4

82.9

2012 

£m

383.8

(11.5)

(95.2)

(2.3)

274.8

(162.8)

–

0.1

(10.8)

(19.3)

0.6

2.6

198.9

9.3

11.4

(297.5)

(0.7)

14.8

(0.7)

0.5

(136.5)

(408.7)

(124.6) 

(3.0)

(127.6)

182.0

54.4

Group accounting policies  
Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements of The Sage Group plc have 
been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and 
International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee 
(“IFRIC”) interpretations as adopted by the EU. The consolidated 
financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention, except where adopted IFRS require an alternative 
treatment. The principal variations from the historical cost convention 
relate to derivative financial instruments which are measured at fair value 
through profit or loss. 

The financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements 
of the Company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) 
prepared at the end of the reporting period. The accounting policies have 
been consistently applied across the Group. Control is achieved where 
the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies 
of an entity so as to benefit from its activities. 

New or amended accounting standards 
The following new or amended standards have been adopted in the 
financial statements:  

– Amendment to IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial statement” 

These changes have no material impact on the financial statements. 

The Directors also considered the impact on the Group of other new 
and revised accounting standards, interpretations or amendments. 
The following revised and new accounting standards are currently 
endorsed but not yet effective. None are expected to be material  
to the financial statements. 

– Amendment to IAS 19, ”Employee Benefits” 
– Amendment to IAS 36, “Impairment of Assets” 
– IFRS 10, “Consolidated Financial Statements” 
– IFRS 11, “Joint Arrangements” 
– IFRS 12, “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” 
– IFRS 13, “Fair Value Measurement” 

The following new accounting standard is not yet endorsed, and is not 
expected to be material to the financial statements. 

– IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” 

Going concern 
The directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to 
continue in operation for the foreseeable future, a period of not less than 
12 months from the date of this report. Accordingly, the consolidated 
financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and 
in accordance with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable 
to companies reporting under IFRS. 

Business combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition 
method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the 
fair values at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or 
assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 
3 (Revised), “Business Combinations” are recognised at their fair values 
at the acquisition date. 

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is 
recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes  
to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be  
an asset or liability is recognised in the income statement. Contingent 
consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured, and its 
subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. 

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition 
date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair 
value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired. If, after 
reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost  
of the business combination, the difference is recognised directly in the 
Consolidated income statement. Any subsequent adjustment to reflect 
changes in consideration arising from contingent consideration 
amendments is recognised in the Consolidated income statement. 

On an acquisition by acquisition basis, the Group recognises any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-
controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.  

Acquisition-related items are expensed as incurred.  

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as 
transactions with equity owners of the Group. The difference between 
fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of 
the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.  

Where the Group enters into put and call arrangements over shares 
held by a non-controlling interest, the Group continues to recognise  
the non-controlling interest until the ownership risks and rewards of 
those shares transfer to the Group.  

Segment reporting 
The segmental analysis has been derived using the information used  
by the chief operating decisions maker. The Executive Committee has 
been identified as the chief operating decision maker as the Committee 
is responsible for the allocation of resources to operating segments  
and assessing their performance. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and 
other sales-related taxes. 

The Group reports revenue under two revenue categories:  

Recurring revenue 
Recurring revenue includes subscription contracts, combined 
software/support contracts, maintenance and support, and  
payment services. 

Revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
contract (including non-specified upgrades when included). Revenue 
relating to future periods is classified as deferred income on the  
balance sheet.  

Software and software-related services revenue 
Revenue allocated to software licences and specified upgrades is 
recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of  
the licence have been transferred and it is probable that the economic 
benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group. 

Where software is sold with after-sales service, the consideration is 
allocated between the different elements on a relative fair value basis.  

98 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

99 
99

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group accounting policies continued 

Group accounting policies continued 
Other products (which include business forms and hardware) – revenue 
is recognised as the products are shipped. 

Other services (which include the sale of professional services and 
training) – revenue associated with the transaction is recognised  
by reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the end  
of the reporting period. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill arising from the acquisition of a subsidiary represents  
the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any  
non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair 
value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired  
over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets. 
Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill previously written-off directly to reserves under UK GAAP prior 
to 1 October 1998 has not been reinstated and is not recycled to the 
income statement on the disposal of the business to which it relates. 
Gains and losses on disposal of the entity include the carrying amount 
of the foreign exchange on the goodwill relating to the entity sold 
(except for goodwill taken to reserves prior to the transition to IFRS  
on 1 October 2004). 

Impairment of assets 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) for the 
purposes of impairment testing. The recoverable amount of the CGU  
to which the goodwill relates is tested annually for impairment or when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.  

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of 
the combination, and the allocation represents the lowest level at which 
goodwill is monitored. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment, investments 
measured using a cost basis and intangible assets other than goodwill 
are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. 

In an impairment test, the recoverable amount of the CGU or asset 
is estimated to determine the extent of any impairment loss. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and 
 the value-in-use in the Group. An impairment loss is recognised  
to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. 

In determining CGUs or asset’s value-in-use, estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount  
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and risks specific to the CGU or asset that have not already 
been included in the estimate of future cash flows. 

Intangible assets 
Intangible assets arising on business combinations are stated  
at fair value less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.  
The main intangible assets recognised are brands, technology and 
customer relationships.  

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. 

The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Brand names  
Technology/In process R&D (“IPR&D”) 
Customer relationships 

– 3 to 20 years  
– 3 to 7 years 
– 4 to 15 years 

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated  
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses if 
applicable. Software assets are amortised on a straight-line basis  
over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed seven years. 

Internally generated software development costs are expensed as 
incurred. Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an 
expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation on property, plant 
and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis down to an asset’s 
residual value over its useful economic life as follows: 

Freehold buildings  
Long leasehold buildings and improvements  – over period of lease 
Plant and equipment  
Motor vehicles  
Office equipment  

– 2 to 7 years 
– 4 years 
– 5 to 7 years 

– 50 years 

Freehold land is not depreciated. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value after 
making allowances for slow moving or obsolete items.  

Cost includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and 
bringing them to their existing location and condition. Cost is calculated 
using the first-in-first-out method. 

Taxation 
The taxation charge for year represents the sum of the tax currently 
payable and deferred tax and is recognised in the income statement 
and statement of comprehensive income according to the accounting 
treatment of the related transaction 

Current tax payable or receivable is based on the taxable income for  
the period and any adjustment in respect of prior period. Current tax  
is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the end of the reporting period. 

Deferred tax arises due to certain temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements  
and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will  
be available against which deductible temporary differences can be 
utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than 
in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 
that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences 
arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able 
to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable  
that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply  
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based  
on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the  
end of the reporting period.  

Tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally  
enforceable right. 

100
100 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
Group accounting policies continued 

Group accounting policies continued 

Other products (which include business forms and hardware) – revenue 

is recognised as the products are shipped. 

Other services (which include the sale of professional services and 

training) – revenue associated with the transaction is recognised  

by reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the end  

of the reporting period. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition of a subsidiary represents  

the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any  

non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair 

value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired  

over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets. 

Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill previously written-off directly to reserves under UK GAAP prior 

to 1 October 1998 has not been reinstated and is not recycled to the 

income statement on the disposal of the business to which it relates. 

Gains and losses on disposal of the entity include the carrying amount 

of the foreign exchange on the goodwill relating to the entity sold 

(except for goodwill taken to reserves prior to the transition to IFRS  

on 1 October 2004). 

Impairment of assets 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) for the 

purposes of impairment testing. The recoverable amount of the CGU  

to which the goodwill relates is tested annually for impairment or when 

events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.  

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of 

the combination, and the allocation represents the lowest level at which 

Taxation 

goodwill is monitored. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment, investments 

measured using a cost basis and intangible assets other than goodwill 

are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying 

value may not be recoverable. 

In an impairment test, the recoverable amount of the CGU or asset 

is estimated to determine the extent of any impairment loss. The 

recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and 

 the value-in-use in the Group. An impairment loss is recognised  

to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount. 

In determining CGUs or asset’s value-in-use, estimated future cash 

flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount  

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 

money and risks specific to the CGU or asset that have not already 

been included in the estimate of future cash flows. 

Intangible assets 

Intangible assets arising on business combinations are stated  

at fair value less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.  

The main intangible assets recognised are brands, technology and 

customer relationships.  

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis 

over their estimated useful lives. 

The estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Brand names  

Technology/In process R&D (“IPR&D”) 

Customer relationships 

– 3 to 20 years  

– 3 to 7 years 

– 4 to 15 years 

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated  

at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses if 

applicable. Software assets are amortised on a straight-line basis  

over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed seven years. 

Internally generated software development costs are expensed as 

incurred. Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an 

expense in the period in which it is incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 

depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation on property, plant 

and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis down to an asset’s 

residual value over its useful economic life as follows: 

Freehold buildings  

– 50 years 

Long leasehold buildings and improvements  – over period of lease 

Plant and equipment  

Motor vehicles  

Office equipment  

Freehold land is not depreciated. 

Inventories 

– 2 to 7 years 

– 4 years 

– 5 to 7 years 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value after 

making allowances for slow moving or obsolete items.  

Cost includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and 

bringing them to their existing location and condition. Cost is calculated 

using the first-in-first-out method. 

The taxation charge for year represents the sum of the tax currently 

payable and deferred tax and is recognised in the income statement 

and statement of comprehensive income according to the accounting 

treatment of the related transaction 

Current tax payable or receivable is based on the taxable income for  

the period and any adjustment in respect of prior period. Current tax  

is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 

enacted at the end of the reporting period. 

Deferred tax arises due to certain temporary differences between the 

carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements  

and the corresponding tax bases. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 

recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 

are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will  

be available against which deductible temporary differences can be 

utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 

difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than 

in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 

that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences 

arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the Group is able 

to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable  

that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply  

in the period when the liability is settled or the asset realised based  

on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the  

end of the reporting period.  

Tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally  

enforceable right. 

The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge involves a degree  
of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax 
treatment cannot be finally determined until a resolution has been  
reached by the relevant tax authority. Management makes estimates  
of the likely outcome of decisions by tax authorities on transactions and 
events whose treatment for tax purposes is uncertain.  

Financial instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance 
sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provision  
of the instrument.  

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. 

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when 
there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect 
all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables.  

Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purpose of preparation of the Consolidated statement of cash 
flows and the Consolidated balance sheet, cash and cash equivalents 
include cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an 
original maturity period of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that  
are an integral part of a subsidiary’s cash management are included  
in cash and cash equivalents where they have a legal right of set-off  
and there is an intention to settle net, against positive cash balances, 
otherwise bank overdrafts are classified as borrowings. 

Trade payables 
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

Borrowings 
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less 
attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-
bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference 
between cost and redemption value being recognised in the income 
statement over the period of borrowing on an effective interest basis.  

Hedge accounting 
All derivatives are initially recognised at fair value, and are subsequently 
remeasured at fair value. The Group does not hold or issue derivative 
financial instruments for trading purposes. 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are accounted for in line 
with the nature of the hedging arrangement. Changes in fair value of 
any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are 
recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Derivative instruments are used to manage the Group’s exposure to 
changes in cash flows arising from movements in underlying exposures. 
The derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges, and hedge 
accounting is used where it has been shown that the hedge relationship 
is highly effective. Gains and losses on derivative financial instruments in 
a cash flow hedge relationship are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and subsequently recognised in the income statement in the 
same period that the hedged item affects income. 

The Group operates net investment hedges, using foreign currency 
borrowings. The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used  
to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that is determined  
to be an effective hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income. 
The ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. On 

disposal of the net investment, the foreign exchange gains and losses on 
the hedging instrument are recycled to the income statement from equity. 

Shares repurchased for cancellation 
The Group also makes use of contingent contracts for the purchase  
of its own shares. These derivative contracts are accounted for as 
equity transactions and the contracts are not stated at their market 
values. The present value of the obligation to purchase the shares is 
recognised in full at the inception of the contract, even when that 
obligation is conditional. Any subsequent reduction in the total 
obligation arising from the early termination of a contract is credited 
back to equity at the time of termination. 

Put and call arrangement granted to non-controlling interest 
Where put and call agreements are in place in respect of shares  
held by a non-controlling interest, the put element is accounted for  
as a financial liability. The amount that may become payable under  
the option on exercise is initially recognised at present value with  
a corresponding charge directly to equity. At the end of each period, 
the valuation of the liability is reassessed with any changes recognised 
in the income statement. 

Foreign currencies 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which  
is the functional currency of the parent company and the presentation 
currency for the consolidated financial statements. 

Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the rates of exchange 
prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency monetary 
items are translated at the rates prevailing at the end of the reporting 
period. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when 
the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured  
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated. 

Exchange differences arising on the settlements of monetary items  
and on the retranslation of monetary items are included in profit  
or loss for the period. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation 
of non-monetary items carried at fair value are included in profit or  
loss for the period except for differences arising on the retranslation  
of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are 
recognised outside profit or loss. For such non-monetary items, any 
exchange component of that gain or loss is also recognised outside 
profit or loss. 

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries outside of the  
UK are translated into sterling using period end exchange rates.  
Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period. Where differences arise between these rates, 
they are recognised in other comprehensive income and the  
translation reserve. 

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange 
differences that were recorded in other comprehensive income are 
recycled in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale, 
with the exception of exchange differences recorded in equity prior  
to the transition to IFRS on 1 October 2004, in accordance with IFRS 1, 
“First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”.  

Leases 
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised as assets of the 
Group at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum 
lease payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The 
corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as  
a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between  

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

100 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

101

101 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Group accounting policies continued 

Group accounting policies continued 
finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve  
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  

Finance charges are charged directly as finance costs to the  
income statement.  

The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases  
are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the  
lease term. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a 
straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received 
and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also 
spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Post-employment benefits 
Obligations under defined contribution schemes are recognised  
as an operating cost in the income statement as incurred. 

The Group also operates a small defined benefit pension scheme and 
other post-employment benefit schemes. The assets of these schemes 
are held separately from the assets of the Group. The costs of providing 
benefits under these schemes are determined using the projected unit 
credit actuarial valuation method. 

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlements and 
curtailments are included in selling and administrative expenses in the 
income statement. Past service costs are similarly included where the 
benefits have vested, otherwise they are amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period. The expected return on assets of funded 
defined benefit pension schemes and the imputed interest on pension 
plan liabilities comprise the pension element of the net finance 
cost/income in the income statement. 

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets,  
changes in the post-employment benefit obligation due to experience 
and changes in actuarial assumptions are included in the statement  
of comprehensive income in full in the period in which they arise. 

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined 
benefit pension scheme is the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation and unrecognised past service cost and future administration 
costs at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. 
The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent 
actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is 
determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using 
interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated  
in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms  
to maturity approximate to the terms of the related pension liability. 

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation of a defined benefit  
plan requires estimation of future events, for example salary and 
pension increases, inflation and mortality rates. In the event that future 
experience does not bear out the estimates made in previous years, 
an adjustment will be made to the plan’s defined benefit obligation 
in future periods which could have a material effect on the Group. 
The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities relating to defined benefit 
plans, together with the key assumptions used in the calculation  
of the defined benefit obligations relating to those plans, are disclosed  
in note 8. 

Share-based payments 
Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at  
the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the 
equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the 
shares that will eventually vest allowing for the effect of non-market-
based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo 
pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been  
adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of  
non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

At the end of the reporting period, the entity revises its estimates  
for the number of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact  
of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement,  
with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

Dividends 
Dividends are recognised through equity when approved by the 
Company’s shareholders or on payment, whichever is earlier. 

Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has  
a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
when it can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect  
is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate,  
the risks specific to the liability. 

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly 
attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown  
in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share 
capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from 
equity attributable to the owners of the Company until the shares are 
cancelled or reissued.  

102
102 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
Group accounting policies continued 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Group accounting policies continued 

Share-based payments 

finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve  

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 

a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.  

(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at  

Finance charges are charged directly as finance costs to the  

income statement.  

the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the 

equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line 

basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the 

The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases  

shares that will eventually vest allowing for the effect of non-market-

are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the  

based vesting conditions. 

lease term. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a 

pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been  

straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received 

adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of  

and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also 

non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo 

spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Post-employment benefits 

Obligations under defined contribution schemes are recognised  

as an operating cost in the income statement as incurred. 

At the end of the reporting period, the entity revises its estimates  

for the number of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact  

of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement,  

with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The Group also operates a small defined benefit pension scheme and 

Dividends 

other post-employment benefit schemes. The assets of these schemes 

Dividends are recognised through equity when approved by the 

are held separately from the assets of the Group. The costs of providing 

Company’s shareholders or on payment, whichever is earlier. 

benefits under these schemes are determined using the projected unit 

credit actuarial valuation method. 

Provisions 

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has  

a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 

when it can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of 

economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect  

is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected 

future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 

assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate,  

the risks specific to the liability. 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly 

attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown  

in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share 

capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly 

attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from 

equity attributable to the owners of the Company until the shares are 

cancelled or reissued.  

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlements and 

curtailments are included in selling and administrative expenses in the 

income statement. Past service costs are similarly included where the 

benefits have vested, otherwise they are amortised on a straight-line 

basis over the vesting period. The expected return on assets of funded 

defined benefit pension schemes and the imputed interest on pension 

plan liabilities comprise the pension element of the net finance 

cost/income in the income statement. 

Differences between the actual and expected return on assets,  

changes in the post-employment benefit obligation due to experience 

and changes in actuarial assumptions are included in the statement  

of comprehensive income in full in the period in which they arise. 

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined 

benefit pension scheme is the present value of the defined benefit 

obligation and unrecognised past service cost and future administration 

costs at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. 

The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent 

actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is 

determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using 

interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated  

in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms  

to maturity approximate to the terms of the related pension liability. 

The calculation of the defined benefit obligation of a defined benefit  

plan requires estimation of future events, for example salary and 

pension increases, inflation and mortality rates. In the event that future 

experience does not bear out the estimates made in previous years, 

an adjustment will be made to the plan’s defined benefit obligation 

in future periods which could have a material effect on the Group. 

The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities relating to defined benefit 

plans, together with the key assumptions used in the calculation  

of the defined benefit obligations relating to those plans, are disclosed  

in note 8. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting 
estimates and assumptions by management. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying  
the accounting policies. We continually evaluate our estimates, 
assumptions and judgements based on available information.  
The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity  
are described below. 

Revenue recognition 
The key area of judgement in respect of recognising revenue is the 
timing of recognition, specifically in relation to recognition and deferral  
of revenue on support contracts where management assumptions  
and estimates are necessary.  

Goodwill impairment 
The judgements in relation to goodwill impairment testing relate to the 
assumptions applied in calculating the value in use of the operating 
companies being tested for impairment. The key assumptions applied  
in the calculation relates to the future performance expectations of  
the business. The carrying value of goodwill and the key assumptions 
used in performing the annual impairment assessment are disclosed  
in note 5. 

Disposals 
The calculation of the loss on disposal of businesses is an area of 
complexity where management applies judgement. Goodwill allocated 
to the disposals was equal to the goodwill created on original 
acquisition, reflecting benefits associated with the original acquisitions 
no longer remaining within the Group. 

In addition to the loss on disposal noted above, one-off revenue and 
cost items in relation to these disposals have been recognised as 
exceptional in the financial statements. 

The financial performance of the businesses disposed of have not been 
treated as discontinued operations in the period as the products being 
sold do not represent major lines of business or geographical areas.  

Archer Capital litigation 
The claim for damages made by Archer Capital in relation to the 
potential purchase of MYOB is strongly rejected by management.  
On that basis, and with supporting expert legal advice, management  
do not consider there to be a present obligation and the possibility  
of an outflow of resources is remote. As such, no provision or 
contingent liability has been recognised in these financial statements. 

102 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

99 
103

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Results for the year 

1 Segment information 
The Group is organised into three operating segments. The UK is the home country of the parent. The main operations in the principal territories are  
as follows: 

– Europe (France, UK & Ireland, Spain, Germany, Switzerland, Poland and Portugal) 
– Americas (US, Brazil and Canada)  

– AAMEA (Africa, Australia, Middle East and Asia) 

The tables below show a segmental analysis of the results for continuing operations. For information relating to discontinued operations refer to note 15. 

1.1 Revenue by segment 

Year ended 30 September 2013

Year ended 30 September 2012 

IFRS 
statutory 
£m 

Organic 
revenue 
adjustment1
£m 

Non-
GAAP
organic
£m

IFRS
statutory
£m

Currency
impact
£m 

Underlying 
at constant 
currency
£m

Organic 
revenue  
adjustment1 
£m  

Non-GAAP 
organic 
constant 
currency 
£m 

IFRS 
statutory
%

Underlying 
at constant 
currency
%

Change

Non-GAAP 
organic 
constant 
currency
%

Recurring revenue  
by segment 
Europe 
Americas 
AAMEA 
Recurring revenue 

535.2 
357.5 
83.4 

976.1 

(29.0)
(54.0)
(0.4)

506.2
303.5
83.0

(83.4)

892.7

516.1
324.2
82.4
922.7

Software and software-related services (“SSRS”) revenue by segment  
Europe 
241.7 
Americas 
90.7 
AAMEA 
67.6 
SSRS revenue 
400.0 

(14.0)
(17.3)
(0.1)
(31.4)

227.7
73.4
67.5
368.6

259.7
87.5
70.3
417.5

10.6
(1.1)
(6.4)
3.1

2.0
5.9
(6.5)
1.4

526.7
323.1
76.0
925.8

261.7
93.4
63.8
418.9

(43.8) 
(38.9) 
(1.1) 
(83.8) 

(28.5) 
(21.7) 
(1.0) 
(51.2) 

482.9 
284.2 
74.9 
842.0 

233.2 
71.7 
62.8 
367.7 

Total revenue by segment 
Europe 
Americas 
AAMEA 
Total revenue 

776.9 
448.2 
151.0 
1,376.1 

(43.0)
(71.3)
(0.5)

733.9
376.9
150.5
(114.8) 1,261.3

775.8
411.7
152.7
1,340.2

12.6
4.8
(12.9)

788.4
416.5
139.8
4.5 1,344.7

(72.3) 
(60.6) 
(2.1) 

716.1 
355.9 
137.7 
(135.0)  1,209.7 

Notes: 
1  Organic revenue adjustment includes the contributions of current and prior year acquisitions and disposals. 

4%
10%
1%
6%

-7%
4%
-4%
-4%

0%
9%
-1%
3%

2%
11%
10%
5%

-8%
-3%
6%
-5%

-1%
8%
8%
2%

5%
7%
11%
6%

-2%
2%
7%
0%

2%
6%
9%
4%

104
100 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year 

1 Segment information 

as follows: 

1.1 Revenue by segment 

Recurring revenue  

by segment 

Europe 

Americas 

AAMEA 

Recurring revenue 

Europe 

Americas 

AAMEA 

SSRS revenue 

Europe 

Americas 

AAMEA 

Total revenue 

Notes: 

Total revenue by segment 

The Group is organised into three operating segments. The UK is the home country of the parent. The main operations in the principal territories are  

– Europe (France, UK & Ireland, Spain, Germany, Switzerland, Poland and Portugal) 

– Americas (US, Brazil and Canada)  

– AAMEA (Africa, Australia, Middle East and Asia) 

The tables below show a segmental analysis of the results for continuing operations. For information relating to discontinued operations refer to note 15. 

Software and software-related services (“SSRS”) revenue by segment  

Year ended 30 September 2013

Year ended 30 September 2012 

Organic 

revenue 

Non-

GAAP

IFRS

Currency

Underlying 

at constant 

Organic 

revenue  

statutory 

adjustment1

organic

statutory

£m 

£m

£m

impact

£m 

currency

adjustment1 

£m

£m  

Non-GAAP 

organic 

constant 

currency 

£m 

IFRS 

statutory

%

Underlying 

at constant 

currency

%

Change

Non-GAAP 

organic 

constant 

currency

%

(29.0)

(54.0)

(0.4)

506.2

303.5

83.0

(83.4)

892.7

516.1

324.2

82.4

922.7

(14.0)

(17.3)

(0.1)

227.7

259.7

73.4

67.5

87.5

70.3

(31.4)

368.6

417.5

(43.0)

(71.3)

(0.5)

733.9

376.9

150.5

775.8

411.7

152.7

10.6

(1.1)

(6.4)

3.1

2.0

5.9

(6.5)

1.4

12.6

4.8

(12.9)

526.7

323.1

76.0

925.8

261.7

93.4

63.8

418.9

788.4

416.5

139.8

(43.8) 

(38.9) 

(1.1) 

482.9 

284.2 

74.9 

(83.8) 

842.0 

(28.5) 

(21.7) 

(1.0) 

233.2 

71.7 

62.8 

(51.2) 

367.7 

(72.3) 

(60.6) 

(2.1) 

716.1 

355.9 

137.7 

4%

10%

1%

6%

-7%

4%

-4%

-4%

0%

9%

-1%

3%

2%

11%

10%

5%

-8%

-3%

6%

-5%

-1%

8%

8%

2%

5%

7%

11%

6%

-2%

2%

7%

0%

2%

6%

9%

4%

1,376.1 

(114.8) 1,261.3

1,340.2

4.5 1,344.7

(135.0)  1,209.7 

IFRS 

£m 

535.2 

357.5 

83.4 

976.1 

241.7 

90.7 

67.6 

400.0 

776.9 

448.2 

151.0 

1  Organic revenue adjustment includes the contributions of current and prior year acquisitions and disposals. 

1.2 Profit by segment 

Profit by segment 
Europe 
Americas 
AAMEA 
Total profit 

Notes: 

Year ended 30 September 2013

Year ended 30 September 2012 

IFRS 
statutory 
operating 
profit/(loss) 
£m 

Adjustment1 
£m  

Non-GAAP 
EBITA
£m

IFRS 
statutory
 operating 
profit
£m

Non-GAAP 
EBITA 
reported 
£m

Currency 
impact 
£m  

Adjustment1
£m 

Underlying 
Non-GAAP 
EBITA 
constant 
currency 
£m 

IFRS 
statutory 
operating 
profit
%

Non-GAAP 
EBITA 
reported
%

Change 

Underlying 
Non-GAAP
EBITA 
constant 
currency
%

155.7 
(13.7) 
38.5 
180.5 

64.5 
128.7 
2.1 
195.3 

220.2
115.0
40.6
375.8

 207.8 
 96.8 
 40.3 
 344.9 

11.3
9.3
0.9
21.5

219.1
106.1
41.2
366.4

2.9 
1.2 
(3.5) 
0.6 

222.0 
107.3 
37.7 
367.0 

-29%
-105%
-8%
-48%

1%
8%
-1%
3%

-1%
7%
8%
2%

1  Adjustment includes the effects of amortisation of acquired intangible assets, acquisition-related items, fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment and exceptional items.  

Year ended 30 September 2013 

The results by segment from continuing operations were as follows:  
Revenue  

Segment operating profit/(loss) 
Finance income  
Finance costs 
Profit before income tax  
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year  

Note

Europe 
£m

Americas  
£m 

AAMEA 
£m

Group 
£m

776.9

155.7

448.2 

(13.7) 

151.0

38.5

2.4

2.4

3

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

No single customer contributed more than 10% of the Group’s revenue in the current or prior year. 

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP EBITA† to IFRS statutory operating profit/(loss) 

Non-GAAP EBITA†  
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment 
Acquisition-related items 
Exceptional items 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Notes: 
†   EBITA measure (earnings before interest, tax and adjustments) excludes the effects of: 

– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;  
– Acquisition-related items; 
– Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment; and  
– Exceptional items. 

Europe
£m

220.2
(10.0)
–
–
(54.5)
155.7

Americas 
£m 

AAMEA
£m

115.0 
(8.4) 
13.5 
(0.1) 
(133.7) 
(13.7) 

40.6
(0.7)
(1.4)
–
–
38.5

1,376.1

180.5
1.4
(17.8)
164.1
(116.6)

47.5

Group
£m

375.8
(19.1)
12.1
(0.1)
(188.2)
180.5

100 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

105

101 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year continued 

1 Segment information continued 
1.2 Profit by segment continued 

Year ended 30 September 2012  

The results by segment from continuing operations were as follows:  
Revenue  

Segment operating profit  
Finance income  
Finance costs 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit for the year  

Note

Europe 
£m

Americas  
£m 

775.8

207.8

411.7 

96.8 

AAMEA
£m

152.7

40.3

2.4

2.4

3

Year ended 30 September 2012  
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP EBITA† to IFRS statutory operating profit 

Non-GAAP EBITA†  
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Acquisition-related items 

Operating profit 

Europe 
£m

219.1
(10.8)
(0.5)
207.8

Americas  
£m 

106.1 
(5.4) 
(3.9) 
96.8 

AAMEA
£m

41.2
(0.9)
–
40.3

Group 
£m

1,340.2

344.9
2.6
(13.2)

334.3
(95.4)

238.9

Group 
£m

366.4
(17.1)
(4.4)
344.9

2 Profit before income tax 
2.1 Exceptional items 
During the year, a loss on disposal was incurred as a result of the disposal of non-core products. This charge has been separately disclosed on the 
face of the Consolidated income statement.  

An exceptional charge of £2.3m (30 September 2012: £nil) has been included in selling and administrative expenses. These costs were incurred in 
relation to the defence of the Archer litigation case.  

The main components of the exceptional charge are as follows: 

Loss on disposal  
Deferred revenue unwind  
Employee-related costs 
Property-related costs 
Other  
Disposal of non-core products 
Archer litigation costs recognised in selling and administrative expenses 

Total exceptional item 

2013
 £m

(184.6)
5.6
(5.6)
(3.8)
2.5
(185.9)
(2.3)

(188.2)

2012 
£m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

106
102 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2 Operating profit  

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit  

Staff costs  
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment 
Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Loss/(profit) on disposal of intangible assets 
Other operating lease rentals payable 
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses 
Acquisition-related items 
Research and development expenditure  

Note 

2.3

7.1

6

5.2

12.1

12.1

Continuing 
operations
2013
 £m

Discontinued 
operations 
2013 
 £m 

Continuing 
operations
2012 
£m

Discontinued 
operations
2012 
£m

621.9
14.2
20.0
28.5
(12.1)
0.8
0.1
20.9
(0.4)
0.1
144.6

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

610.0
12.0
21.7
25.6
–
0.2
(1.4)
30.9
0.2
4.4
159.4

7.2
1.5
–
–
–
(0.2)
–
–
–
–
1.6

Services provided by the Group’s auditor and network firms 
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor at costs as detailed below: 

During the year, a loss on disposal was incurred as a result of the disposal of non-core products. This charge has been separately disclosed on the 

face of the Consolidated income statement.  

An exceptional charge of £2.3m (30 September 2012: £nil) has been included in selling and administrative expenses. These costs were incurred in 

relation to the defence of the Archer litigation case.  

The main components of the exceptional charge are as follows: 

Total audit fees 
Tax compliance services  
Tax advisory services 
Other non-audit services 
Total fees 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of parent Company and consolidated accounts  
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for audit-related assurance services 

2013 
£m

1.9
0.1
2.0
0.6
0.4
0.3
3.3

2012
£m

1.9
0.1
2.0
0.6
0.1
0.1
2.8

The total audit fee for the Group, including the audit of overseas subsidiaries, was £2.0m (2012: £2.0m).  

The Board’s policy in respect of the procurement of non-audit services for the Group’s auditor is set out on page 66. 

The results by segment from continuing operations were as follows:  

Results for the year continued 

1 Segment information continued 

1.2 Profit by segment continued 

Year ended 30 September 2012  

Revenue  

Segment operating profit  

Finance income  

Finance costs 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year  

Year ended 30 September 2012  

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP EBITA† to IFRS statutory operating profit 

Non-GAAP EBITA†  

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 

Acquisition-related items 

Operating profit 

2 Profit before income tax 

2.1 Exceptional items 

Note

Europe 

£m

Americas  

£m 

775.8

207.8

411.7 

96.8 

AAMEA

£m

152.7

40.3

2.4

2.4

3

Europe 

£m

219.1

(10.8)

(0.5)

207.8

Americas  

£m 

106.1 

(5.4) 

(3.9) 

96.8 

AAMEA

£m

41.2

(0.9)

–

40.3

Group 

£m

1,340.2

344.9

2.6

(13.2)

334.3

(95.4)

238.9

Group 

£m

366.4

(17.1)

(4.4)

344.9

Loss on disposal  

Deferred revenue unwind  

Employee-related costs 

Property-related costs 

Other  

Disposal of non-core products 

Total exceptional item 

Archer litigation costs recognised in selling and administrative expenses 

2013

 £m

(184.6)

5.6

(5.6)

(3.8)

2.5

(185.9)

(2.3)

(188.2)

2012 

£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

102 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

107

103 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year continued 

2 Profit before income tax continued 
2.3 Employees and directors 

Average monthly number of people employed (including directors) 

By geographical location: 
Europe  
Americas  
AAMEA  

Staff costs (including directors on service contracts) 

Wages and salaries  
Social security costs  
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments  

Note

8

14.2

Key management compensation  

Salaries and short-term employee benefits  
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments  

Continuing 
operations 
2013 
number

Discontinued 
operations  
2013  
number 

Continuing 
operations 
2012 
number

Discontinued 
operations 
2012 
number

7,620
3,497
2,124

13,242

– 
– 
– 

– 

7,992
3,066
2,037

13,095

–
98
–

98

Continuing 
operations 
2013 
number

Discontinued 
operations  
2013  
number 

Continuing 
operations 
2012 
number

Discontinued 
operations 
2012 
number

517.1
90.5
11.4
2.9
621.9

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

499.9
96.9
11.9
 1.3 
610.0 

2013 
£m

6.4
0.5
1.3
8.2

 6.3 
 0.9 
 0.1 
(0.1)
 7.2 

2012
£m

5.0
0.5 
0.7
6.2

The key management figures given above include directors. Key management personnel are deemed to be members of the Executive Committee as 
shown on page 19. 

108
104 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year continued 

2 Profit before income tax continued 

2.3 Employees and directors 

Average monthly number of people employed (including directors) 

By geographical location: 

Europe  

Americas  

AAMEA  

Staff costs (including directors on service contracts) 

Wages and salaries  

Social security costs  

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payments  

Key management compensation  

Salaries and short-term employee benefits  

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payments  

Continuing 

operations 

2013 

number

Discontinued 

operations  

2013  

number 

Continuing 

operations 

2012 

number

Discontinued 

operations 

2012 

number

7,620

3,497

2,124

13,242

2013 

number

517.1

90.5

11.4

2.9

621.9

Note

8

14.2

Continuing 

operations 

Discontinued 

operations  

Continuing 

operations 

Discontinued 

operations 

2013  

number 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7,992

3,066

2,037

13,095

2012 

number

499.9

96.9

11.9

 1.3 

610.0 

2013 

£m

6.4

0.5

1.3

8.2

98

–

–

98

2012 

number

 6.3 

 0.9 

 0.1 

(0.1)

 7.2 

2012

£m

5.0

0.5 

0.7

6.2

The key management figures given above include directors. Key management personnel are deemed to be members of the Executive Committee as 

shown on page 19. 

2.4 Finance income and costs  

Finance income: interest income on short-term deposits 

Finance costs: 
Finance costs on bank borrowings 
Finance costs on US senior loan notes 
Amortisation of issue costs  
Imputed interest on put and call arrangement to acquire non-controlling interest and deferred consideration 
Finance costs 

Finance costs – net 

3 Income tax expense 

Analysis of charge in the year  

Current tax  
– Current tax on profit for the year 
– Adjustment in respect of prior years  

Current tax 

Deferred tax 
– Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
– Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Deferred tax 

The current year tax charge is split into the following: 
Underlying tax charge 
Tax charged on exceptional items 

Income tax expense 

2013 
£m

1.4

(1.4)
(14.4)
(0.9)
(1.1)
(17.8)

2012 
£m

2.6

(3.0)
(8.6)
(1.1)
(0.5)
(13.2)

(16.4)

(10.6)

2013
£m

136.6
(6.3)

130.3

(13.6)
(0.1)
(13.7)

99.2
17.4

116.6

2012
£m

115.4
(15.0)
100.4

–
(5.0)
(5.0)

–
–

95.4

Note 

9 

The majority of the current tax adjustment in respect of prior years of £6.3m (2012: £15.0m) reflects the resolution of a number of historical tax matters 
with the tax authorities.  

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

104 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

109

105 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year continued 

3 Income tax expense continued 

Tax on items credited to other comprehensive income 
Deferred tax charge/(credit) on actuarial loss on post-employment benefit obligations 
Deferred tax charge on share options  

Total tax on items charged to other comprehensive income/equity 

The tax for the year is higher (2012: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2012: 25%) 
The differences are explained below: 
Profit on ordinary activities before income tax 
Exceptional items 

Note 

2.1 

Profit on ordinary activities before income tax before exceptional items 
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2012: 25%)  
Tax effects of: 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates  
Non-deductible expenses and permanent items net of non-taxable income and other credits 
Utilisation of unrecognised losses 
Tax on ordinary activities 
Tax charged on exceptional loss on disposal 

Total income tax 

2013
£m

0.4
–
0.4

2013
£m
164.1
188.2

352.3
82.8

(6.4)
24.1
1.1
(2.4)
99.2
17.4

116.6

2012
£m

(1.0)
1.7
0.7

2012
£m
334.3
–

334.4
83.6

(20.0)
21.0
10.8
–
95.4
–

95.4

4 Earnings per share and dividends 
4.1 Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, 
excluding those held as treasury shares, which are treated as cancelled. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise  
price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s 
long-term incentive plan. For performance-related share plans, a calculation is performed to determine the satisfaction, or otherwise, of the forecast 
performance conditions at the end of the reporting period, and the number of shares which would be issued based on the forecast status at the end 
of the reporting period. 

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares  

Underlying 
2013

Underlying  
2012 

Statutory
2013

Statutory
 2012

Earnings (£m) 
Profit for the year from continuing operations 
Profit for the year from discontinued operations  

Number of shares (millions) 
Weighted average number of shares 
Dilutive effects of shares 

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share (pence) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings per share (pence) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

260.3
–
260.3

1,168.8
2.0
1,170.8

22.27
–
22.27

22.23
–

22.23

254.8 
1.2 
256.0 

46.4
–
46.4

 1,282.2  
 1.9  

1,284.1 

1,168.8
2.0
1,170.8

 19.87  
 0.09  

 19.96  

 19.84  
 0.09  

 19.93  

3.97
–
3.97

3.96
–

3.96

238.9
57.8
296.7

 1,282.2 
 1.9 

1,284.1

 18.63 
 4.51 

 23.14 

18.60
4.50

23.10

110
106 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results for the year continued 

3 Income tax expense continued 

Tax on items credited to other comprehensive income 

Deferred tax charge/(credit) on actuarial loss on post-employment benefit obligations 

Deferred tax charge on share options  

Total tax on items charged to other comprehensive income/equity 

The tax for the year is higher (2012: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2012: 25%) 

Profit on ordinary activities before income tax before exceptional items 

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23.5% (2012: 25%)  

Non-deductible expenses and permanent items net of non-taxable income and other credits 

The differences are explained below: 

Profit on ordinary activities before income tax 

Exceptional items 

Tax effects of: 

Adjustment in respect of prior years 

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates  

Utilisation of unrecognised losses 

Tax on ordinary activities 

Tax charged on exceptional loss on disposal 

Total income tax 

4 Earnings per share and dividends 

4.1 Earnings per share 

Note 

2.1 

2013

£m

0.4

–

0.4

2013

£m

164.1

188.2

352.3

82.8

(6.4)

24.1

1.1

(2.4)

99.2

17.4

116.6

2012

£m

(1.0)

1.7

0.7

2012

£m

334.3

–

334.4

83.6

(20.0)

21.0

10.8

95.4

–

–

95.4

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, 

excluding those held as treasury shares, which are treated as cancelled. 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 

ordinary shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential ordinary shares: those share options granted to employees where the exercise  

price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year and the contingently issuable shares under the Group’s 

long-term incentive plan. For performance-related share plans, a calculation is performed to determine the satisfaction, or otherwise, of the forecast 

performance conditions at the end of the reporting period, and the number of shares which would be issued based on the forecast status at the end 

of the reporting period. 

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares  

Underlying 

2013

Underlying  

2012 

Statutory

2013

Statutory

 2012

Earnings (£m) 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations  

Number of shares (millions) 

Weighted average number of shares 

Dilutive effects of shares 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share (pence) 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings per share (pence) 

Continuing operations 

Discontinued operations 

260.3

–

260.3

254.8 

1.2 

256.0 

46.4

–

46.4

238.9

57.8

296.7

1,168.8

 1,282.2  

1,168.8

 1,282.2 

2.0

 1.9  

2.0

 1.9 

1,170.8

1,284.1 

1,170.8

1,284.1

22.27

22.27

22.23

–

–

22.23

 19.87  

 0.09  

 19.96  

 19.84  

 0.09  

 19.93  

3.97

–

3.97

3.96

–

3.96

 18.63 

 4.51 

 23.14 

18.60

4.50

23.10

Reconciliation between statutory and underlying earnings per share 

IFRS statutory profit for the year from continuing operations 
Adjustments: 
Earnings – trading from discontinued operations 
Intangible amortisation excluding amortisation of computer software  
Acquisition-related items 
Goodwill impairment and fair value adjustments 
Exceptional items 
Imputed interest on put and call arrangement to acquire non-controlling interest and deferred consideration 
Taxation on adjustments 
Net adjustments 
Earnings – underlying (before exchange movement) 
Exchange movement 
Taxation on exchange movement 

Net exchange movement 
Earnings – underlying (after exchange movement) 

2013
 £m

46.4

–
19.1
0.1
(12.1)
188.2
1.2
17.4
213.9
260.3
–
–

–
260.3

Exchange movement relates to the retranslation of prior year results to current year exchange rates as shown in the table on page 30 within the 
financial review. 

4.2 Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2012 of 6.67p per share 
(2012: final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2011 of 7.07p per share) 

Interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2013 of 3.69p per share 
(2012: interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2012 of 3.48p per share) 

Special dividend paid of 17.1p per share 

2013
 £m

79.3
–

42.8
–

198.7

320.8

2012 
£m

238.9

1.9
17.1
4.4
–
–
0.5
(7.0)
16.9
255.8
0.3
(0.1)

0.2
256.0

2012 
£m

–
92.1

–
44.4

–
136.5

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2013 of 7.44p per share which will  
absorb an estimated £82.8m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 10 March 2014 to shareholders who are on the register of members on  
14 February 2014. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

106 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

111

107 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities 

5 Intangible assets  
5.1 Goodwill 

Cost at 1 October 
– Additions  
– Disposals  
– Exchange movement  
At 30 September  

Impairment at 1 October 
– Impairment in the year 

At 30 September 

Note 

16.7  

16.7  

2013 
£m

1,814.4
11.8
(319.0)
9.4
1,516.6

–
1.4

1.4

2012 
£m

1,736.3
150.0
–
(71.9)
1,814.4

–
–

–

Net book amount at 30 September 

1,515.2

1,814.4

Details of acquisitions and disposals in the year are shown in note 16. During the year, goodwill was reviewed for impairment in accordance with  
IAS 36. For the purposes of this impairment review, goodwill for continuing operations has been valued on the basis of discounted future cash flows 
arising in each relevant CGU. 

Goodwill impairment tests 
The following table shows the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill at the end of the reporting period by CGU: 

France 
UK & Ireland 
Spain  
Sage Pay Europe 
Germany  
Switzerland  
Poland  
Portugal 
North America  
– Sage Business Solutions Division 
– Sage Payment Solutions Division 
Brazil 
South Africa  
Australia  
Asia  

2013 
£m

212.2
180.6
121.2
25.1
26.4
34.7
6.5
4.1

533.2
156.1
130.8
40.6
24.8
18.9

1,515.2

2012
£m

253.7
195.4
124.2
27.4
25.2
33.6
6.4
4.7

765.2
156.6
133.5
44.0
24.2
20.3
1,814.4

The Group conducts annual impairment tests on the carrying value of goodwill, based on the recoverable amount of CGUs to which goodwill has been 
allocated. The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations are 
the discount rate applied, the long-term operating margin (EBITA) and the long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows. In all cases, the approved 
budget for the following financial year formed the basis for the cash flow projections for a CGU. The approved cash flow projections in the four financial 
years following the budget year reflected management’s expectations of the medium-term operating performance of the CGU and growth prospects 
in the CGU’s market. 

– The discount rate applied to a CGU represents a pre-tax rate that reflects the market assessment of the time value of money at the end of the 
reporting period and the risks specific to the CGU. The discount rates applied to CGUs were in the range of 4.4% (2012: 7.3%) to 13.65%  
(2012: 22.7%). 

– The long-term operating margin assumed for a CGU’s operations is primarily based on past performance. For some CGUs, those for 
which management has strong reason to believe that past operating margins are not indicative of future operating margins, expected 
future improvements are also included in management’s assessment of the long-term operating margin. The long-term operating margin applied  
to CGUs was in the range of 20% (2012: 21%) to 47% (2012: 62%).  

– Long-term growth rates of net operating cash flows are assumed equal to the long-term growth rate in the gross domestic product of the country  

in which the CGU’s operations are undertaken and were in the range of 1.8% (2012: 1.8%) to 5.8% (2012: 5.5%). 

112
108 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities 

5 Intangible assets  

5.1 Goodwill 

Cost at 1 October 

– Additions  

– Disposals  

– Exchange movement  

At 30 September  

Impairment at 1 October 

– Impairment in the year 

At 30 September 

arising in each relevant CGU. 

Goodwill impairment tests 

– Sage Business Solutions Division 

– Sage Payment Solutions Division 

France 

UK & Ireland 

Spain  

Sage Pay Europe 

Germany  

Switzerland  

Poland  

Portugal 

North America  

Brazil 

South Africa  

Australia  

Asia  

in the CGU’s market. 

(2012: 22.7%). 

Net book amount at 30 September 

1,515.2

1,814.4

Details of acquisitions and disposals in the year are shown in note 16. During the year, goodwill was reviewed for impairment in accordance with  

IAS 36. For the purposes of this impairment review, goodwill for continuing operations has been valued on the basis of discounted future cash flows 

The following table shows the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill at the end of the reporting period by CGU: 

The Group conducts annual impairment tests on the carrying value of goodwill, based on the recoverable amount of CGUs to which goodwill has been 

allocated. The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions in the value-in-use calculations are 

the discount rate applied, the long-term operating margin (EBITA) and the long-term growth rate of net operating cash flows. In all cases, the approved 

budget for the following financial year formed the basis for the cash flow projections for a CGU. The approved cash flow projections in the four financial 

years following the budget year reflected management’s expectations of the medium-term operating performance of the CGU and growth prospects 

– The discount rate applied to a CGU represents a pre-tax rate that reflects the market assessment of the time value of money at the end of the 

reporting period and the risks specific to the CGU. The discount rates applied to CGUs were in the range of 4.4% (2012: 7.3%) to 13.65%  

– The long-term operating margin assumed for a CGU’s operations is primarily based on past performance. For some CGUs, those for 

which management has strong reason to believe that past operating margins are not indicative of future operating margins, expected 

future improvements are also included in management’s assessment of the long-term operating margin. The long-term operating margin applied  

to CGUs was in the range of 20% (2012: 21%) to 47% (2012: 62%).  

– Long-term growth rates of net operating cash flows are assumed equal to the long-term growth rate in the gross domestic product of the country  

in which the CGU’s operations are undertaken and were in the range of 1.8% (2012: 1.8%) to 5.8% (2012: 5.5%). 

Note 

16.7  

16.7  

2013 

£m

1,814.4

11.8

(319.0)

9.4

1,516.6

–

1.4

1.4

2012 

£m

1,736.3

150.0

(71.9)

1,814.4

–

–

–

–

2013 

£m

212.2

180.6

121.2

25.1

26.4

34.7

6.5

4.1

533.2

156.1

130.8

40.6

24.8

18.9

2012

£m

253.7

195.4

124.2

27.4

25.2

33.6

6.4

4.7

765.2

156.6

133.5

44.0

24.2

20.3

1,515.2

1,814.4

5.2 Other intangible assets 

Cost at 1 October 2012 
– Additions  
– Disposal of subsidiaries 
– Disposals  
– Exchange movement 
At 30 September 2013 

Accumulated amortisation  
at 1 October 2012 
– Charge for the year  
– Disposals  
– Disposal of subsidiaries 
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013  

Net book amount  
at 30 September 2013 

Cost at 1 October 2011 
– Additions  
– Acquisition of subsidiaries  
– Disposals  
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012 

Accumulated amortisation  
at 1 October 2011 
– Charge for the year  
– Disposals  
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012 

Net book amount  
at 30 September 2012 

Brands 
£m

Technology 
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D 
£m

Internal  
IPR&D  
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships 
£m

40.5
–
(2.3)
–
0.4
38.6

18.4
2.7
–
(0.9)
0.3
20.5

97.9
–
(10.5)
–
0.8
88.2

64.3
8.6
–
(9.1)
1.3
65.1

18.1

23.1

0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

–

35.9
–
6.8
–
(2.2)
40.5

16.3
3.1
–
(1.0)
18.4

81.9
–
20.5
–
(4.5)
97.9

61.2
6.6
–
(3.5)
64.3

22.1

33.6

0.4
–
–
–
–
0.4

0.4
–
–
–
0.4

–

5.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5.6 

5.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5.6 

52.9 
9.6 
(1.8) 
(0.2) 
(0.2) 
60.3 

13.9 
9.4 
(0.2) 
(1.6) 
(0.6) 
20.9 

121.2
–
(13.0)
–
0.4
108.6

76.1
7.8
–
(9.0)
0.8
75.7

Total 
£m

318.5
9.6
(27.6)
(0.2)
1.4
301.7

178.7
28.5
(0.2)
(20.6)
1.8
188.2

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

– 

39.4 

32.9

113.5

5.6 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5.6 

5.6 
– 
– 
– 
5.6 

52.5 
6.9 
0.6 
(5.2) 
(1.9) 
52.9 

10.8 
8.5 
(5.1) 
(0.3) 
13.9 

108.2
3.9
14.3
–
(5.2)
121.2

72.1
7.4
–
(3.4)
76.1

Total 
£m

284.5
10.8
42.2
(5.2)
(13.8)
318.5

166.4
25.6
(5.1)
(8.2)
178.7

– 

39.0 

45.1

139.8

Brands 
£m

Technology 
£m

Acquired 
IPR&D 
£m

Internal  
IPR&D  
£m 

Computer 
software  
£m 

Customer 
relationships 
£m

All amortisation charges relating to continuing operations in the year have been charged through selling and administrative expenses.  

108 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

113

109 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

6 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost at 1 October 2012 
– Additions  
– Disposals  
– Acquisition of subsidiaries 
– Disposal of subsidiaries 
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013 

Accumulated depreciation at 1 October 2012 
– Charge for the year  
– Disposals  
– Disposal of subsidiaries 
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013 

Net book amount at 30 September 2013  

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant and 
equipment  
£m 

Motor vehicles 
and office 
equipment 
£m

99.5
1.2
(3.7)
–
(2.8)
(0.1)
94.1

13.8
3.4
(0.9)
(1.0)
–
15.3

78.8

141.9 
8.9 
(5.0) 
0.1 
(3.9) 
(0.4) 
141.6 

102.5 
11.7 
(4.3) 
(3.5) 
– 
106.4 

55.3
4.0
(3.4)
0.1
(2.5)
0.6
54.1

38.2
4.9
(3.0)
(1.1)
0.3
39.3

141.4 
11.3 
(8.2) 
1.0 
(3.6) 
141.9 

101.2 
11.9 
(8.0) 
(2.6) 
102.5 

56.4
5.6
(4.5)
0.4
(2.6)
55.3

38.0
6.0
(4.1)
(1.7)
38.2

Total 
£m

296.7
14.1
(12.1)
0.2
(9.2)
0.1
289.8

154.5
20.0
(8.2)
(5.6)
0.3
161.0

Total 
£m

296.0
19.3
(13.1)
1.5
(7.0)
296.7

149.6
21.7
(12.3)
(4.5)
154.5

Assets held under finance leases with a net book value of £1.9m (2012: £2.2m) are included in the above table. 

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant and 
equipment  
£m 

Motor vehicles 
and office 
equipment 
£m

35.2 

14.8

128.8

Cost at 1 October 2011 
– Additions  
– Disposals  
– Acquisition of subsidiaries 
– Exchange movement 
At 30 September 2012 

Accumulated depreciation at 1 October 2011 
– Charge for the year  
– Disposals  
– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012 

Net book amount at 30 September 2012 

98.2
2.4
(0.4)
0.1
(0.8)
99.5

10.4
3.8
(0.2)
(0.2)
13.8

85.7

39.4 

17.1

142.2

Depreciation expenses from continuing operations of £20.0m (2012: £21.7m) have been charged through selling and administrative expenses  
(note 2.2). 

114
110 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

Accumulated depreciation at 1 October 2012 

Cost at 1 October 2012 

– Additions  

– Disposals  

– Acquisition of subsidiaries 

– Disposal of subsidiaries 

– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013 

– Charge for the year  

– Disposals  

– Disposal of subsidiaries 

– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013 

Cost at 1 October 2011 

– Additions  

– Disposals  

– Acquisition of subsidiaries 

– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012 

– Charge for the year  

– Disposals  

– Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012 

(note 2.2). 

Accumulated depreciation at 1 October 2011 

£m 

141.9 

8.9 

(5.0) 

0.1 

(3.9) 

(0.4) 

141.6 

102.5 

11.7 

(4.3) 

(3.5) 

– 

106.4 

£m 

141.4 

11.3 

(8.2) 

1.0 

(3.6) 

141.9 

101.2 

11.9 

(8.0) 

(2.6) 

102.5 

£m

55.3

4.0

(3.4)

0.1

(2.5)

0.6

54.1

38.2

4.9

(3.0)

(1.1)

0.3

39.3

£m

56.4

5.6

(4.5)

0.4

(2.6)

55.3

38.0

6.0

(4.1)

(1.7)

38.2

Total 

£m

296.7

14.1

(12.1)

0.2

(9.2)

0.1

289.8

154.5

20.0

(8.2)

(5.6)

0.3

161.0

Total 

£m

296.0

19.3

(13.1)

1.5

(7.0)

296.7

149.6

21.7

(12.3)

(4.5)

154.5

£m

99.5

1.2

(3.7)

–

(2.8)

(0.1)

94.1

13.8

3.4

(0.9)

(1.0)

–

15.3

78.8

£m

98.2

2.4

(0.4)

0.1

(0.8)

99.5

10.4

3.8

(0.2)

(0.2)

13.8

85.7

Net book amount at 30 September 2012 

39.4 

17.1

142.2

Depreciation expenses from continuing operations of £20.0m (2012: £21.7m) have been charged through selling and administrative expenses  

6 Property, plant and equipment 

Land and 

buildings 

Plant and 

equipment  

Motor vehicles 

and office 

equipment 

7 Working capital  
7.1 Inventories 

Materials  
Finished goods  

2013 
£m

0.5
1.7

2.2

The Group consumed £14.2m (2012: £12.0m) of inventories, included in cost of sales, during the year. There was no material write down of 
inventories during the current or prior year. 

7.2 Trade and other receivables 

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment of receivables  

Trade receivables – net  
Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income  

2013
 £m

302.3
(27.7)

274.6
22.8
13.8

311.2

 2012 
£m

0.6
1.9

2.5

2012 
£m

300.5
(30.3)

270.2
14.9
17.7
302.8

Net book amount at 30 September 2013  

35.2 

14.8

128.8

Assets held under finance leases with a net book value of £1.9m (2012: £2.2m) are included in the above table. 

Land and 

buildings 

Plant and 

equipment  

Motor vehicles 

and office 

equipment 

The Group’s credit risk on trade and other receivables is primarily attributable to trade receivables. The Group has no significant concentrations of 
credit risk since the risk is spread over a large number of unrelated counterparties. The directors estimate that the carrying value of financial assets 
within trade and other receivables approximated their fair value. 

The Group considers the credit quality of trade and other receivables by geographical location. The Group considers that the carrying value of the 
trade and other receivables that is disclosed below gives a fair presentation of the credit quality of the assets. This is considered to be the case as 
there is a low risk of default due to the high number of recurring customers and credit control policies; thus the carrying value is expected to be the 
final value received.  

Trade and other receivables by geographical location: 

Europe  
Americas 
AAMEA 

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows: 

At 1 October 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
Increase in provision for receivables impairment 
Receivables written-off during the year as uncollectible 
Unused amounts reversed 
Exchange movement 

At 30 September 

2013 
£m

203.7
72.8
20.9

297.4

2013 
£m

30.3
–
(2.3)
10.0
(6.0)
(3.5)
(0.8)
27.7

 2012
£m

203.2
62.4
19.5
285.1

 2012 
£m

29.2
0.5
–
9.9
(3.3)
(4.1)
(1.9)
30.3

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

110 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

115

111 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

7 Working capital continued 
7.2 Trade and other receivables continued 
In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers the ageing of each receivable and any change in the circumstances of the 
individual receivables. The directors believe that there is no further provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts. 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in selling and administrative expenses in the income statement. 
Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written-off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash. 

At 30 September 2013, trade receivables of £33.4m (2012: £36.4m) were either partially or fully impaired.  

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 

Not due 
Less than six months past due 
More than six months past due  

Trade receivables which were past their due date but not impaired at 30 September 2013 were £41.1m (2012: £44.8m).  

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 

Less than six months past due 
More than six months past due  

2013 
£m

3.1
7.3
23.0
33.4

2013 
£m

41.1
5.2
46.3

 2012 
£m

3.7
7.7
25.0
36.4

 2012 
£m

41.0
3.8
44.8

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the fair value of each class of receivables mentioned above. The Group held 
no collateral as security. The directors estimate that the carrying value of trade receivables approximated their fair value. 

7.3 Trade and other payables 

Trade payables  
Other tax and social security payable  
Other payables 
Accruals  

2013 
£m

46.4
63.8
46.5
130.9
287.6

2012 
£m

40.2
64.3
31.3
123.2
259.0

116
112 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

7 Working capital continued 

7.2 Trade and other receivables continued 

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers the ageing of each receivable and any change in the circumstances of the 

individual receivables. The directors believe that there is no further provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts. 

The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in selling and administrative expenses in the income statement. 

Amounts charged to the allowance account are generally written-off when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash. 

At 30 September 2013, trade receivables of £33.4m (2012: £36.4m) were either partially or fully impaired.  

Trade receivables which were past their due date but not impaired at 30 September 2013 were £41.1m (2012: £44.8m).  

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the fair value of each class of receivables mentioned above. The Group held 

no collateral as security. The directors estimate that the carrying value of trade receivables approximated their fair value. 

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 

Not due 

Less than six months past due 

More than six months past due  

The ageing of these receivables was as follows: 

Less than six months past due 

More than six months past due  

7.3 Trade and other payables 

Other tax and social security payable  

Trade payables  

Other payables 

Accruals  

2013 

£m

3.1

7.3

23.0

33.4

2013 

£m

41.1

5.2

46.3

2013 

£m

46.4

63.8

46.5

130.9

287.6

 2012 

£m

3.7

7.7

25.0

36.4

 2012 

£m

41.0

3.8

44.8

2012 

£m

40.2

64.3

31.3

123.2

259.0

8 Post-employment benefits 
The Group has established a number of pension schemes around the world covering many of its employees. All of these schemes are defined contribution 
schemes with the exception of a small defined benefit pension scheme in Switzerland and another post-employment defined benefit scheme in France. 
Under French legislation, the Group is required to make one-off payments to employees in France who reach retirement age while still in employment.  

Pension costs 

Defined contribution schemes 
Defined benefit plans 

Note 

2.3 

Defined benefit plans  
The most recent actuarial valuations of the post-employment benefit plans were performed by Ernst & Young in October 2013.  

Weighted average principal assumptions made by the actuaries 

Rate of increase in pensionable salaries  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment and deferred pensions  
Discount rate  
Inflation assumption  
Expected return on plan assets  

Mortality rate assumptions made by the actuaries 

Average life expectancy for 65-year-old male 
Average life expectancy for 65-year-old female 
Average life expectancy for 45-year-old male 
Average life expectancy for 45-year-old female 

Amounts recognised in the balance sheet  

Present value of funded obligations  
Fair value of plan assets  
Net liability recognised in the balance sheet  

2013 
£m

9.2
2.2
11.4

2013 
%

2.90
0.00
2.55
1.55
2.50

2013 
years

20.8
25.0
32.9
39.2

2013 
£m

(30.3)
17.4
(12.9)

The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectation at the beginning of the period for returns over the entire life of the 
benefit obligation. 

Major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets 

Bonds 
Equities  
Property  
Other  

£m

9.2
4.8
–
3.4
17.4

2013  
% 

52.9 
27.6 
– 
19.5 
100.0 

£m

9.3
2.3
1.1
3.8
16.5

2012 
£m

10.0
1.9
11.9

2012 
%

 2.90 
 0.00 
 2.80 
 1.50 
 2.10 

2012 
years

 20.0 
 24.7 
 32.5 
 39.0 

2012
£m

(30.8)
16.5
(14.3)

2012
%

56.4
13.9
6.7
23.0
100.0

The expected return on plan assets is determined by considering the expected returns available on the assets underlying the current investment policy. 
Expected yields on fixed interest investments are based on gross redemption yields at the end of the reporting period. Expected returns on equity and 
property investments reflect long-term real rates of return experienced in the respective markets. 

Expected contributions to post-employment benefit plans for the year ending 30 September 2014 are £1.6m (2012: expected contributions year 
ending 30 September 2013 £0.6m). 

Amounts recognised in the income statement  

Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Current service cost  
Total included within staff costs  

The entire cost is included within selling and administrative expenses.  

2013 
£m

(0.8)
0.4
(1.8)
(2.2)

2012 
£m

(0.9)
0.4
(1.4)
(1.9)

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

112 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

117

113 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

8 Post-employment benefits continued 

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation  

At 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Disposal 
Service cost  
Plan participant contributions 
Interest cost  
Benefits paid 
Curtailments 
Actuarial gain/(loss) on benefit obligation  
At 30 September  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets 

At 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Expected return on plan assets  
Employer’s contributions  
Employees’ contributions  
Disposal 
Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets  

At 30 September  

Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet liability 

At 1 October  
Exchange movement  
Disposal 
Total expense as recognised in the income statement 
Benefits paid/curtailments 
Contributions paid  
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
At 30 September  

History of experience gains and losses  

Present value of defined benefit obligation  
Fair value of plan assets  
Deficit  
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities  
Experience adjustments on plan assets 

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised outside profit or loss 

At 1 October 
Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the year (before tax) 
At 30 September 

2013 
£m

(30.8)
(1.8)
2.3
(1.8)
(0.7)
(0.8)
2.2
0.4
0.7
(30.3)

2013
£m

16.5
0.5
0.4
0.9
0.7
(2.0)
0.4

17.4

2013 
£m

(14.3)
(1.3)
0.3
(2.2)
2.6
0.9
1.1
(12.9)

2010 
£m

(26.2)
14.9
(11.3)
0.1
0.2

2013 
£m

(1.3)
1.1
(0.2)

2012 
£m

(29.5)
2.2
–
(1.4)
(0.7)
(0.9)
–
–
(0.5)
(30.8)

2012
£m

17.8
(1.2)
0.4
0.9
0.7
–
(2.1)
16.5

2012 
£m

(11.7)
1.0
–
(1.9)
–
0.9
(2.6)
(14.3)

2009 
£m

(31.7)
19.9
(11.8)
(0.2)
0.5

2012
£m

1.3
(2.6)
(1.3)

2013 
£m

(30.3)
17.4
(12.9)
0.7
0.4

2012 
£m

(30.8)
16.5
(14.3)
0.5
2.1

2011  
£m 

(29.5) 
17.8 
(11.7) 
(1.5) 
0.5 

118
114 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Deferred income tax 
Deferred income tax has been calculated at 21.0% (2012: 23%) in respect of UK companies (being the corporation tax rate at which timing differences  
are expected to reverse) and at the prevailing rates for the overseas subsidiaries.  

The Finance Act 2013, which was substantively enacted on 17 July 2013, includes legislation reducing the main rate of UK corporation tax to 21% 
from 1 April 2014. As such, deferred tax balances at 30 September 2013 have been calculated using a rate of 21%.  

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below: 

At 1 October  
Income statement credit 
Disposal of subsidiaries  
Income tax on discontinued operations 
Exchange movement 
Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 
Transfer from current income tax liabilities 
At 30 September  

2013 
£m

(19.5)
13.7
4.8
–
(2.0)
(1.4)
–
(4.4)

2012 
£m

6.0
5.0
(10.7)
(16.2)
(0.1)
(0.7)
(2.8)
(19.5)

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets because it is 
probable that these assets will be recovered. These have been included within the “Other” category. 

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax  
is expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future.  

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (prior to the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by IAS 12, “Income 
Taxes”) during the year are shown below.  

Operating assets and liabilities continued 

8 Post-employment benefits continued 

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation  

At 1 October  

Exchange movement  

Disposal 

Service cost  

Interest cost  

Benefits paid 

Curtailments 

Plan participant contributions 

Actuarial gain/(loss) on benefit obligation  

At 30 September  

Changes in the fair value of plan assets 

At 1 October  

Exchange movement  

Expected return on plan assets  

Employer’s contributions  

Employees’ contributions  

Disposal 

Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets  

At 30 September  

Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet liability 

Total expense as recognised in the income statement 

At 1 October  

Exchange movement  

Disposal 

Benefits paid/curtailments 

Contributions paid  

Actuarial gain/(loss) 

At 30 September  

History of experience gains and losses  

Present value of defined benefit obligation  

Fair value of plan assets  

Deficit  

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities  

Experience adjustments on plan assets 

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised outside profit or loss 

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in the year (before tax) 

At 1 October 

At 30 September 

2013 

£m

(30.8)

(1.8)

2.3

(1.8)

(0.7)

(0.8)

2.2

0.4

0.7

(30.3)

2013

£m

16.5

0.5

0.4

0.9

0.7

(2.0)

0.4

17.4

2013 

£m

(14.3)

(1.3)

0.3

(2.2)

2.6

0.9

1.1

(12.9)

2010 

£m

(26.2)

14.9

(11.3)

0.1

0.2

2013 

£m

(1.3)

1.1

(0.2)

2012 

£m

(29.5)

2.2

–

(1.4)

(0.7)

(0.9)

–

–

(0.5)

(30.8)

2012

£m

17.8

(1.2)

0.4

0.9

0.7

–

(2.1)

16.5

2012 

£m

(11.7)

1.0

(1.9)

–

–

0.9

(2.6)

(14.3)

2009 

£m

(31.7)

19.9

(11.8)

(0.2)

0.5

2012

£m

1.3

(2.6)

(1.3)

2013 

£m

(30.3)

17.4

(12.9)

0.7

0.4

2012 

£m

(30.8)

16.5

(14.3)

0.5

2.1

2011  

£m 

(29.5) 

17.8 

(11.7) 

(1.5) 

0.5 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

114 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

119

115 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities continued 

9 Deferred income tax continued 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. 

Assets 

At 1 October 2012 
Income statement credit 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
Reclassification to deferred tax liability 
Reclassification to other deferred tax 
Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 
Exchange movement 
At 30 September 2013  

Liabilities 
At 1 October 2012 
Income statement credit/(charge) 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
Reclassification from deferred tax asset 
Reclassification to other deferred tax 
Exchange movement 
Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 
At 30 September 2013 

Intangible  
assets  
£m 

(1.2) 
3.2 
– 
(11.2) 
0.2 
– 
– 
(9.0) 

(19.9) 
3.0 
0.4 
11.2 
(7.8) 
0.8 
– 
(12.3) 

Other 
£m

11.2
1.5
4.4
14.0
(0.2)
(1.3)
(1.9)
27.7

(9.6)
6.0
–
(14.0)
7.8
(0.9)
(0.1)
(10.8)

Total 
£m

10.0
4.7
4.4
2.8
–
(1.3)
(1.9)
18.7

(29.5)
9.0
0.4
(2.8)
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
(23.1)

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset at 30 September 2013 

(21.3) 

16.9

(4.4)

120
116 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Deferred income tax continued 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net. 

Operating assets and liabilities continued 

Assets 

At 1 October 2012 

Income statement credit 

Disposal of subsidiaries 

Reclassification to deferred tax liability 

Reclassification to other deferred tax 

Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 

Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2013  

Liabilities 

At 1 October 2012 

Income statement credit/(charge) 

Disposal of subsidiaries 

Reclassification from deferred tax asset 

Reclassification to other deferred tax 

Exchange movement 

Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 

At 30 September 2013 

Intangible  

assets  

£m 

(1.2) 

3.2 

– 

(11.2) 

0.2 

– 

– 

(9.0) 

(19.9) 

3.0 

0.4 

11.2 

(7.8) 

0.8 

– 

(12.3) 

Other 

£m

11.2

1.5

4.4

14.0

(0.2)

(1.3)

(1.9)

27.7

(9.6)

6.0

–

(14.0)

7.8

(0.9)

(0.1)

(10.8)

Total 

£m

10.0

4.7

4.4

2.8

–

(1.3)

(1.9)

18.7

(29.5)

9.0

0.4

(2.8)

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(23.1)

Assets 

At 1 October 2011 
Income statement credit 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Reclassification to deferred tax liability 
Reclassification to other deferred tax 
Income tax on discontinued operations 
Exchange movement 

At 30 September 2012  

Liabilities 
At 1 October 2011 
Income statement credit/(charge) 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Reclassification from deferred tax asset 
Reclassification to other deferred tax 
Exchange movement 
Other comprehensive income/equity movement in deferred tax 
Transfer from current income tax liabilities 
At 30 September 2012 

Intangible  
assets  
£m 

(21.6) 
0.1 
(0.2) 
(10.9) 
(0.5) 
31.9 
– 
(1.2) 

(21.6) 
6.0 
(16.6) 
10.9 
(0.5) 
1.9 
– 
– 
(19.9) 

Other 
£m

42.3
0.7
0.1
15.8
0.5
(48.1)
(0.1)
11.2

6.9
(1.8)
6.0
(15.8)
0.5
(1.9)
(0.7)
(2.8)
(9.6)

Total 
£m

20.7
0.8
(0.1)
4.9
–
(16.2)
(0.1)
10.0

(14.7)
4.2
(10.6)
(4.9)
–
–
(0.7)
(2.8)
(29.5)

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset at 30 September 2013 

(21.3) 

16.9

(4.4)

Net deferred tax (liability)/asset at 30 September 2012 

(21.1) 

1.6

(19.5)

The deferred tax liability due after more than one year is £12.3m (2012: £19.9m).  

10 Operating lease commitments  

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases falling due for 
 payment as follows: 

Within one year  
Later than one year and less than five years  
After five years  

2013

Property,
vehicles,
plant and
equipment
£m 

33.6
88.1
34.1
155.8

2012

Property, 
vehicles,
plant and
equipment
£m

36.9
110.3
61.0
208.2

The Group leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. These leases have various terms, escalation 
clauses and renewal rights. The Group also leases vehicles, plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 

11 Contingent liabilities 
The Group had no contingent liabilities at 30 September 2013 (2012: none). 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

116 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

121

117 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Net debt and capital structure 

12 Cash flow and net debt 
12.1 Cash flow generated from continuing operations 

Reconciliation of profit for the year to cash generated from continuing operations  

Profit for the year  
Adjustments for:  
Income tax 
Finance income  
Finance expenses  
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  
Loss on disposal of non-core products 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Loss/(profit) on disposal of intangible assets 
Equity-settled share-based transactions  
Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment 
Exchange movement  
Changes in working capital (excluding effects of acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries): 
– Decrease in inventories  
– Increase in trade and other receivables  
– (Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables  
– Increase in deferred income  

Cash generated from continuing operations  

12.2 Net debt 

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (inclusive of finance leases)  

Increase/(decrease) in cash in the year (pre-exchange movements)  
Cash outflow from decrease in loans, finance leases and cash collected from customers  
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows  
Acquisitions 
Non-cash movements  
Exchange movement 

Movement in net debt in the year  
Net debt at 1 October  
Net debt at 30 September 

2013
 £m

47.5

116.6
(1.4)
17.8
28.5
20.0
184.6
0.8
0.1
2.9
(8.1)
(3.3)

0.2
(18.7)
20.9
9.0

417.4

2013 
£m

31.2
(266.0)
(234.8)
(0.2)
(0.8)
13.0
(222.8)
(161.5)
(384.3)

2012 
£m

238.9

95.4
(2.6)
13.2
25.6
21.7
–
0.2
(1.4)
1.3
–
(4.4)

0.3
(16.0)
(1.0)
12.6
383.8

2012 
£m

(124.6)
(13.9)
(138.5)
(0.3)
(1.1)
3.3
(136.6)
(24.9)
(161.5)

Analysis of change in net debt (inclusive of finance leases) 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Bank overdrafts 
Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 
Finance leases due within one year 
Loans due after more than one year 
Finance leases due after more than one year 
Cash collected from customers  

Total  

At 
1 October 
2012 
£m

61.6
(7.2)
54.4
(1.2)
(199.2)
(1.6)
(13.9)

(161.5)

Cash flow 
£m

Acquisitions
£m

Non-cash 
movements  
£m 

Exchange 
movement 
£m

At 
30 September 
2013 
£m

41.8
(10.6)

31.2
1.2
(258.8)
–
(8.4)
(234.8)

–
–

–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
–
(0.2)

– 
– 

– 
(1.0) 
(0.8) 
1.0 
– 
(0.8) 

(2.6)
(0.1)

(2.7)
–
16.8
–
(1.1)
13.0

100.8
(17.9)

82.9
(1.1)
(442.0)
(0.7)
(23.4)
(384.3)

Included in cash above is £23.4m (2012: £13.9m) relating to cash collected from customers, which the Group is contracted to pay on to another 
party. A liability for the same amount is included in trade and other payables on the balance sheet and is classified within net debt above. 

122
118 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net debt and capital structure 

12 Cash flow and net debt 

12.1 Cash flow generated from continuing operations 

Reconciliation of profit for the year to cash generated from continuing operations  

Profit for the year  

Adjustments for:  

Income tax 

Finance income  

Finance expenses  

Amortisation of intangible assets  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  

Loss on disposal of non-core products 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  

Loss/(profit) on disposal of intangible assets 

Equity-settled share-based transactions  

Fair value adjustments and goodwill impairment 

Exchange movement  

– Decrease in inventories  

– Increase in trade and other receivables  

– (Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables  

– Increase in deferred income  

Cash generated from continuing operations  

12.2 Net debt 

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt (inclusive of finance leases)  

Increase/(decrease) in cash in the year (pre-exchange movements)  

Cash outflow from decrease in loans, finance leases and cash collected from customers  

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows  

Acquisitions 

Non-cash movements  

Exchange movement 

Movement in net debt in the year  

Net debt at 1 October  

Net debt at 30 September 

Changes in working capital (excluding effects of acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries): 

Analysis of change in net debt (inclusive of finance leases) 

Cash and cash equivalents  

Bank overdrafts 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts 

Finance leases due within one year 

Loans due after more than one year 

Finance leases due after more than one year 

Cash collected from customers  

Total  

Cash flow 

Acquisitions

Non-cash 

movements  

£m 

Exchange 

movement 

At 

30 September 

At 

1 October 

2012 

£m

61.6

(7.2)

54.4

(1.2)

(199.2)

(1.6)

(13.9)

(161.5)

£m

41.8

(10.6)

31.2

1.2

(258.8)

–

(8.4)

(234.8)

£m

–

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

– 

– 

– 

(1.0) 

(0.8) 

1.0 

– 

(0.8) 

Included in cash above is £23.4m (2012: £13.9m) relating to cash collected from customers, which the Group is contracted to pay on to another 

party. A liability for the same amount is included in trade and other payables on the balance sheet and is classified within net debt above. 

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2013

 £m

47.5

116.6

(1.4)

17.8

28.5

20.0

184.6

0.8

0.1

2.9

(8.1)

(3.3)

0.2

(18.7)

20.9

9.0

417.4

2013 

£m

31.2

(266.0)

(234.8)

(0.2)

(0.8)

13.0

(222.8)

(161.5)

(384.3)

£m

(2.6)

(0.1)

(2.7)

16.8

–

–

(1.1)

13.0

2012 

£m

238.9

95.4

(2.6)

13.2

25.6

21.7

–

0.2

(1.4)

1.3

–

(4.4)

0.3

(16.0)

(1.0)

12.6

383.8

2012 

£m

(124.6)

(13.9)

(138.5)

(0.3)

(1.1)

3.3

(136.6)

(24.9)

(161.5)

2013 

£m

100.8

(17.9)

82.9

(1.1)

(442.0)

(0.7)

(23.4)

(384.3)

12.3 Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts) 

Cash at bank and in hand  
Cash held on behalf of customers 
Short-term bank deposits  

2013 
£m

76.2
23.4
1.2

100.8

 2012 
£m

47.4
13.9
0.3

61.6

The effective interest rate on short-term deposits was 7.3% (2012: 7.0%) and these deposits have an average maturity of 90 days (2012: 90 days).  

The Group’s credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited because the counterparties are well established banks with high credit ratings. 

12.4 Borrowings 

Current 

Bank overdrafts 
Finance lease obligations  
Unsecured loans 

Non-current 

US senior loan notes – unsecured 
Bank loans – unsecured  
Finance lease obligations  

2013 
£m

17.9
1.0
2.1
21.0

2013
£m

430.3
9.6
0.7
440.6

2012 
£m

7.2
1.2
–
8.4

2012 
£m

 185.3 
 13.9 
1.6
200.8

Included in loans above is £442.0m (2012: £199.2m) of unsecured loans (after unamortised issue costs). These borrowings were taken out in 
connection with acquisitions. 

The Group has US$300.0m (£185.3m, 2012: £185.8m) of US senior loan notes, which were issued into the US private placement market  
in 2010. These notes mature US$200.0m (£123.5m, 2012: £123.8m) in 2015, US$50.0m (£30.9m, 2012: £31.0m) in 2016 and US$50.0m  
(£30.9m, 2012: £31.0m) in 2017 and carry interest coupons of 4.39%, 4.78% and 5.15% respectively.  

A further US$400.0m (£247.0m) of US senior loan notes, were issued into the US private placement market during the current financial year.  
These notes mature US$50.0m (£30.9m) in 2018, US$150.0m (£92.6m) in 2020, US$150.0m (£92.6m) in 2023 and US$50.0m (£30.9m) in 2025  
and carry interest coupons of 2.60%, 3.08%, 3.71% and 3.86% respectively.  

There were £9.6m drawings (2012: £15.0m) under the multi-currency revolving credit facility of £346.2m (2012: £338.3m) expiring on 31 August 2015, 
which consists both of US$271.0m (£167.3m, 2012: £167.8m) and of €214.0m (£178.9m, 2012: £170.5m) tranches. 

Unsecured bank loans were drawn in the following currencies: sterling £nil (2012: £15.0m), US Dollar £1.9m (2012: £nil), Euro £7.7m (2012: £nil), 
which bear an average fixed interest rate of 1.46% (2012: 1.73%). 

In the table above, bank loans and loan notes are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £2.0m (2012: £1.6m). The Group has incurred total issue 
costs amounting to £1.3m (2012: £4.4m) in respect of these facilities. These issue costs were paid during the year ended 30 September 2010 and  
30 September 2013. These costs are allocated to the income statement over the term of the facility using the effective interest method. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

118 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

123

119 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

13 Financial instruments 
13.1 Fair values of financial instruments 
For the following financial assets and liabilities: long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings, trade and other payables excluding tax and social 
security, trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and accrued income, short-term bank deposits, cash at bank and in hand and other 
financial liabilities, the carrying amount approximates the fair value of the instrument with the exception of long-term borrowings due to these bearing 
interest at fixed rates which are currently higher than floating rates. 

Long-term borrowings  
Fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities 
Financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations: 
Short-term borrowings  
Trade and other payables excluding other tax and social security  
Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and accrued income 
Short-term bank deposits  
Cash at bank and in hand  
Other financial liabilities 

Note

12.4

12.4

7.3

7.2

12.3

12.3

13.4

Book 
value 
£m

2013 

Fair  
value  
£m 

Book 
value 
£m

2012

Fair 
value 
£m

(440.6)

(435.2) 

(200.8)

(218.1)

(21.0)
(223.8)
297.4
1.2
99.6
(84.2)

(21.0) 
(223.8) 
297.4 
1.2 
99.6 
(84.2) 

(8.4)
(194.7)
285.1
0.3
61.3
(128.3)

13.2 Maturity of financial liabilities 
The maturity profile of the undiscounted contractual amount of the Group’s financial liabilities at 30 September was as follows: 

In less than one year  
In more than one year but not more than two years  
In more than two years but not more than five years  
In more than five years 

In less than one year  
In more than one year but not more than two years  
In more than two years but not more than five years  
In more than five years 

Borrowings 
£m

Trade and  
other payables 
£m 

Other financial 
liabilities 
£m

21.0
133.8
92.6
216.2
463.6

287.6 
– 
– 
– 
287.6 

30.0
–
54.2
–
84.2

Borrowings 
£m

Trade and  
other payables 
£m 

Other financial 
liabilities 
£m

 9.2 
 2.4 
 228.2 
–
 239.8 

259.0 
– 
– 
– 
259.0 

60.0
–
68.3
–
128.3

(8.4)
(194.7)
285.1
0.3
61.3
(128.3)

2013

Total 
£m

338.6
133.8
146.8
216.2
825.1

2012

Total 
£m

328.2 
 2.4 
296.5 
–
627.1 

13.3 Borrowing facilities  
The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 30 September in respect of which all conditions precedent had 
been met at that date:  

Expiring in more than two years but not more than five years 

2013 
£m

336.6

2012 
 £m

323.3

The facilities have been arranged to help finance the expansion of the Group’s activities. All these facilities incur commitment fees at market 
rates. In addition, the Group maintains overdraft and uncommitted facilities to provide short-term flexibility and has also utilised the US private 
placement market.  

124
120 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

13 Financial instruments 

13.1 Fair values of financial instruments 

For the following financial assets and liabilities: long-term borrowings, short-term borrowings, trade and other payables excluding tax and social 

security, trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and accrued income, short-term bank deposits, cash at bank and in hand and other 

financial liabilities, the carrying amount approximates the fair value of the instrument with the exception of long-term borrowings due to these bearing 

interest at fixed rates which are currently higher than floating rates. 

Long-term borrowings  

(440.6)

(435.2) 

(200.8)

(218.1)

Fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities 

Financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations: 

Short-term borrowings  

Trade and other payables excluding other tax and social security  

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and accrued income 

Short-term bank deposits  

Cash at bank and in hand  

Other financial liabilities 

13.2 Maturity of financial liabilities 

Note

12.4

12.4

7.3

7.2

12.3

12.3

13.4

The maturity profile of the undiscounted contractual amount of the Group’s financial liabilities at 30 September was as follows: 

Book 

value 

£m

(21.0)

(223.8)

297.4

1.2

99.6

(84.2)

£m

21.0

133.8

92.6

216.2

463.6

£m

 9.2 

 2.4 

 228.2 

–

 239.8 

2013 

Fair  

value  

£m 

(21.0) 

(223.8) 

297.4 

1.2 

99.6 

(84.2) 

£m 

287.6 

287.6 

£m 

259.0 

259.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Book 

value 

£m

(8.4)

(194.7)

285.1

0.3

61.3

(128.3)

£m

30.0

54.2

–

–

84.2

liabilities 

£m

60.0

68.3

–

–

128.3

Borrowings 

other payables 

Trade and  

Other financial 

Borrowings 

other payables 

liabilities 

Trade and  

Other financial 

2012

Fair 

value 

£m

(8.4)

(194.7)

285.1

0.3

61.3

(128.3)

2013

Total 

£m

338.6

133.8

146.8

216.2

825.1

2012

Total 

£m

328.2 

 2.4 

296.5 

–

627.1 

In less than one year  

In more than one year but not more than two years  

In more than two years but not more than five years  

In more than five years 

In less than one year  

In more than one year but not more than two years  

In more than two years but not more than five years  

In more than five years 

13.3 Borrowing facilities  

been met at that date:  

The Group has the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities available at 30 September in respect of which all conditions precedent had 

Expiring in more than two years but not more than five years 

The facilities have been arranged to help finance the expansion of the Group’s activities. All these facilities incur commitment fees at market 

rates. In addition, the Group maintains overdraft and uncommitted facilities to provide short-term flexibility and has also utilised the US private 

placement market.  

2013 

£m

336.6

2012 

 £m

323.3

13.4 Other financial liabilities 

Current: Close period share buyback programme 
Non-current: Put and call arrangement to acquire non-controlling interest  
Total other financial liabilities 

Assets
 £m

–
–
–

2013 

Liabilities 
 £m 

(30.0) 
(54.2) 
(84.2) 

Assets
£m

–
–
–

2012

Liabilities 
£m

(60.0)
(68.3)
(128.3)

Current other financial liabilities relate to outstanding liabilities of £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) arising under an irrevocable close period buyback agreement 
for the purchase of the Company’s own shares which was outstanding at 30 September. The fair value has been calculated based on the value of 
the contractual legal agreement with Citigroup Global Markets Limited, which is also equal to the book value.  

Non-current other financial liabilities relate to a put and call arrangement to acquire the remaining non-controlling interest’s 25% share in Folhamatic  
in Brazil during 2015. The liability is estimated at £55.4m (2012: £71.0m), which is £54.2m (2012: £68.3m) after discounting to present value of the 
estimated redemption amount. The redemption amount is calculated based on a multiple of expected EBITDA for the year ending 31 December 2014. 
Movements on charging the discount of £1.2m (2012: £0.3m) have been recognised within finance costs. 

13.5 Sensitivity analysis  
Financial instruments affected by market risks include borrowings and deposits. 

The following analysis, required by IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, is intended to illustrate the sensitivity to changes in market variables, 
being sterling, US Dollar and Euro interest rates, and sterling/US Dollar and sterling/Euro exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analysis assumes reasonable movements in foreign exchange and interest rates before the effect of tax. The Group considers 
a reasonable interest rate movement in LIBOR to be 1%, based on interest rate history. Similarly, sensitivity to movements in sterling/US Dollar and 
sterling/Euro exchange rates of 10% are shown reflecting changes of reasonable proportion in the context of movement in those currency pairs over 
the last year. 

Using the above assumptions, the following table shows the illustrative effect on the Consolidated income statement and equity. 

2013 

Income 
(losses)/gains
£m

Equity 
(losses)/gains 
£m 

Income 
(losses)/gains 
£m

2012

Equity 
(losses)/gains 
£m

1% increase in market interest rates 
1% decrease in market interest rates 
10% strengthening of sterling versus the US Dollar  
10% strengthening of sterling versus the Euro 
10% weakening of sterling versus the US Dollar 
10% weakening of sterling versus the Euro 

13.6 The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows: 

(3.6)
3.6
11.7
(3.1)
(12.9)
3.4

(3.6) 
3.6 
(9.3) 
(23.8) 
10.2 
26.1 

In less than one year  
In more than one year but not more than five years  

Future finance charges on finance leases  
Present value of finance lease liabilities  

(1.9)
1.9
(5.4)
(6.0)
5.9
6.6

2013
£m

1.1
0.7
1.8
(0.1)
1.7

(1.9)
1.9
(41.6)
(26.1)
45.8
28.7

2012 
£m

1.3
1.7

3.0
(0.2)
2.8

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

120 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

125

121 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

14 Equity 
14.1 Ordinary shares 

Issued and fully paid  

At 1 October  
Proceeds from shares issued 
Share cancelled 
Share consolidation 
At 30 September  

2013
 shares

1,329,517,570
3,792,153
(159,525,800)
(59,648,503)
1,114,135,420

2013  
£m 

2012 
shares

13.3  1,323,837,836
 5,679,734 
–
–
 1,329,517,570 

– 
(1.6) 
– 
11.7 

2012 
£m

 13.2 
 0.1 
–
–
 13.3 

Further to the approval by shareholders, the share consolidation became effective on 10 June 2013. The share consolidation replaced every  
81 existing ordinary shares of 1 pence each with 77 new ordinary shares of 14/77 pence each.  

Potential issues of ordinary shares 
Executive Share Option Scheme 
Certain senior executives hold a total of 3,492,263 (2012: 6,817,850) options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 134.00p 
to 270.00p under the share option schemes approved by shareholders.  

Under the above scheme, 3,231,257 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £6.7m. 

Performance Share Plan 
Under the Group’s Performance Share Plan 6,265,091 (2012: 4,362,550) awards were made during the year. 

Restricted Share Plan 
The Group’s Restricted Share Plan is a long-term incentive plan used in limited circumstances and usually on a one-off basis. During the year no 
awards were made. 

Savings-related Share Option Scheme 
In addition, 757,980 (2012: 1,438,132) options were granted under the terms of the Savings-related Share Option Scheme. 

Under the above scheme, 560,896 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £1.0m. 

14.2 Share-based payments 
The total charge for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans was £2.9m (2012: £1.3m), all of which related to equity-settled  
share-based payment transactions. After deferred tax, the total charge was £3.0m (2012: £3.0m). A reconciliation of share movements for options 
granted after 7 November 2002 to which IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment” is applicable is shown on the following pages. 

Executive Share Option Scheme  
There have been no grants of executive share options under the 1999 Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”) since June 2008. Long-term 
incentive awards are made under The Sage Group plc Performance Share Plan. 

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three-year period from  
the start of the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds the Retail 
Prices Index (“RPI”) by 15% (an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that time only if the RPI is exceeded in that period  
by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis. If those targets are not met at the end of the 
three-year period, then no further retesting of the performance criteria will be undertaken and the options will lapse. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last four years.  
The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term 
consistent with the assumed option life.  

126
122 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

1,329,517,570

13.3  1,323,837,836

2013

 shares

3,792,153

(159,525,800)

(59,648,503)

2013  

£m 

(1.6) 

– 

– 

2012 

shares

 5,679,734 

–

–

2012 

£m

 13.2 

 0.1 

–

–

1,114,135,420

11.7 

 1,329,517,570 

 13.3 

14 Equity 

14.1 Ordinary shares 

Issued and fully paid  

At 1 October  

Proceeds from shares issued 

Share cancelled 

Share consolidation 

At 30 September  

Potential issues of ordinary shares 

Executive Share Option Scheme 

Performance Share Plan 

Restricted Share Plan 

awards were made. 

Savings-related Share Option Scheme 

14.2 Share-based payments 

Further to the approval by shareholders, the share consolidation became effective on 10 June 2013. The share consolidation replaced every  

81 existing ordinary shares of 1 pence each with 77 new ordinary shares of 14/77 pence each.  

Certain senior executives hold a total of 3,492,263 (2012: 6,817,850) options to subscribe for shares in the Company at prices ranging from 134.00p 

to 270.00p under the share option schemes approved by shareholders.  

Under the above scheme, 3,231,257 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £6.7m. 

Under the Group’s Performance Share Plan 6,265,091 (2012: 4,362,550) awards were made during the year. 

The Group’s Restricted Share Plan is a long-term incentive plan used in limited circumstances and usually on a one-off basis. During the year no 

In addition, 757,980 (2012: 1,438,132) options were granted under the terms of the Savings-related Share Option Scheme. 

Under the above scheme, 560,896 1p ordinary shares were issued during the year for aggregate proceeds of £1.0m. 

The total charge for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans was £2.9m (2012: £1.3m), all of which related to equity-settled  

share-based payment transactions. After deferred tax, the total charge was £3.0m (2012: £3.0m). A reconciliation of share movements for options 

granted after 7 November 2002 to which IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment” is applicable is shown on the following pages. 

Executive Share Option Scheme  

There have been no grants of executive share options under the 1999 Executive Share Option Scheme (“ESOS”) since June 2008. Long-term 

incentive awards are made under The Sage Group plc Performance Share Plan. 

The performance targets governing the vesting of options are based on stretching EPS growth measured over a fixed three-year period from  

the start of the financial year in which the grant is made. 30% of options will vest at the end of the period if the increase in EPS exceeds the Retail 

Prices Index (“RPI”) by 15% (an average of 5% per year) and 100% of those options will vest at that time only if the RPI is exceeded in that period  

by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those targets, options will vest on a straight-line basis. If those targets are not met at the end of the 

three-year period, then no further retesting of the performance criteria will be undertaken and the options will lapse. 

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last four years.  

The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term 

consistent with the assumed option life.  

A reconciliation of option movements over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

Range of exercise prices 
£ 

1.34 – 2.70 

2013 

Weighted 
average  
exercise  
price  
£ 

2.21 
2.08 
2.08 
2.33 
2.33 

Number 
’000s

6,818
(132)
(3,194)
3,492
3,492

Number 
’000s

10,766
(380)
(3,568)
6,818
6,818

2012

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

2.17
2.36
2.07
2.21
2.21

2012

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Number 
of shares
’000s

2013

Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price  
£ 

Number 
of shares
’000s

Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

2.33

3,492

–

2.1

 2.21  

 6,818 

–

 2.8 

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 344.6p (2012: 294.05p). 

The Sage Group Performance Share Plan  
Annual grants of performance shares will normally be made to Executive Directors and senior executives across the Group after 
 the preliminary declaration of the annual results. 

Awards prior to 2013 
Annual awards under the Plan are limited to shares worth up to 300% of base salary. In practice, annual grants to Executive Directors are limited to 
shares with a maximum value on award of 210% of base salary except in exceptional circumstances, such as a promotion or recruitment or to reflect 
local market practice.  

The performance shares are subject to performance conditions on a sliding scale based on EPS. 25% of the award will vest at the end of the period  
if the increase in EPS exceeds RPI by 9% (an average of 3% per year); 100% of the award will vest at that time only if RPI is exceeded in that period  
by 27% (an average of 9% per year). Between those targets, awards will vest on a straight-line basis, and if those targets are not met there is no 
opportunity for re-testing. Awards are then subject to a TSR “multiplier” whereby the level of vesting based on EPS achievement will be adjusted 
according to TSR performance over the same three-year period compared with a group of international software and computer services companies.  

The comparator group for awards made in 2012 comprised the following companies: 

− Adobe Systems 
− ARM Holdings  
− Blackbaud  
− Cap Gemini  

− Cegid  
− Dassault Systèmes  
− Exact 
− Intuit  

− Logica  
− Micro Focus International  
− Microsoft  
− Oracle  

− Salesforce.com 
− SAP 
− Software AG 

If Sage’s TSR is ranked at lower quartile in the group, the multiplier is 0.75. If Sage’s TSR is ranked at median in the group, the multiplier is 1.  
If Sage’s TSR is ranked at upper quartile in the group, then the multiplier is 1.5. Straight-line pro-rating applies between 0.75 and 1, and between  
1 and 1.5, but the multiplier cannot be higher or lower than these figures. 

Awards from 2013 onwards 
The performance shares are subject to both performance conditions and a TSR target. Performance conditions are weighted one third on the 
achievement of an EPS target, and one third the achievement of an organic revenue growth target. The remaining one third is based on a TSR target. 

The EPS vesting percentage is based on compound EPS growth. Where compound EPS growth is between 6% and 12%, the EPS vesting 
percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 6.7% and 26.7% and where compound EPS growth is between 12% and  
15% the EPS vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 26.7% and 33.3%.  

The organic revenue growth target is based on the Company’s compound annual organic revenue growth. Where growth is between 4% and 8% the  
organic revenue growth vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 6.7% and 26.7%, and where the Company’s 
compound organic revenue growth is between 8% and 10%, the organic revenue growth vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line  
pro-rata basis between 26.7% and 33.3%. In order for organic revenue growth target proportion to vest, the EBITA margin in the financial year ending 
30 September 2015 must not be less than that of the EBITA margin for the financial year ending 30 September 2012. 

122 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

127

123 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

14 Equity continued 
14.2 Share-based payments continued 

The final third of the award is the performance target relating to TSR. Where the Company’s TSR is between median and upper quartile, the TSR 
vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 6.7% and 26.7% and where the Company’s TSR is between upper 
quartile and upper decile, the TSR vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 26.7% and 33.3% The TSR vesting 
percentage may only exceed 26.7% (“Stretch” level) if performance against either the EPS target or the organic revenue growth target is also at 
“Stretch” level. 

The comparator group for awards in 2013 is the companies comprised in the FTSE100 Index at the start of the performance period, excluding 
financial services and extraction companies. 

Awards were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  
per award granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under award  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Award life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends expressed as a 
dividend yield  
Fair value per award  

March
2012

March
2012

£2.98
£0.00
8
2,083,735
3
24%
3
3
0.47%

£2.98
£0.00
154
2,067,290
3
24%
3
3
0.47%

0.0%
£2.415

0.0%
£2.979

June
2012

£2.60
£0.00
1
12,538
3
24%
3
3
0.47%

0.0%
£2.979

March
2013

£3.46
£0.00
101
5,248,868
3
23%
3
3
0.26%

March 
2013 

£3.46 
£0.00 
147 
801,480 
3 
23% 
3 
3 
0.26% 

June 
2013 

£3.34 
£0.00 
1 
186,400 
3 
23% 
3 
3 
0.59% 

0.00%
£2.753

0.00% 
£3.460 

0.00% 
£2.637 

August
2013

£3.52
£0.00
1
23,619
3
22%
3
3
0.66%

0.00%
£2.737

August
2013

£3.52
£0.00
1
4,724
3
22%
3
3
0.66%

0.00%
£3.520

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk 
free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed award life. 

A reconciliation of award movements over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Awarded  
Forfeited  
Exercised  
Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

Range of exercise prices 

N/A 

2013 

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price  
£ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Number
’000s

19,128
6,265
(8,654)
–
16,739
–

2012

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

–
–
–
–
–
–

Number 
’000s

27,304
4,363
(6,694)
(5,845)
19,128
–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Number 
of shares
’000s

2013

Weighted average
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price  
£ 

Number 
of shares
’000s

2012

Weighted average
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

–

16,739

1.4

1.4

– 

 19,128 

 1.3 

 1.3 

128
124 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

14 Equity continued 

14.2 Share-based payments continued 

The final third of the award is the performance target relating to TSR. Where the Company’s TSR is between median and upper quartile, the TSR 

vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 6.7% and 26.7% and where the Company’s TSR is between upper 

quartile and upper decile, the TSR vesting percentage will be calculated on a straight-line pro-rata basis between 26.7% and 33.3% The TSR vesting 

percentage may only exceed 26.7% (“Stretch” level) if performance against either the EPS target or the organic revenue growth target is also at 

“Stretch” level. 

financial services and extraction companies. 

The comparator group for awards in 2013 is the companies comprised in the FTSE100 Index at the start of the performance period, excluding 

Awards were valued using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model. Performance conditions were included in the fair value calculations. The fair value  

per award granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows: 

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  

Exercise price  

Number of employees  

Shares under award  

Vesting period (years)  

Expected volatility  

Award life (years)  

Expected life (years)  

Risk free rate  

Expected dividends expressed as a 

dividend yield  

Fair value per award  

March

2012

£2.98

£0.00

8

3

3

3

March

2012

£2.98

£0.00

154

3

3

3

June

2012

£2.60

£0.00

1

3

3

3

March

2013

£3.46

£0.00

101

3

3

3

March 

2013 

£3.46 

£0.00 

147 

3 

3 

3 

June 

2013 

£3.34 

£0.00 

August

2013

£3.52

£0.00

August

2013

£3.52

£0.00

1 

3 

3 

3 

1

3

3

3

24%

24%

24%

23%

23% 

23% 

22%

22%

2,083,735

2,067,290

12,538

5,248,868

801,480 

186,400 

23,619

4,724

0.47%

0.47%

0.47%

0.26%

0.26% 

0.59% 

0.66%

0.66%

0.0%

£2.415

0.0%

£2.979

0.0%

£2.979

0.00%

£2.753

0.00% 

£3.460 

0.00% 

£2.637 

0.00%

£2.737

0.00%

£3.520

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk 

free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed award life. 

A reconciliation of award movements over the year is shown below: 

1

3

3

3

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

2012

Weighted 

average 

exercise 

price 

2013 

Weighted  

average  

exercise  

price  

£ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Number

’000s

19,128

6,265

(8,654)

16,739

–

–

Number 

’000s

27,304

4,363

(6,694)

(5,845)

19,128

–

Outstanding at 1 October  

Awarded  

Forfeited  

Exercised  

Outstanding at 30 September  

Exercisable at 30 September  

Range of exercise prices 

N/A 

’000s

Expected Contractual

’000s

Expected Contractual

16,739

1.4

1.4

 19,128 

 1.3 

 1.3 

Weighted 

average 

exercise 

price 

£

–

Number 

of shares

2013

Weighted average

remaining life years

2012

Weighted average

remaining life years

Weighted 

average 

exercise  

price  

£ 

– 

Number 

of shares

The Sage Group Restricted Share Plan 
The Group’s Restricted Share Plan is a long-term incentive plan used in limited circumstances and usually on a one-off basis, under which contingent 
share awards are made, usually with specific performance conditions. Executive directors are not permitted to participate in the plan and shares are 
purchased in the market to satisfy vesting awards. 

Grant date  

Share price at grant date  
Exercise price  
Number of employees  
Shares under award  
Vesting period (years)  
Expected volatility  
Award life (years)  
Expected life (years)  
Risk free rate  
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield  
Fair value per award  

June
2012

£2.66
£0.00
1
350,018
3
23%
3
3
0.38%
0.0%
£2.655

Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last two or  
three years, consistent with the award life. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield  
on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed award life. 

A reconciliation of award movements over the year is shown below: 

Outstanding at 1 October  
Awarded  

Outstanding at 30 September  
Exercisable at 30 September  

Range of exercise prices 

N/A 

2013 

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price  
£ 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Number
’000s

720
–
720
–

2013

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

Number 
of shares
’000s

Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price  
£ 

Number 
of shares
’000s

2012

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
£

–
–
–
–

Number 
’000s

–
720
720
–

2012

Weighted average 
remaining life years

Expected Contractual

–

720

0.4

0.4

– 

720

 1.9 

 1.9 

The Sage Group Savings-related Share Option Plan (the “SAYE Plan”) 
The Group operates an approved savings-related share option scheme for UK employees. The fair value is expensed over the service period of three, 
five or seven years on the assumption that 20% of options will lapse over the service period as employees leave the Group. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

124 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

129

125 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 Net debt and capital structure continued 

14 Equity continued 
14.3 Other reserves 

At 1 October 2011  
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
Exchange differences recycled to the income statement in respect of the disposal  
of foreign operations  
Put and call arrangement 
At 30 September 2012 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
Exchange differences recycled to the income statement in respect of the disposal  
of foreign operations  

At 30 September 2013 

Translation 
reserve 
£m

Merger  
reserve  
£m 

205.7
(66.6)

(55.7)
–
83.4
28.4

(44.5)
67.3

61.1 
– 

– 
– 
61.1 
– 

– 
61.1 

Other 
reserve 
£m

–
–

–
(68.0)
(68.0)
–

–
(68.0)

Total 
other 
reserves 
£m

266.8
(66.6)

(55.7)
(68.0)
76.5
28.4

(44.5)
60.4

Translation reserve 
The translation reserve represents the accumulated exchange differences arising since the transition to IFRS from the following sources: 

– the impact of the translation of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than sterling; and  

– exchange differences arising on hedging instruments that are designated hedges of a net investment in foreign operations, net of tax 

where applicable.  

Exchange differences arising prior to the IFRS transition were offset against retained earnings. 

Merger reserve 
Merger reserve brought forward relates to the merger reserve which was present under UK GAAP and frozen on transition to IFRS.  

Other reserve 
Other reserve relates to the recognition of a put and call arrangement to acquire the remaining non-controlling interest’s 25% share in Folhamatic. 

14.4 Retained earnings 
The actuarial gain of £1.1m (2012: loss of £2.6m) is made up of a gain of £0.7m (2012: gain of £0.4m) on post-employment benefits (note 8) and a 
gain of £0.4m (2012: loss of £3.0m) on other long-term employee benefits (note 8). 

Treasury shares  
Purchase of treasury shares  
Shares purchased under the Group’s buyback programme are not cancelled but are retained in issue and represent a deduction from equity 
attributable to owners of the parent. During the year the Group purchased 77,254,057 shares (2012: 104,628,376 ) at a cost of £251.0m  
(2012: £299.8m) representing 1% of issued share capital. Shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of 324.9p per share, the highest  
and lowest prices paid for these shares were 357.0p per share and 289.0p per share respectively. 

Close period share buyback programme 
The close period buyback programme for £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) relates to the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Citigroup Global Markets 
Limited has been appointed to manage the irrevocable buyback programme during the close period which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will 
run up until 4 December 2013.  

Employee Share Trust 
The Group holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the 
market or is gifted them by the Company for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 5,428,407 
ordinary shares in the Company (2012: 710,403) at a cost of £0.9m (2012: £0.9m) and a nominal value of £54,284 (2012: £7,104).  

The Trust originally purchased the shares in 2006, and further shares were acquired by the Trust in 2010 with the cost being reflected in retained 
earnings. These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company. In January 2013 the Company gifted 
5,000,000 shares from purchased treasury shares to the Trust. During the year, no shares were utilised to meet obligations under the Performance 
Share Plan. 

The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. 
 The market value of the shares at 30 September 2013 was £17.9m (2012: £2.2m). 

130
126 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
14.5 Non-controlling interest  
Non-controlling interests in equity in the Group balance sheet represent the share of net assets of subsidiary undertakings held outside the Group.  
The movement in the year comprises the profit attributable to such interests together with movements in respect of corporate transactions and related 
exchange differences. 

At 1 October  
Non-controlling interest arising on business combination 
Non-controlling interest’s share of profit of the year 
At 30 September  

2013
£m

(2.1)
–
1.1
(1.0)

2012
£m

–
(2.2)
0.1
(2.1)

 Net debt and capital structure continued 

14 Equity continued 

14.3 Other reserves 

of foreign operations  

Put and call arrangement 

At 30 September 2012 

of foreign operations  

At 30 September 2013 

Translation reserve 

where applicable.  

Merger reserve 

Other reserve 

14.4 Retained earnings 

Treasury shares  

Purchase of treasury shares  

At 1 October 2011  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences recycled to the income statement in respect of the disposal  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences recycled to the income statement in respect of the disposal  

Translation 

reserve 

£m

205.7

(66.6)

(55.7)

–

83.4

28.4

(44.5)

67.3

Merger  

reserve  

£m 

61.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

61.1 

Other 

reserve 

£m

–

–

–

–

–

(68.0)

(68.0)

61.1 

(68.0)

Total 

other 

reserves 

£m

266.8

(66.6)

(55.7)

(68.0)

76.5

28.4

(44.5)

60.4

The translation reserve represents the accumulated exchange differences arising since the transition to IFRS from the following sources: 

– the impact of the translation of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than sterling; and  

– exchange differences arising on hedging instruments that are designated hedges of a net investment in foreign operations, net of tax 

Exchange differences arising prior to the IFRS transition were offset against retained earnings. 

Merger reserve brought forward relates to the merger reserve which was present under UK GAAP and frozen on transition to IFRS.  

Other reserve relates to the recognition of a put and call arrangement to acquire the remaining non-controlling interest’s 25% share in Folhamatic. 

The actuarial gain of £1.1m (2012: loss of £2.6m) is made up of a gain of £0.7m (2012: gain of £0.4m) on post-employment benefits (note 8) and a 

gain of £0.4m (2012: loss of £3.0m) on other long-term employee benefits (note 8). 

Shares purchased under the Group’s buyback programme are not cancelled but are retained in issue and represent a deduction from equity 

attributable to owners of the parent. During the year the Group purchased 77,254,057 shares (2012: 104,628,376 ) at a cost of £251.0m  

(2012: £299.8m) representing 1% of issued share capital. Shares were repurchased at a weighted average price of 324.9p per share, the highest  

and lowest prices paid for these shares were 357.0p per share and 289.0p per share respectively. 

The close period buyback programme for £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) relates to the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Citigroup Global Markets 

Limited has been appointed to manage the irrevocable buyback programme during the close period which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will 

Close period share buyback programme 

run up until 4 December 2013.  

Employee Share Trust 

The Group holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the 

market or is gifted them by the Company for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 5,428,407 

ordinary shares in the Company (2012: 710,403) at a cost of £0.9m (2012: £0.9m) and a nominal value of £54,284 (2012: £7,104).  

The Trust originally purchased the shares in 2006, and further shares were acquired by the Trust in 2010 with the cost being reflected in retained 

earnings. These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company. In January 2013 the Company gifted 

5,000,000 shares from purchased treasury shares to the Trust. During the year, no shares were utilised to meet obligations under the Performance 

Share Plan. 

The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate. 

 The market value of the shares at 30 September 2013 was £17.9m (2012: £2.2m). 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

126 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

131

127 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Other notes 

15 Discontinued operations  
There are no discontinued operations in the current year. In the prior year, the results of Sage Software Healthcare, LLC (“Sage Healthcare”) was 
recognised as a discontinued operation following the sale to Vista Equity Partners on 10 November 2011. 

Revenue  
Selling and administrative expenses  
Operating profit 
Finance costs 
Profit on disposal of Sage Healthcare 
Cumulative exchange gain in respect of the net assets of the subsidiary, reclassified from equity on disposal  
Impairment of disposal group to fair value less costs to sell 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

Earnings per share information can be found in note 4.1. 

The cash flow statement shows amounts related to discontinued operations. 

2013 
£m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

2012 
£m

16.5
(14.4)
2.1
(0.2)
0.9
55.7
–
58.5
(0.7)

57.8

16 Acquisitions and disposals  
16.1 Acquisitions made during the year 
Acquisition of EBS Empresa Brasileira de Sistemas Ltda. 
On 11 October 2012 the Group acquired EBS Empresa Brasileira de Sistemas Ltda. (“EBS”), a provider of accounting, business management and tax 
software in Brazil, for a cash consideration of up to £11.3m, including a payment of £2.0m linked to the future financial performance. The provisional 
fair value of the assets acquired was £nil, resulting in provisional goodwill of £11.3m. 

Other 
On 31 December 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Tangane SAS in France for deferred consideration of £0.5m. 

The net identifiable assets (including intangible assets) were recognised at their provisional fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired 
has been recognised as goodwill. Details of net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:  

Summary of acquisitions 

Purchase consideration  
Cash 
Deferred/contingent consideration 
Total purchase consideration 
Fair value of net identifiable assets 
Goodwill 

£m

3.2
8.6
11.8
– 
11.8

132

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

128 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other notes 

15 Discontinued operations  

There are no discontinued operations in the current year. In the prior year, the results of Sage Software Healthcare, LLC (“Sage Healthcare”) was 

recognised as a discontinued operation following the sale to Vista Equity Partners on 10 November 2011. 

Revenue  

Selling and administrative expenses  

Operating profit 

Finance costs 

Profit on disposal of Sage Healthcare 

Cumulative exchange gain in respect of the net assets of the subsidiary, reclassified from equity on disposal  

Impairment of disposal group to fair value less costs to sell 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

Earnings per share information can be found in note 4.1. 

The cash flow statement shows amounts related to discontinued operations. 

16 Acquisitions and disposals  

16.1 Acquisitions made during the year 

Acquisition of EBS Empresa Brasileira de Sistemas Ltda. 

On 11 October 2012 the Group acquired EBS Empresa Brasileira de Sistemas Ltda. (“EBS”), a provider of accounting, business management and tax 

software in Brazil, for a cash consideration of up to £11.3m, including a payment of £2.0m linked to the future financial performance. The provisional 

fair value of the assets acquired was £nil, resulting in provisional goodwill of £11.3m. 

Other 

On 31 December 2012 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Tangane SAS in France for deferred consideration of £0.5m. 

The net identifiable assets (including intangible assets) were recognised at their provisional fair values. The residual excess over the net assets acquired 

has been recognised as goodwill. Details of net assets acquired and goodwill are as follows:  

2013 

£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2012 

£m

16.5

(14.4)

2.1

(0.2)

0.9

55.7

–

58.5

(0.7)

57.8

£m

3.2

8.6

11.8

– 

11.8

Summary of acquisitions 

Purchase consideration  

Cash 

Deferred/contingent consideration 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of net identifiable assets 

Goodwill 

Provisional fair value of acquisitions 

Property, plant and equipment 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 
Current borrowings 

Total net identifiable (liabilities)/assets acquired 
Non-controlling interest 
Goodwill 
Consideration satisfied by: 
Cash 
Deferred/contingent consideration 
Total purchase consideration 

The outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisitions is calculated as follows: 

Cash consideration 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired 
Borrowings acquired 
Deferred consideration, paid on prior period acquisitions 
Net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions 

EBS 
£m 

0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
(0.5) 
(0.1) 

– 
– 
11.3 

3.2 
8.1 
11.3 

3.2 
(0.2) 
0.1 
– 
3.1 

Other 
£m

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
0.5

–
0.5
0.5

–
–
–
11.6
11.6

Total 
£m

0.2
0.2
0.2
(0.5)
(0.1)

–
–
11.8

3.2
8.6
11.8

3.2
(0.2)
0.1
11.6
14.7

16.2 Deferred/contingent consideration 
Deferred consideration payable to the former owners of EBS of £8.1m has been recognised at fair value. £2.0m of this additional consideration is 
contingent on the EBITDA results for the years ending 30 September 2013 and 2014. 

16.3 Contribution of acquisitions  
From the dates of the acquisitions to 30 September 2013, the acquisitions contributed £5.0m to revenue and £0.8m to profit before income tax.  
Had these acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the financial year, contribution to Group revenue would have been £5.1m and Group profit before 
income tax would have increased by £0.8m. 

16.4 Acquisition-related items 
Acquisition-related items of £0.1m (2012: £4.4m) have been included in selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated income statement.  
These acquisition-related items (previously recognised in goodwill prior to IFRS 3 (Revised)), “Business Combinations”, relate to completed 
transactions and include advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional or consulting services. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

128 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

133

129 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other notes continued 

16 Acquisitions and disposals continued 
16.5 Disposals made during the year 
Disposal of North American non-core products 
On 20 March 2013 the Group completed the sale of the trade and assets of Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix, the two international CRM products 
identified as non-core, to Swiftpage, and the trade and assets of Sage Nonprofit Solutions, Sage’s vertical software solutions for not-for-profit 
organisations, to Accel-KKR. The financial performance of these businesses have not been treated as discontinued operations in the period  
as the products being sold do not represent major lines of business or geographical areas.  

Disposal of European non-core products 
On 30 April 2013 the Group completed the sale of four European non-core products including C&I, ATL and Automotive in France and Aytos in Spain 
to Argos Soditic. The financial performance of these businesses have not been treated as discontinued operations in the period as the products being 
sold do not represent major lines of business or geographical areas.  

Other disposals 
On 9 November 2012 the Group disposed of TimeSheet, a small product line in North America, for net cash consideration of £0.8m. 
On 1 October 2012 the Group disposed of API Santé, a small product line in France, for deferred consideration of £0.2m. 
On 10 January 2013 the Group disposed of e-Report, a small product line in France, for net cash consideration of £0.2m. 
On 6 March 2013 the Group disposed of KDP, a small product line in France, for net cash consideration of £0.1m. 
On 30 April 2013 the Group disposed of the UK Construction business, for net cash consideration of £2.4m. 
On 31 July 2013 the Group disposed of Automobile, a product line in Spain, for net cash consideration of £0.8m. 

The profit on disposal is calculated as follows: 

Disposal proceeds 
Costs to sell recognised in year 
Disposal proceeds, less costs to sell recognised in year 
Net assets disposed 
(Loss)/profit on disposal 
Cumulative exchange gain in respect of the net assets of the 
subsidiary, reclassified from equity on disposal 

(Loss)/Profit on disposal 

 Sage ACT! and 
Sage Saleslogix
£m

 Sage Nonprofit 
Solutions
£m

8.6
(2.7)
5.9
(203.1)
(197.2)

28.7
(168.5)

49.7
(1.7)
48.0
(21.6)
26.4

3.5
29.9

European  
non-core 
products 
£m 

34.9 
(1.9) 
33.0 
(66.6) 
(33.6) 

11.2 
(22.4) 

Other
£m

4.5
(0.4)
4.1
(28.8)
(24.7)

1.1
(23.6)

Total
£m

97.7
(6.7)
91.0
(320.1)
(229.1)

44.5
(184.6)

As part of the sale of Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix there was non-cash consideration. The fair value of this consideration has been determined  
as £nil.  

The loss on disposal is reflected as a separate line item in the Consolidated income statement.  

The inflow of cash and cash equivalents on the disposals are calculated as follows: 

Disposal proceeds, less total costs to sell 
Cash disposed 
Disposal proceeds, net of cash disposed 

£m

91.0
(9.6)
81.4

134
130 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
Other notes continued 

16 Acquisitions and disposals continued 

16.5 Disposals made during the year 

Disposal of North American non-core products 

On 20 March 2013 the Group completed the sale of the trade and assets of Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix, the two international CRM products 

identified as non-core, to Swiftpage, and the trade and assets of Sage Nonprofit Solutions, Sage’s vertical software solutions for not-for-profit 

organisations, to Accel-KKR. The financial performance of these businesses have not been treated as discontinued operations in the period  

as the products being sold do not represent major lines of business or geographical areas.  

Disposal of European non-core products 

On 30 April 2013 the Group completed the sale of four European non-core products including C&I, ATL and Automotive in France and Aytos in Spain 

to Argos Soditic. The financial performance of these businesses have not been treated as discontinued operations in the period as the products being 

sold do not represent major lines of business or geographical areas.  

Other disposals 

On 9 November 2012 the Group disposed of TimeSheet, a small product line in North America, for net cash consideration of £0.8m. 

On 1 October 2012 the Group disposed of API Santé, a small product line in France, for deferred consideration of £0.2m. 

On 10 January 2013 the Group disposed of e-Report, a small product line in France, for net cash consideration of £0.2m. 

On 6 March 2013 the Group disposed of KDP, a small product line in France, for net cash consideration of £0.1m. 

On 30 April 2013 the Group disposed of the UK Construction business, for net cash consideration of £2.4m. 

On 31 July 2013 the Group disposed of Automobile, a product line in Spain, for net cash consideration of £0.8m. 

The profit on disposal is calculated as follows: 

Disposal proceeds 

Costs to sell recognised in year 

Disposal proceeds, less costs to sell recognised in year 

Net assets disposed 

(Loss)/profit on disposal 

Cumulative exchange gain in respect of the net assets of the 

subsidiary, reclassified from equity on disposal 

(Loss)/Profit on disposal 

 Sage ACT! and 

 Sage Nonprofit 

Sage Saleslogix

Solutions

European  

non-core 

products 

£m 

34.9 

(1.9) 

33.0 

(66.6) 

(33.6) 

11.2 

(22.4) 

£m

49.7

(1.7)

48.0

(21.6)

26.4

3.5

29.9

Other

£m

4.5

(0.4)

4.1

(28.8)

(24.7)

1.1

(23.6)

£m

8.6

(2.7)

5.9

(203.1)

(197.2)

28.7

(168.5)

As part of the sale of Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix there was non-cash consideration. The fair value of this consideration has been determined  

as £nil.  

The loss on disposal is reflected as a separate line item in the Consolidated income statement.  

The inflow of cash and cash equivalents on the disposals are calculated as follows: 

Disposal proceeds, less total costs to sell 

Cash disposed 

Disposal proceeds, net of cash disposed 

Total

£m

97.7

(6.7)

91.0

(320.1)

(229.1)

44.5

(184.6)

£m

91.0

(9.6)

81.4

16.6 Analysis of net inflow of cash in respect of acquisitions and disposals 
The inflow and outflow of cash and cash equivalents on the acquisitions and disposals is calculated as follows: 

EBS 
Other 
Acquisitions of subsidiaries 
Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix 
Sage Nonprofit Solutions 
European non-core products 
Other 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
Net inflow of cash and cash equivalents on acquisitions and disposals 

16.7 Analysis of goodwill  
The total additions and disposals to goodwill are calculated as follows:  

EBS 
Other 

Additions 
Sage ACT! and Sage Saleslogix 
Sage Nonprofit Solutions 
European non-core products 
Other 

Disposals 
Net movement in goodwill on acquisitions and disposals 

Note

16.1

16.1

16.1

Note

16.1

16.1

16.1

£m

(3.1)
(11.6)
(14.7)

5.9
48.0
23.5
4.0
81.4
66.7

£m

11.3
0.5

11.8
(208.8)
(27.3)
(56.9)
(26.0)
(319.0)
(307.2)

Goodwill allocated to the disposals was equal to the goodwill created on acquisition, reflecting benefits associated with the original acquisitions no 
longer remaining within the Group. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

130 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

135

131 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other notes continued 

17 Related party transactions 
The Group’s related parties are its subsidiary undertakings and Executive Committee members. The Group has taken advantage of the exemption 
available under IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with its subsidiary undertakings. Compensation paid to  
the Executive Committee is disclosed in note 2.3.  

Supplier transactions occurred during the year between Softline (Pty) Ltd, one of the Group’s subsidiary companies and Ivan Epstein, Chief Executive 
Officer, AAMEA. These transactions relate to the lease of three properties in which Ivan Epstein has a minority and indirect shareholding. During the 
year £1.1m (2012: £0.8m) relating to these transactions was charged through selling and administrative expenses. There were no outstanding 
amounts payable for the year ended 2013 (2012: £nil). 

Supplier transactions occurred during the year between Sage SP, S.L., one of the Group’s subsidiary companies and Álvaro Ramírez, Chief Executive 
Officer, Europe. These transactions relate to the lease of a property in which Álvaro Ramírez has a minority shareholding. During the year £0.2m  
(2012: £0.2m) relating to these transactions was charged through selling and administrative expenses. There were no outstanding amounts payable 
for the year ended 2013 (2012: £nil). 

These arrangements are subject to independent review using external advisers to ensure all transactions are at arm’s length. 

18 Events after the reporting period 
18.1 Share buyback 
On 30 September 2013 the Group appointed Citigroup Global Markets Limited to manage an irrevocable buyback programme during the close period 
which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will run up to 4 December 2013. From 1 October 2013 to 28 November 2013, the latest practical date 
prior to publication of the Annual Report & Accounts, 5,507,000 ordinary shares of 1p each were repurchased through Citigroup Global Markets 
Limited at a weighted average price of 333.4p per share. The highest and lowest prices paid for these shares were 350.0p per share and 312.3p per 
share respectively. The purchased shares have not been cancelled and are held as treasury shares. The total number of ordinary shares in issue 
(excluding shares held as treasury shares) at 28 November 2013 is 1,096,898,597.  

18.2 Executive Committee change 
On 11 November 2013 the Group announced the appointment of Steve Hare as Chief Financial Officer, who will join Sage’s Executive Committee  
on 3 January 2014. 

136
132 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
Other notes continued 

17 Related party transactions 

The Group’s related parties are its subsidiary undertakings and Executive Committee members. The Group has taken advantage of the exemption 

available under IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions with its subsidiary undertakings. Compensation paid to  

the Executive Committee is disclosed in note 2.3.  

Supplier transactions occurred during the year between Softline (Pty) Ltd, one of the Group’s subsidiary companies and Ivan Epstein, Chief Executive 

Officer, AAMEA. These transactions relate to the lease of three properties in which Ivan Epstein has a minority and indirect shareholding. During the 

year £1.1m (2012: £0.8m) relating to these transactions was charged through selling and administrative expenses. There were no outstanding 

amounts payable for the year ended 2013 (2012: £nil). 

Supplier transactions occurred during the year between Sage SP, S.L., one of the Group’s subsidiary companies and Álvaro Ramírez, Chief Executive 

Officer, Europe. These transactions relate to the lease of a property in which Álvaro Ramírez has a minority shareholding. During the year £0.2m  

(2012: £0.2m) relating to these transactions was charged through selling and administrative expenses. There were no outstanding amounts payable 

These arrangements are subject to independent review using external advisers to ensure all transactions are at arm’s length. 

for the year ended 2013 (2012: £nil). 

18 Events after the reporting period 

18.1 Share buyback 

On 30 September 2013 the Group appointed Citigroup Global Markets Limited to manage an irrevocable buyback programme during the close period 

which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will run up to 4 December 2013. From 1 October 2013 to 28 November 2013, the latest practical date 

prior to publication of the Annual Report & Accounts, 5,507,000 ordinary shares of 1p each were repurchased through Citigroup Global Markets 

Limited at a weighted average price of 333.4p per share. The highest and lowest prices paid for these shares were 350.0p per share and 312.3p per 

share respectively. The purchased shares have not been cancelled and are held as treasury shares. The total number of ordinary shares in issue 

(excluding shares held as treasury shares) at 28 November 2013 is 1,096,898,597.  

18.2 Executive Committee change 

on 3 January 2014. 

On 11 November 2013 the Group announced the appointment of Steve Hare as Chief Financial Officer, who will join Sage’s Executive Committee  

19 Principal subsidiaries 
Detailed below is a list of those subsidiaries which in the opinion of the directors principally affect the amount of the profit or the amount of the  
assets of the Group. The Group percentage of equity capital and voting rights is 100% for all of these subsidiaries with the exception of Folhamatic 
Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A. (“Folhamatic”) which is 75% owned and IOB Informações Objetivas Publicações Jurídicas Ltda. which is 100% owned 
by Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A.. All of these subsidiaries are engaged in the development, distribution and support of business 
management software and related products and services for small and medium sized businesses.  

Incorporated subsidiaries 
Name 

Sage (UK) Ltd 
Sage Pay Europe Limited 
Sage Hibernia Limited 
Sage Pay Ireland Limited 
Ciel SAS 
Sage SAS 
Sage FDC SAS 
Sage Holding France SAS 
Sage Software GmbH 
Sage Bäurer GmbH 
Sage Schweiz AG 
Sage SP, S.L. 
Sage Logic Control, S.L. 
Sage sp. z.o.o. 
Sage Portugal – Software S.A. 
Sage Software, Inc. 
Sage Payment Solutions, Inc. 
IOB Informações Objetivas Publicações Jurídicas Ltda. 
Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A.  
Sage Software Canada Ltd 
Softline (Pty) Ltd 
Micropay Pty Ltd 
Handisoft Software Pty Ltd 
Sage Business Solutions Pty Ltd 
Sage Software Asia Pte Ltd 
Sage Software Sdn Bhd 

Country of incorporation

UK 
UK
Ireland 
Ireland
France 
France 
France 
France 
Germany 
Germany 
Switzerland 
Spain 
Spain 
Poland 
Portugal 
US
US
Brazil
Brazil
Canada 
South Africa 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Singapore 
Malaysia 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

132 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

137

133 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Contents
Company financial statements

Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc  139

Company financial statements
Our Company financial statements provide a complete picture  
of our 2013 position.

Company balance sheet 

Notes to the Company financial statements
Supplementary notes to the Company financial statements.

Company accounting policies 

Results for the year
1. Dividends 

Operating assets and liabilities
2. Fixed assets: investments 
3. Cash at bank and in hand 
4. Debtors 
5. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
6. Operating lease commitments  
7. Capital commitments and contingent liabilities 
8. Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year 

Net debt and capital structure
9. Equity 

Other notes
10. Related party transactions 
11. Post-balance sheet events 

141 

142

143

144
144
144
145
145
145
145

146

147
147

138

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc 

Our opinion 
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:  

Opinion on matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006  
In our opinion:  

– give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s  

– The information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’  

report for the financial year for which the parent company financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the parent company 
financial statements. 

The part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception  
Adequacy of accounting records and information and explanations 
received 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion: 

– we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit; or 

– adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

– the parent company financial statements and the part of the  

Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement  
with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Directors’ remuneration 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report if, in our 
opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 
have not been made. We have no exceptions to report arising from  
this responsibility. 

Other information in the Annual Report 
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our 
opinion, information in the Annual Report is: 

– materially inconsistent with the information in the audited parent 

company financial statements; or 

– apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 

with, our knowledge of the parent company acquired in the course  
of performing our audit; or 

– Is otherwise misleading. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

affairs as at 30 September 2013 and of its cash flows for the year  
then ended; 

– have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and  

– have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

Companies Act 2006.  

This opinion is to be read in the context of what we say below. 

What we have audited 
The Company financial statements, which are prepared by The Sage 
Group plc, comprise: 

– the Company balance sheet as at 30 September 2013; and 

– the notes to the Company financial statements, which include  

a summary of significant accounting policies and other  
explanatory information. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation comprises applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Practice). 

In applying the financial reporting framework, the directors have made  
a number of subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates. In making such estimates, they have made 
assumptions and considered future events.  

Certain disclosures required by the financial reporting framework  
have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report & Accounts  
(“the Annual Report”), rather than in the notes to the financial statements. 
These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are 
identified as audited. 

What an audit of financial statements involves 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK & Ireland) (“ISA (UK & Ireland)”). An audit involves obtaining 
evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements 
sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements  
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of:  

– whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the parent 

company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied  
and adequately disclosed;  

– the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made  

by the directors; and 

– the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in  
the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited 
parent company financial statements and to identify any information  
that is apparently inconsistent with the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit If we become aware of any apparent 
material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications 
for our report. 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

139

135 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc continued 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit  
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set 
out on page 65, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an 
opinion on the parent company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices 
Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.  

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only  
for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3  
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose.  
We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility  
for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is 
shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 
by our prior consent in writing. 

Other matter  
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements  
of The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2013. 

Charles Bowman (Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne  

4 December 2013 

140
136 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Sage Group plc continued 

Company balance sheet 
At 30 September 2013 
Prepared using UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK GAAP”) 

Fixed assets: investments 

Current assets  
Cash at bank and in hand  
Debtors  

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year  
Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities  

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year  
Net assets  

Capital and reserves  
Called up share capital  
Share premium account 
Other reserves  
Profit and loss account  
Total shareholders’ funds  

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit  

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set 

out on page 65, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 

parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they 

give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an 

opinion on the parent company financial statements in accordance with 

applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices 

Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.  

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only  

for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3  

of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose.  

We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility  

for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is 

shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 

by our prior consent in writing. 

Other matter  

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements  

of The Sage Group plc for the year ended 30 September 2013. 

Charles Bowman (Senior Statutory Auditor)  

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Newcastle upon Tyne  

4 December 2013 

The financial statements on pages 141 to 147 were approved by the Board of directors on 4 December 2013 and are signed on their behalf by: 

G S Berruyer, Director  

136 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

141

137 

Note 

2 

2013 
£m

 2012
£m

3,082.6

1,408.2

3 

4 

5  

8 

9.1 

9.2 

9.2 

9.2 

4.5
43.0
47.5

(354.4)
(306.9)

0.5
438.5
439.0

(703.3)
(264.3)

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

2,775.7

1,143.9

(194.0)

2,581.7

(199.2)

944.7

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

11.7
532.2
2.2
2,035.6
2,581.7

13.3
524.5
(239.6)
646.5
944.7

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company accounting policies 

Company accounting policies 
Basis of accounting 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except where noted below, and in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom. A summary of the more important Company accounting policies, 
which have been consistently applied, is set out below. 

Foreign currencies 
Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the balance 
sheet or at the agreed contractual rate. Transactions in foreign currencies are converted into sterling at the rate prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. All differences on exchange are taken to the profit and loss account. 

Investments 
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any diminution in value. 

Parent company profit and loss account and cash flow statement 
The amount of profit for the financial year before dividends within the accounts of the parent company is £2,170.7m (2012: £574.0m). There is no 
material difference between the profits and losses as reported above and historical cost profits and losses and there are no other gains or losses  
in the year.  

No profit and loss account or cash flow statement is presented for the Company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. 

Auditors’ remuneration 
The audit fees payable in relation to the audit of the financial statements of the Company are £26,000 (2012: £25,000).  

Share-based payments 
The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 
(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of the shares that will eventually 
vest allowing for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 
management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

The Company also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value  
at the date of the grant. The Company records an expense, based on its estimate of the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period. 

At the end of each reporting period, the entity revises its estimates for the number of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision 
to original estimates, if any, in the profit and loss account, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the 
options are exercised. 

Financial instruments and hedge accounting 
The accounting policy of the Company for financial instruments and hedge accounting is the same as that shown in the Group accounting policies. 
This policy is in accordance with FRS 26, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. 

142
138 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
Company accounting policies 

Results for the year 

1 Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2012 of 6.67p per share 
(2012: final dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2011 of 7.07p per share) 

Interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2013 of 3.69p per share 
(2012: interim dividend paid for the year ended 30 September 2012 of 3.48p per share) 

Special dividend paid of 17.1p per share 

2013
 £m

79.3
–

42.8
–

198.7

320.8

2012 
£m

–
92.1

–
44.4

–

136.5

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2013 of 7.44p per share which will  
absorb an estimated £82.8m of shareholders’ funds. It will be paid on 10 March 2014 to shareholders who are on the register of members on  
14 February 2014. These financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable. 

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except where noted below, and in accordance with the 

Companies Act 2006 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom. A summary of the more important Company accounting policies, 

Company accounting policies 

Basis of accounting 

which have been consistently applied, is set out below. 

Foreign currencies 

Monetary assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the balance 

sheet or at the agreed contractual rate. Transactions in foreign currencies are converted into sterling at the rate prevailing at the dates of the 

transactions. All differences on exchange are taken to the profit and loss account. 

Investments 

Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any diminution in value. 

Parent company profit and loss account and cash flow statement 

The amount of profit for the financial year before dividends within the accounts of the parent company is £2,170.7m (2012: £574.0m). There is no 

material difference between the profits and losses as reported above and historical cost profits and losses and there are no other gains or losses  

No profit and loss account or cash flow statement is presented for the Company as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. 

The audit fees payable in relation to the audit of the financial statements of the Company are £26,000 (2012: £25,000).  

in the year.  

Auditors’ remuneration 

Share-based payments 

The Company issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value 

(excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 

share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of the shares that will eventually 

vest allowing for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. 

Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes or the Monte Carlo pricing models. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on 

management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. 

The Company also provides certain employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value  

at the date of the grant. The Company records an expense, based on its estimate of the discount related to shares expected to vest, on a straight-line 

basis over the vesting period. 

At the end of each reporting period, the entity revises its estimates for the number of options expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision 

to original estimates, if any, in the profit and loss account, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the 

options are exercised. 

Financial instruments and hedge accounting 

The accounting policy of the Company for financial instruments and hedge accounting is the same as that shown in the Group accounting policies. 

This policy is in accordance with FRS 26, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

138 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

143

139 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities 

2 Fixed assets: investments 
Equity interests in subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Cost 
At 1 October 2012  
Increase in year 
Disposals 

At 30 September 2013 

Provision for diminution in value  
At 1 October 2012 
Provision in year 

At 30 September 2013 

Net book value  

At 30 September 2013  
At 30 September 2012 

£m

1,408.2
3,079.6
(1,269.4)
3,218.4

–
135.8
135.8

3,082.6
1,408.2

The increase in the year represents share capital issued by existing subsidiary undertakings. In December 2012 the Company disposed of several 
subsidiary undertakings in a share-for-share exchange for 100% of the shares of Sage Holding Company Limited. During the year the Company  
also acquired 100% of the share capital of Sage Irish Investments One Limited and Sage Irish Investments Two Limited. 

The provision for diminution in value recognised in the year relates to dormant subsidiaries which no longer support the carrying value of the investment. 

The directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 

Principal trading subsidiary undertakings, included in the Group accounts at 30 September 2013, are shown in note 19 of the Group financial 
statements. All of these subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned with the exception of Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A. (“Folhamatic”)  
which is 75% owned and IOB Informações Objetivas Publicações Jurídicas Ltda. which is 100% owned by Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A. 
All subsidiaries are engaged in the development, distribution and support of business management software and related products and services for 
small and medium sized businesses. 

3 Cash at bank and in hand 

Cash at bank and in hand  

4 Debtors 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings  
Other debtors  

2013 
£m

4.5

2013 
£m

43.0
–

43.0

2012 
£m

0.5

2012 
£m

438.3
0.2
438.5

144
140 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating assets and liabilities 

2 Fixed assets: investments 

Equity interests in subsidiary undertakings are as follows: 

Provision for diminution in value  

Cost 

At 1 October 2012  

Increase in year 

Disposals 

At 30 September 2013 

At 1 October 2012 

Provision in year 

At 30 September 2013 

Net book value  

At 30 September 2013  

At 30 September 2012 

small and medium sized businesses. 

3 Cash at bank and in hand 

Cash at bank and in hand  

4 Debtors 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings  

Other debtors  

The increase in the year represents share capital issued by existing subsidiary undertakings. In December 2012 the Company disposed of several 

subsidiary undertakings in a share-for-share exchange for 100% of the shares of Sage Holding Company Limited. During the year the Company  

also acquired 100% of the share capital of Sage Irish Investments One Limited and Sage Irish Investments Two Limited. 

The provision for diminution in value recognised in the year relates to dormant subsidiaries which no longer support the carrying value of the investment. 

The directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 

Principal trading subsidiary undertakings, included in the Group accounts at 30 September 2013, are shown in note 19 of the Group financial 

statements. All of these subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned with the exception of Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A. (“Folhamatic”)  

which is 75% owned and IOB Informações Objetivas Publicações Jurídicas Ltda. which is 100% owned by Folhamatic Tecnologia em Sistemas S.A. 

All subsidiaries are engaged in the development, distribution and support of business management software and related products and services for 

£m

1,408.2

3,079.6

(1,269.4)

3,218.4

–

135.8

135.8

3,082.6

1,408.2

2013 

£m

4.5

2013 

£m

43.0

–

43.0

2012 

£m

0.5

2012 

£m

438.3

0.2

438.5

5 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings  
Other creditors  
Accruals and deferred income 

2013 
£m

0.4
317.4
30.0
6.6
354.4

Other creditors relate to outstanding liabilities of £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) arising under an irrevocable close period buyback agreement for the 
purchase of the Company’s own shares.  

6 Operating lease commitments  
The Company had no operating lease commitments during the year (2012: £nil). 

7 Capital commitments and contingent liabilities 
The Company had no capital commitments or contingent liabilities at 30 September 2013 (2012: none). 

8 Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year  

In more than two years but not more than five years 
US senior loan notes – unsecured 
Bank loans – unsecured  
In more than five years 
US senior loan notes – unsecured 

2013 
£m

184.4
9.6

–
194.0

2012 
£m

2.6
635.5
60.0
5.2
703.3

2012 
£m

185.3
13.9

–
199.2

The Company has US$300.0m (£185.3m, 2012: £185.8m) of US senior loan notes, which were issued into the US private placement market  
in 2010. These notes mature US$200.0m (£123.5, 2012: £123.8m) in 2015, US$50.0m (£30.9m, 2012: £31.0m) in 2016 and US$50.0m  
(£30.9m, 2012: £31.0m) in 2017 and carry interest coupons of 4.39%, 4.78% and 5.15% respectively.  

There were £9.6m drawings (2012: £15.0m) under the multi-currency revolving credit facility of £346.2m (2012: £338.3m) expiring on 31 August 2015, 
which consists both of US$271.0m (£167.3m, 2012: £167.8m) and of €214.0m (£178.9m, 2012: £170.5m) tranches. 

Unsecured bank loans were drawn in the following currencies: sterling £nil (2012: £15.0m), US Dollar £1.9m (2012: £nil), Euro £7.7m (2012: £nil), 
which bear an average fixed interest rate of 1.46% (2012: 1.73%). 

In the table above, bank loans and loan notes are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £0.8m (2012: £1.6m). The Group has incurred total issue 
costs amounting to £1.3m (2012: £4.4m) in respect of these facilities. These issue costs were paid during the year ended 30 September 2010, no 
issue costs were incurred during the current financial year. These costs are allocated to the income statement over the term of the facility using the 
effective interest method. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

140 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

145

141 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net debt and capital structure 

9 Equity 
9.1 Called up share capital 

Issued and fully paid  

At 1 October  
Proceeds from shares issued 
Share consolidation 
Shares cancelled 
At 30 September  

2013
shares

1,329,517,570
3,792,153 
(59,648,503)
(159,525,800)
1,114,135,420 

2013  
£m 

13.3 
– 
– 
(1.6) 
11.7 

2012 
shares

 1,323,837,836 
 5,679,734 
–
–
 1,329,517,570 

2012 
£m

13.2
0.1
–
–
13.3

Share-based payments 
The grants and related accounting treatment adopted by the Company under FRS 20, “Share-based Payment”, are identical to those adopted  
by the Group under IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment”.  

9.2 Reserves  

At 1 October 2012 
New shares issued  
Utilisation of treasury shares 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Cancellation of treasury shares 
Expenses related to purchase of treasury 
shares 
Close period share buyback programme 
Profit for the financial year  
Dividends paid to owners of the Company 
Equity-settled transactions  
At 30 September 2013 

Treasury 
shares
£m

(300.7)
–
13.5
(251.0)
477.7

–
–
–
–
–
(60.5)

Merger 
reserve
£m

Capital 
redemption
reserve
£m

61.1
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
61.1

–
–
–
–
1.6

–
–
–
–
–
1.6

Total
other 
reserves
£m

(239.6)

13.5
(251.0)
479.3

–
–
–
–
–
2.2

Share  
premium 
account 
£m 

Profit and 
loss account
£m

524.5 
7.7 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
532.2 

646.5
–
(13.5)
–
(477.7)

(1.9)
30.0
2,170.7
(320.8)
2.3
2,035.6

Total 
£m

931.4
7.7
–
(251.0)
1.6

(1.9)
30.0
2,170.7
(320.8)
2.3
2,570.0

Treasury shares  
Purchase of treasury shares  
During the year the Company purchased 77,254,057 shares (2012: 104,628,376) at a cost of £251.0m (2012: £299.8m). Shares were repurchased  
at a weighted average price of 324.9p per share; the highest and lowest prices paid for these shares were 357.0p per share and 289.0p per share 
respectively. Shares purchased under the Group’s buyback programme are retained in issue until cancelled and represent a deduction from equity 
attributable to owners of the parent. During the year 159,525,800 treasury shares were cancelled. At 30 September 2013 11,858,606 shares were 
held as treasury shares representing 1.1% of issued share capital. 

Close period share buyback programme 
The close period buyback programme for £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) relates to the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Citigroup Global Markets 
Limited has been appointed to manage the irrevocable buyback programme during the close period which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will 
run up until 4 December 2013.  

Employee Share Trust 
The Company holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in  
the market or is gifted them by the Company for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 5,428,407 
ordinary shares in the Company (2012: 710,403) at a cost of £0.9m (2012: £0.9m) and a nominal value of £54,284 (2012: £7,104).  

The Trust originally purchased the shares in 2006, and further shares were acquired by the Trust in 2010 with the cost being reflected in retained earnings. 
These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company. In January 2013 the Company gifted 5,000,000 
shares from purchased treasury shares to the trust. During the year, no shares were utilised to meet obligations under the Performance Share Plan. 

The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate.  
The market value of the shares at 30 September 2013 was £17.9m (2012: £2.2m). 

146
142 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 
 
Net debt and capital structure 

Other notes 

10 Related party transactions 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under FRS 8, “Related Party Disclosures”, not to disclose details of transactions  
with its wholly owned subsidiary undertakings.  

Supplier transactions occurred during the year between Folhamatic and The Sage Group Plc. During the year £nil (2012: £0.2m) was charged through 
selling and administrative expenses. There were no outstanding amounts payable as at the year ended 2013 (2012: £nil). 

11 Post-balance sheet events 
For details refer to note 18 in the Group financial statements. 

The grants and related accounting treatment adopted by the Company under FRS 20, “Share-based Payment”, are identical to those adopted  

by the Group under IFRS 2, “Share-based Payment”.  

9.2 Reserves  

9 Equity 

9.1 Called up share capital 

Issued and fully paid  

At 1 October  

Proceeds from shares issued 

Share consolidation 

Shares cancelled 

At 30 September  

Share-based payments 

At 1 October 2012 

New shares issued  

Utilisation of treasury shares 

Purchase of treasury shares 

Cancellation of treasury shares 

Expenses related to purchase of treasury 

shares 

Close period share buyback programme 

Profit for the financial year  

Dividends paid to owners of the Company 

Equity-settled transactions  

At 30 September 2013 

Treasury shares  

Purchase of treasury shares  

2013

shares

1,329,517,570

3,792,153 

(59,648,503)

(159,525,800)

1,114,135,420 

2013  

£m 

13.3 

– 

– 

(1.6) 

11.7 

2012 

shares

 1,323,837,836 

 5,679,734 

–

–

 1,329,517,570 

2012 

£m

13.2

0.1

–

–

13.3

Treasury 

shares

£m

(300.7)

–

13.5

(251.0)

477.7

–

–

–

–

–

Capital 

redemption

reserve

£m

Merger 

reserve

£m

61.1

Total

other 

reserves

£m

(239.6)

13.5

(251.0)

479.3

–

–

–

–

–

Share  

premium 

account 

£m 

524.5 

7.7 

Profit and 

loss account

£m

646.5

(13.5)

–

–

(477.7)

(1.9)

30.0

2,170.7

(320.8)

2.3

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 

£m

931.4

7.7

–

1.6

(251.0)

(1.9)

30.0

2,170.7

(320.8)

2.3

1.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(60.5)

61.1

1.6

2.2

532.2 

2,035.6

2,570.0

During the year the Company purchased 77,254,057 shares (2012: 104,628,376) at a cost of £251.0m (2012: £299.8m). Shares were repurchased  

at a weighted average price of 324.9p per share; the highest and lowest prices paid for these shares were 357.0p per share and 289.0p per share 

respectively. Shares purchased under the Group’s buyback programme are retained in issue until cancelled and represent a deduction from equity 

attributable to owners of the parent. During the year 159,525,800 treasury shares were cancelled. At 30 September 2013 11,858,606 shares were 

held as treasury shares representing 1.1% of issued share capital. 

Close period share buyback programme 

The close period buyback programme for £30.0m (2012: £60.0m) relates to the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Citigroup Global Markets 

Limited has been appointed to manage the irrevocable buyback programme during the close period which commenced on 1 October 2013 and will 

run up until 4 December 2013.  

Employee Share Trust 

The Company holds treasury shares in a trust which was set up for the benefit of Group employees. The Trust purchases the Company’s shares in  

the market or is gifted them by the Company for use in connection with the Group’s share-based payments arrangements. The Trust holds 5,428,407 

ordinary shares in the Company (2012: 710,403) at a cost of £0.9m (2012: £0.9m) and a nominal value of £54,284 (2012: £7,104).  

The Trust originally purchased the shares in 2006, and further shares were acquired by the Trust in 2010 with the cost being reflected in retained earnings. 

These shares were acquired by the Trust in the open market using funds provided by the Company. In January 2013 the Company gifted 5,000,000 

shares from purchased treasury shares to the trust. During the year, no shares were utilised to meet obligations under the Performance Share Plan. 

The costs of funding and administering the scheme are charged to the profit and loss account of the Company in the period to which they relate.  

The market value of the shares at 30 September 2013 was £17.9m (2012: £2.2m). 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

142 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013 

147

143 

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013GovernanceStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder information

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting 
Dividend payments
Final payable – year ended 30 September 2013 
Interim payable – period ending 31 March 2014
Results announcements
Interim results – period ending 31 March 2014
Final results – year ending 30 September 2014

6 March 2014

10 March 2014
 6 June 2014

8 May 2014
3 December 2014

Shareholder information online
The Sage Group plc’s registrars are able to notify shareholders by e-mail of the availability of an electronic version of shareholder information. 
Whenever new shareholder information becomes available, such as The Sage Group plc’s interim and full year results, Equiniti will notify you  
by e-mail and you will be able to access, read and print documents at your own convenience.

To take advantage of this service for future communications, please go to www.shareview.co.uk and select “Shareholder Centre”, where full details 
of the shareholder portfolio service are provided. When registering for this service, you will need to have your 11 character shareholder reference 
number to hand, which is shown on your dividend tax voucher, share certificate or form of proxy.

Should you change your mind at a later date, you may amend your request to receive electronic communication by entering your shareview portfolio 
online and amending your preferred method of communication from “e-mail” to “post”. If you wish to continue receiving shareholder information in 
the current format, there is no need to take any action.

Advisers
Corporate brokers and financial advisers
Citigroup Global Markets, 33 Canada Square, Canary Wharf,  
London, E14 5LB

Solicitors
Allen & Overy LLP, 1 Bishops Square, London, E1 6AD

Principal Bankers
Lloyds Bank plc, 25 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7HN

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Accountants and Statutory 
Auditors, 89 Sandyford Road, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 8HW

Registrars
Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex,  
BN99 6DA 
www.shareview.co.uk

Tel: 0871 384 2859 (from outside the UK: +44 (0)121 415 7047)  
Fax: 0871 384 2100 (from outside the UK: +44 (0)1903 698403)

Calls to this number cost 8p per minute from a BT landline, other 
providers’ costs may vary. Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm UK  
time, Monday to Friday.

Information for investors
Information for investors is provided on the internet as part of the 
Group’s website which can be found at: www.sage.com/investors.

Investor enquiries
Enquiries can be directed via our website or by contacting our Investor 
Relations department:

Murdo Montgomery 
Director of Investor Relations 
Tel: +44 (0)191 294 3068 
Fax: +44 (0)191 294 0002

The Sage Group plc
Registered office: 
North Park 
Newcastle upon Tyne, NE13 9AA.

Registered in England 
Company number 2231246

148

The Sage Group plc | Annual Report & Accounts 2013View this report online at  
www.sage.com/investors

This report is printed utilising vegetable based inks on Heaven 42 which  
is sourced from well managed forests independently certified according to 
the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). This report was printed 
by an FSC and a carbon neutral printing company and Heaven 42 is 
manufactured at a mill that is certified to the ISO14001 and EMAS 
environmental standards

Designed and produced by Black Sun Plc

Printed by CPI Colour 

T

h

e

S

a

g

e

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

3

The Sage Group plc 

North Park 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE13 9AA 
United Kingdom

www.sage.com